Home

SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual

1. prre 1 Click on the action tab to 2 Click on the Trigger tab of y the component toolbox to add l oe a ee a Timer trigger fe an 4 Add a Keyboard trigger 5 Add a sequence 3 Select the Timer trigger and set the duration to 120000 ms Figure 15 5 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence 9 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 10 Double click on the DISPLAY SCREEN object in the work space not from the structure list until the Screen Builder interface 1s displayed in the Graph Editor Window see Figure 15 6 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 247 15 5 Creating Instruction Screen The user may want to provide instruction to the participants at the beginning of the experiment 1 Click on the multiline text resource 4 button on the screen builder toolbar to select the type of resource to be added 2 Click anywhere on the screen aij x DOBA DJ Srb OTB CADDO oar el Aaa BEE TETE Baxil erpeinert aoo Derav soren BealGr o004Vi Avs mss asa nnuxen Treet Mti Line Taxt Rapourog 1 Click on the Multiline text resource icon 2 Click anywhere in the work space to continue ude Generate Syre E A inna Rma g Figure 15 6 Adding Multiline Text Resource o
2. Experiment rid Wisible Z Devices Modes Screen GridResolution WON __ Resources Movement Patterns m Built In Interest Area Preference BuildDeploy Gul E GRAPH_LAYOUT e WINDOWS LAYOUT Restore Factory etau Save Properties as Default Grid Visible Whether the grids should be visible in the workspace in the non screen builder graphs Snap to Grid If checked this will align the items of the graph to the closest intersection of grids Grid Type The grid can be formed by lines cross or points Grid Resolution This draws a grid every 100 pixels Numbering Edges If checked adds a number to each of the connection between a node and multiple triggers that connect from the node to indicate evaluation priority among the triggers Remember Zoom Level If checked the current zoom level will be saved and remembered when the project is re opened later 17 4 2 CustomClass_Editor Font Name Name of the font the custom class editor used to show custom class code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 292 Font Size Size of the font the custom class editor used to show code Highlight Color Enable If enabled the current editing line will be highlighted Highlight Color Color used to highlight the current editing line SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 293
3. 08 185 Pieu OS SMP HO Ca ipsa cessed a IE 186 Figure 8 20 Error When Trying to Modified a Locked Resource c cc sseeeeeeeeeeees 186 Rig re 6 2 15 RESOUPCE Gro Up ING seins e a E N 186 Figure 8 22 Creating a Composite Resource uae etl 187 Figure 8 23 Two Resources with Different Resource Order ccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeens 187 Figure 8 24 Changing the Order Of ReSOurce s sissioni eiiie dt 188 Figure 8 25 Choosing Fit to Screen Option sssssseeesseeesseseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 190 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd viii Figure 8 265 aV 6 SCLC CM AS MAO Cn E N A 190 Figure 9 1 Using Data Source in Experiment Builder ceeeeeeseeeesssseseeeeseseeeeens 19 Figure 9 2 Change the Type Of Varia Dies vaccines eocdontenaanuandetneamenont 192 Figure 9 3 Data Types Used in Experiment Builder ccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 Figure 9 4 Editing Operations for Data Source Columns and Row 00 193 Fig r 9 5 Editing Datasource CCl S a sscsssevsstsatshsngdassesareauarssaantaeasoastaa a ER 194 Figure 9 6 Append or Overwrite Confirmation cccseseeeessssseeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 195 Figure 9 7 Using Split by Option to Customize the Number of Iterations to Run in a DC UIST CO deaa ao E OA a OEO EAE 195 Figure 9 8 Using Internal Randomization cccccssesesssssseeeeeeeceeeeeee
4. ae aE oo4VYoo Avs Bee Bee oe 1 Click on the Multiline text resource 2 Click anywhere in the work space to start the multiline text resource editor Figure 14 7 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen 1 Click on the multiline text resource ZA button on the screen builder toolbar to select the type of resource to be added 2 Click anywhere on the screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 231 E alti ime Tet Rraourcr Ft er i fz rs 4 Select the Desired Text Appearance 5 Click Here to Finish e are going to perform camera setup and calibration When vou see the following blank screen 1 Enter the Instruction Text Serr i 3 Click Margins 2 Select Text by Pressing CTRL A Button to Set Text Press ENTER key to transfer came Press C Key to perform calibration yboard or any button on the EyeLink 3 button box to continue Figure 14 8 Create Instruction Screen In the following Multiline Text Resource Editor 1 Enter the instruction text 2 Press CTRL A to select all text entered 3 Click the Margins button box to set the text margins Enter 100 in all fields Click the OK button on the dialog box 4 Make sure that the text is still selected Now click the buttons on the toolbar to set the desired text appearance font name font size font style alignment style line spacing a
5. arial ha 16 Buck did not read the newspapers or he woul not alone for himself but for every tide water dog hair from Puget Sound to San Diego Because ir found a yellow metal and because steamship anc the find thousands of men were rushing into the the dogs they wanted were heavy dogs with stror coats to protect them from the Trost Buck lived at a big house in the sun kissed lt face if was called which glimpses could be caught of the wide cool ff It stood back from the roadi Figure 8 10 Multiline Text Editor After a multiline resource is added to the screen clicking anywhere at the work space will bring up the multiline resource editor see Figure 8 10 The user can type in text in the editor or paste text from text files using shortcut keys CTRL V Buttons on the toolbar of the text editor allow the user to modify the appearance of text entered This includes text font font size text style bold underline italic color line space alignment style margin of the text Note that the user may first set the right text appearance especially the font before entering text If the text has already been entered the user may Select all by pressing shortcut keys CTRL A or part of the text entered before using the toolbar to change text appearance The following table lists the properties of a multiline text resource Field A Label label hall ee of the resource
6. Pin Data _pinData integer The byte value a decimal number of the current input TTL signal For example if the user wants to end the trial when the parallel port received a specific input data 0x58 the properties of the TTL trigger can be set as the following e Ifthe Mode set to PIN the user should make sure that pin 3 4 and 6 set to ON while the rest pins set to OFF see panel A e Ifthe Mode set to WORD the user should enter either 0x58 hexadecimal or 88 decimal in the Data field If a decimal number is entered this will be automatically converted to a hexadecimal number see panel B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 119 Status Input Register Base Address 1 Oe 68 6 6 6 6 Properties abel TTL_INPLIT Label TL_IMPUT Inject Type bject Type TL Message i 4 Message irre Last Checked Time Last Checked Time lt o CY ontidence Interval ode Pro a Pin 1 OFF riggered Data C O prz E E Properties Value Property HCONnTIGence Interval Pin 5 OFF Figure 7 33 Using TTL Trigger 7 10 9 asa Trigger ia The fixation trigger amp A fires when a fixation occurs at a specific region of the display for a certain amount of time Depending on the settings in the event type property this trigger can fire when the fixation starts STARTFIXATION or ends ENDFIXATION or after a pre specified amount of tim
7. Figure 3 1 Installing new version of HASP key drviet ccccsseesssessseeeeesseseseseeeens 13 Figure 3 2 Getting the ID of USB Dongle Key and Entering Licensing Code 13 Pate Aha FUE IPCI ios auiarte daw daat scalars a e 14 Figure 42 Dialog for Creatine a New PtO CC taciesricaleiesiaseusrei nn aurea 15 Figure 4 3 Warning Messages after Experiment Creation ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 Figure 4 4 Open an Experiment Builder Session ccccccssseeeecceceeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeseeeeeees 17 Figure 4 5 Save Confirmation When Opening a New SeSSI0D 0seseeseeeseeeseeeeeens 17 Figure 4 6 Reopening Recent Experiment Sessions cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 Piste 4 Xp erie iit Meisies NR 19 Figure 5 1 Sample Experiment Builder Interface cece ccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 2 Pigure S5 2 The View MCI sesiecviss cieavaasaces niin e e 23 Figure 5 3 Components of the Project Explorer Window eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeerrrrererrrereeee 24 Figure 5 4 Different Tabs of the Structure Panel a wcvieacenemnidieauGennaens 24 Figure 5 5 Components of the Graph Editor Wind0W sssseeseeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 Figure 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Events in an Experiment eee 30 Figure 6 2 Sample Experiment Sequence ccccccccccssscensnnsssssssoosesssercecccetennenncaasesesenss 31 Figure 6 3 Connecting betwe
8. For the first option the user can add one or more resource positions to the movement pattern To add a resource position select the desired custom pattern in the Structure panel and make sure that the Use Points From File box is unchecked Following this click the button Insert Resource Position in the selected Custom MovementPattern on the Screen Builder toolbar When a custom movement pattern is created with this option a default resource position is automatically generated This position cannot be deleted unless the custom movement pattern is removed The time field of this resource position object is set to 0 and is not editable so that this can be viewed as the start position of the movement pattern The x and y coordinates are initially set to the center of the screen When the movement pattern is assigned to a resource the x and y coordinates are then reset to the current position of the resource Consider the following custom movement pattern the first default resource position has a time field of 0 and a destination position of 512 384 the second point has a time of 1000 and a destination position of 100 384 and the third point has a time of 6000 and an end position of 800 384 This translates into two segments of movement The first segment moves from 512 384 to 100 384 when the sequence starts the movement ends in 1000 milliseconds The second movement starts from time 1000 since the sequence starts a
9. Point data type which matches the data type expected by the Location attribute of a screen resource eof Edit Attribute RECORDING gt eyeLinkRecordStatusMessage Attribute Trial strigTRISL DataSource Triaki 2 strie TRISAl_Datatource Word Mode Selection Simple fF START fa BLOCK Attribute Attributes T PREPARE_SEQUENCE Figure 10 2 Creating Equations in Attribute Editor e Example 1 During recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen e g like Trial 1 12 One so that the experimenter knows the progress of experiment To do that the user should click on the Recording sequence node in the structure list to start Double click on the right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message property of the sequence to bring up the attribute editor Enter a reference equation as Trial str TRIAL DataSource Trial 12 TRIAL DataSource Word e Example 2 To draw a text resource to the center of the display screen the location of the text resource can be referred as parent width 2 parent height 2 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 204 e Example 3 If to write the position of the text resource TEXT RESOURCE in the data file using an SEND_EL_MSG action which is in the same sequence as the display screen DISPLAY SCREEN that contains the text resource the mess
10. box unchecked This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment This supplies the title at the bottom of the eye tracker display This property is only available for a recording sequence This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record setting of the current sequence enabled Time in milliseconds to wait to execute the sequence after the recording starts typically set as 20 This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record attribute of the current sequence enabled A value used to encode the result of current recording trial e g MSG 1067284 TRIAL RESULT 12 in the EDF file It is 0 by default but can be referred to some responses made in the trial This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment with the Record setting of the current sequence enabled When set to True sets the application priority to real time mode Real time mode is only maintained for the duration of the sequence String Recording Pause recordingPauseT Time ime Trial Result trialResult Integer Is Real Time T isRealTime Boolea Integer It may take up to 100 milliseconds depending on the operation system for the real time mode to stabilize Also note that on some operating systems real time mode locks keyboard and mouse inputs from occurring Iteration Integer The current iteration of the sequence execution SR Research Experiment Bu
11. experiment graph Data Type NR The data type of the variable could be String peme M Integer Float Point Color and List Value value The value of the variable Image one experiment in which the display screen alternates between displays A and B and the trial ends after a certain number of alternations The user may want to create a counter to keep track of the number of loops The user may first add a Variable object to the graph see Figure 7 39 and set its initial value to 0 see Panel A of Figure 7 40 Following this an update attribute action can be added in the loop to increase the value of the variable by 1 for each loop set the Attribute property of the action as VARIABLE value and set its value field as VARIABLE value 1 see Panel B of Figure 7 40 Finally a conditional trigger should be added so that the loop can be ended after 5 repetitions see Panel C of Figure 7 40 START VARIABLE i DISPLAY _A CONDITIONAL DISPLAY_END Figure 7 39 Using a Variable SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 136 Using ariable Using ariable F START Jif START VARIABLE 1 VARIABLE DISPLAY_A DISPLAY A DISPLAY A TIMER A TIMER A E TIMER _A PUFO ATE ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY _B amp TIMERE CONDITIONAL DISPLAY _END x UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY_B
12. 9 Uncheck the Prompt for Dataset File box so that you will not be asked to select datasource file at the beginning of the experiment 10 Click on the Split by value field Enter a value 9 This makes sure that only 9 trials are run in each block 11 Double click on the TRIAL sequence node in the structure list Click on Start node under it to continue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 251 E 248 Resmi aperire idler ys Lan a Strep S E l ated x boas o E eli a done te waje QQ QRH __6 Enter values press Enter A Bie b vag Rea u te key to register the values ive Fea f Wes EHE Sirop 2500 Bie F te E start 255 Bue r to meh BLOCK mee P GF start pea b H a aa ay Sere pm p pm i Che F ho L ievos son peep Bi M Click here to 00 255 Green b ko 5500 Bhs i t r aamiin 1 Click ore to continue pe Forni ell e F ia Blue h Vas Fed b ta Blue b i al z g 2 Set the label as TRIAL 5 Click here to add rows es toe E l 4 SAIT here to add columns rine a splitby to 9 coum Aad bapor Data ota Fanciomzation Sating eraon Cout a ai 1 3 Click here to start F Enable Run Time Randomization B Click here for ats Source Coke e Rows ie _ ee N O ization configuration rere Desay Lidl Fir i i i ry roma hor Dataset Fie E T Check this box to perform runtime randomization i Uncheck this box Figure 15 9
13. NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Type left corner or center of the interest area This global setting can be changed Screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 181 po Preferences Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Type left corner or center of the interest area This global setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The top left or center of the interest area depending on the preference setting of screen location type The width of the interest area in pixels The height of the interest area in pixels 8 3 1 2 Freeform Interest Area The shape of a freeform interest area can be adjusted by moving the vertices individually To adjust the position of a vertex select the interest area place the mouse cursor on top of the intended vertex until the shape of the cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g A Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse until it 1s placed at a desired location The properties of a freeform interest area are listed in the following table Reference Label of the Freeform interest area The default label is FREEFORM INTERESTAREA Type NR The type of Experiment Builder object FreehandInterestArea the current item belongs to Ordinal ID of the interest area Data Viewer DV Name String Text associated with the interest area in Data Name Vie
14. Nodes Screen Resources Movement Patterns Buitt In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy GU Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Encode Files as UTF 8 If enabled the generated experiment code and dataset files are written using UTF 8 encoded http en wikipedia org wiki UTF 8 files This is a must if the user is using a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 In simple terms this should be enabled if anyone is using characters that are non English e g a or even special curved quotes and obviously any non European language characters SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 290 Disable warning to default If unchecked this will raise a warning whenever a default value is used and if particular property calls for warning If checked such warnings are not brought up For example in the Timer trigger the duration calls for a warning whenever a default value is used The raised warning can be disabled by having this box checked Disable Equation Check A warning message will be given if the value and attribute of an equation are of different data type Checking this option will hide the type mismatch warning External Libraries Put directory paths here if you will need to use other Python packages in custom code Test Run Command Line Arguments If the deployed experiment runs from the command prompt additional
15. Vertical Center Alignment E buttons to place it in the center of the screen Select the resource again and click the right mouse button Select Lock Resource in the following popup menu to prevent the image being accidentally moved in the Screen Editor 1 Click Edit gt Library 4 Click here to finish Manager to start P POSTION AO fir aey ages hj impie seura ntersataren Set visso DeFa _SORGEN TIMEOUT fy KEYBOARD INPUT 2 Select the Image tab 1 iClear inpul Gasset E Bach pnoued Color I ar Ps i Figure 15 16 Loading Resources to Image Library SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 258 15 8 2 Creating the Stroop Display Screen Next we will create a screen containing the Stroop color word A text resource should be added to the display screen The properties of the text resource such as font name size text to be displayed and alignment style should be modified see Figure 15 17 To do this first double click on the DISPLAY SCREEN object in the work space not in the structure list until the screen builder interface is displayed in the Graph Editor Window IA BB el gt SxReaeTO was i are4a QQQREE tpenmert eLoce tepLay_ screen maL TAL DataSource Tan event manor SCREEN DISPLAY SOREEN PFARNOOCAY Av alm 5 Bose BB 1 Select the text resource and click any where
16. a Hl Experiment Bock TRIAL_DataSource TRIAL EHEH Simple F START Po BLOCK F START DISPLAY SCREEN 7 KEYBOARD 2a EL_BUTTON EA TIMER T EL_CAMERA_SETUP _ F START Properties xil z Real Time eration eration Court 12 Add Column Import Data Randomization Seating Split by 4 Freeze Display Until Fir Make sure that this box is checked when using external randomization SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 199 Figure 9 9 Using External Randomization SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 200 10 References The Experiment Builder uses references to link or bind an attribute of one experiment component to be equal to the value of another component attribute References are a critical part of the Experiment Builder providing much of the flexibility to the application As an example assume a sequence has two components X and Y and component X has attribute Ax and component Y has attribute Ay If attribute Ax was set to reference Ay then the value of Ax would always be equal to the value of Ay In this example it is said that Ax is the referencing attribute and Ay is the referenced attribute Even if Ay changes value during the experiment Ax will always reflect the current value of Ay 10 1 Using References References have this syntax object_name attribu
17. if there are mouse or gaze contingent resources on the screen resources have movement patterns or resources visibility position is modified by update Attribute action or custom code etc If false the screen is only ever updated when the display Screen action is re entered so no auto n updating of any type is done Note If a static display is used 1 e none of the above mentioned manipulations is applicable turning off this option might be advantageous and will improve timing performance e g trigger firing as the program does not have to constantly checking whether the display should be updated Send EyeLink sendEyeLinkDV Boolea If checked writes a message V DV MessagesT Messages DRAW LIST to the data File for the ease of analysis with EyeLink Data Viewer This message will draw images and simple graphics in Data Viewer as the background for gaze data This field is only available when the action is contained in a recording sequence Use for Host useForHostDispl Boolea If checked the current screen will be transferred Display T ay n to the host PC as a bitmap or primitive drawings for online gaze feedback This field needs to work together with the Draw to EyeLink Host field of the PREPARE SEQUENCE action This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 54 Interest Area Set interestAre
18. internal method def mylInternalMethod self pass u Property property4 A read and write float type property def setProperty4 self c 5 7 self property4 c def getProperty4 self return self property4 u Property property5 A read and write EBPoint type property def setProperty5 self c self propertyS c def getProperty5 self return self property5 u Property property6 A read and write EBColor type property def setProperty6 self c self property6 c def getProperty6 self return self property6 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 213 Line 071 Line 072 Line 073 Line 074 Line 075 Line 076 Line 077 Line 078 Line 079 Line 080 Line 081 Line 082 Line 083 Line 084 u Property property7 A read and write list type property def setProperty7 self c self property 7 c def getProperty7 self return self property7 u Property property8 A read and write string type property def setProperty8 self c Line 085 self property8 c Line 086 Line 087 def getProperty8 self Line 088 return self property8 Line 089 Line 090 12 3 2 Class Definition A Python class starts with the reserved word class followed by the class name Each word in a class name is usually capitalized but this is only a convention not a requirement Python functions have no explicit begin or end and no curly braces to mark where the function code starts and stops The only delimiter is a colo
19. ve Tracking Mode PUPIL ONLY ve Tracking High Speed m B o ixation Update Interval B0 ixation Update Accumulate SO Auto Calibration Message r Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default import From File Save Into File Tracker Address trackerAddress The IP address of the host PC This must be the same as the host_address setting in the eyenet ini file on the host PC typically under c eyelink2 exe directory for an EyeLink II tracker c EyeLink exe directory for an EyeLink I tracker and c elcl exe directory for an EyeLink 1000 tracker Tracker Version trackerVersion The version of EyeLink eye tracker EyeLink I EyeLink II or EyeLink 1000 Mount mount The mount type Tower Desktop Binocular or Desktop Monocular of EyeLink 1000 tracker This option is only available for EyeLink 1000 eye trackers Dummy Mode dummyMode If checked the experiment can be run without attempting to connect to the EyeLink tracker This can be used to simulate EyeLink link connection for early development work or when the EyeLink tracker is not available Calibration SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 273 Pacing Interval pacingInterval Set the time delay in milliseconds for calibration and validation 1f calibration triggering is done automatically Randomize Order randomizeOrder If checked randomize the presentation sequence of calibration and valid
20. 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region Location regionLocation Point Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the trigger region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y Top Left respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width region Width Integer Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property 1s only available when the Region Type property SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 115 Interest Area NR Target interest areas used to define the Regions triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INT
21. 20 ee EyeLink Record Status M Trial str TRIAL___ eration ES oe teration Count soy ea E Se Data Source feration OT ea eee ee ee feration Count P ste OT olumngs Of Rows 0 C D Figure 7 7 Using Sequence in an Experiment The iteration count of a sequence specifies the maximum number of repetitions the sequence should be executed whereas the Split by field allows the user to flexibly configure the number of actual iterations to be executed By default the Split by field contains an empty list which means that all of the iterations should be executed in one set A non empty split by list specifies the actual number of iterations to be executed for each call of the sequence This feature can be conveniently used to design a data source for experiments in which uneven numbers of trials are tested in different blocks In the above example the iteration count of the BLOCK sequence is 3 and split by list is empty This means that the BLOCK sequence will be executed three times in total 1 e 3 blocks The total iteration count of the TRIAL sequence 1s 12 and the split by field contains a list of 2 5 5 This means that the TRIAL sequence will be executed two five and five times during the first second and last call of the BLOCK sequence The iteration count of the RECORDING sequence is 1 and the split by list is empty This means that the recording sequence will be executed once for each call Therefore the above gra
22. C viewsonic H O WINDOWS iC stmpsHinstalllhinstall exe i Set Data Ds E 25 DYDICD RWY Drive F E gR Control Panel Shared Documents E J My Network Places Co Documents and Settings Jiye Shentcd C tmp Hinstall iC 2stmpsHinstall gt _ Figure 3 1 Installing new version of HASP key drvier 3 3 2 Software Licensing To activate the Experiment Builder license start License Manager program click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR Research gt License Manager The ID of that dongle attached to the display PC will be displayed on the title of the dialog box If the Experiment Builder License status is No and you have purchased the software license please contact support sr research com with that dongle ID you will be given a license code for running Experiment Builder with that dongle Click on the license button on the License Manager to enter the license code see Figure 3 2 ID of the dongle key EISRLicense MERER None License x License Status Expenment Builder Data Viewer Program Fey Please select a license file to program your key License File Update Click here to enter the license code Figure 3 2 Getting the ID of USB Dongle Key and Entering Licensing Code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 13 4 Working with Files The SR Research Experiment Builder is used to create build test run and deploy experiment
23. Debounce Time Sets the Cedrus button debounce time in milliseconds Button responds immediately to the first change Any change in button status following this 1s ignored for the amount of time set in this field 17 1 6 Keyboard eof Preferences Ee Preferences Experiment Devices fe EY ELINK a DISPLAY Property e Dow n Input Queue Size KEYBOARD Nodes Screen BuildDeploy GU Restore Factory Defaut Save Properties as Default Import Fror File Save Into File KeyDown Input Queue Size keyDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of key press events that can be cached in the key press event queue Key Down Event Count keyDownEventCount Total number of key press events cached in the key press event queue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 283 Enable Key Repeat If this is enabled supports repeated key inputs when you hold down a key Repeat Delay repeatDelay Adjust the amount of time that elapses before characters repeat when you hold down a key Repeat Interval repeatInterval Adjust how quickly characters repeat when you hold down a key 17 1 7 Mouse sf Preferences X n S x Position 1 l 5 DE Devices Postion mee EY ELIMK a DISPLAY ouse Down Input QUEUE Size S0 AUDIG ouse Up Input Queue Size s0 Ete Preferences H Experiment Nodes Scre
24. Important Please note that your data analysis does not have to be limited on the original PC where the data collection was done You may copy the whole Experiment Name folder to your data analysis computer To make the data transfer easier give so many files involved you may first zip up the Experiment Name folder keeping the directory structure and then unzip the file on your data analysis computer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 209 If the user adds a blank screen at the end of the trial to clear display screen please make sure that the Send EyeLink DV Messages checkbox of that action is unchecked For some experiments the user should also create interest areas so that future analyses can be done with ease If a display screen contains interest areas an interest area message will be written to the EDF data file to inform the viewer to re create those interest areas during analysis MSG 63036 13 IV TAREA FILE runtime dataviewer test aoi ias 1021582019659 ias SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 210 12 Custom Class In addition to programming through the Graphical User Interface Experiment Builder also allows the users to do custom scripting using the Python programming language The current section explains how to create a new custom class how to define class attributes and methods how to instantiate a custom class object and how to use the
25. Manager from the application menu bar This will bring up a Library Manager dialog box Select the Video tab and click on the Add button to load in the desired video clips To add a video resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Video Resource button on the Screen Builder toolbar and then click anywhere in the screen workspace When a Select Video dialog shows up choose the desired video file The first frame of the video will now be displayed on the screen eof Library Manager Image Sound Interest4rea Set video i Custom Class Movement Pattern Add Delete Rename Wi Properties Preview li of file AD Size 0 1 ME fae P20 pixels Height 480 pixels Bit Depth 24 ie Rate 29 97063 fps Figure 8 5 Loading Video Clips into Video Library Reference VIDEO RESOURCE ce a the current item belongs to Visible T visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible The n default setting is True box checked Screen Index Index of the resource in screen resource list 0 n positionAtGazeC Whether the position of the resource is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 152 contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting is only available when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Contingent t ontingent Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource
26. Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the PLAY SOUND action is executed Time time Display PC Time when the PLAY_SOUND action is done Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 80 Audio Device NR Indicating the current audio driver setting either DirectX or ASIO This field is neither editable nor referable Sound File firstSoundFile String The name of the sound file This is automatically set to one of sound files in the library None if no sound file is loaded in the library Volume firstvolume Float Adjusts the volume of audio playing Volume kaai E ranges from 0 0 muted to 1 0 full volume The default value is 1 0 Playing p
27. Red tg NO 4 0 0 255 Green Jb No i 6 0 255 0 Bue fg No O 7 0 255 Red tN 8 255 0 Gren ges 9 255 0 0 Green tr NO ll 0 255 Green Jb N i 13 0 255 0 Green ges 15 0 255 Be fb es 16 0 255 0 Red fg No 17 255 0 Bue fg No 18 0 0 255 Red BN 7 Check the Enable Run time Randomization box so that internal randomization can be performed 8 Click the Randomization Setting button to configure randomization settings In the following dialog box set randomization seed value to Session Label so that the same trial sequence will be presented when the same recording session label is used Check the Enable Trial Randomization box set Run Length Control Column to WORD and Maximum Run Length to 2 please press ENTER key to register the value This ensures that the trial presentation order is completely randomized with a restriction that the same WORD value will not be shown on three trials in a row Press the OK button to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 250 Randomization Setting X Seed Yale EEeeimai S Blocking Level 1 Column Randomization Type Hone Blocking Level 2 Column r Randomization Type ione J Enable Trial Randomization Run Length Control Column WORD haximur Run Length 2 Splitting Column ORK Cancel Reset Figure 15 8 Datasource Randomization
28. Research gt Install HASP driver to install the driver Follow the default settings If the driver installation is successful and the USB dongle is attached to the display PC the dongle will glow red Now you can check the dongle licensing status For some display PCs you may see the following message when running the Install HASP driver Installing the Device Drivers failed Error message is Failed to start the Aladdin Device Driver Failed to start a service in the Service Control Manager Database SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 11 If this is the case you will have to re install the HASP driver please follow the steps below 4 5 6 A 10 11 Remove the USB key from the computer Reboot the computer When the computer starts up select Add or Remove Programs from Start gt Control Panel If you see HASP Device Driver listed there please go to Step 4 If you do not see HASP Device Driver listed there please click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR Research gt Install HASP driver to install the driver Insert the HASP dongle key to check whether it glows If it works ignore the rest steps Otherwise remove the dongle key and continue with Step 4 Select Add or Remove Programs from Start gt Control Panel Click HASP Device Driver to uninstall the existing installation Download the new driver from http download sr support
29. TIMER B P CONDITIONAL DISPLAY _END X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBLITE DISPLAY_B Devices Experiment Components Experiment Components Properties Value ONDITIONAL onditiornal ONDITIOMAL Property abel g m Baim PewredQmes parode fy ype Lm D T T T z Time ast Checked Tire onfidence Interval wW ARABLE valei Comparator AALS alue famm m 22 3 D D lt i T T i ee Attribute Yalue List for UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE E E j coy ARABLE valued my ARABLE vale 1 Please Set Attribute Please Set Value A B C Figure 7 40 Property Settings for Variables Variable can be conveniently used as temporary data storage For example to output some trigger data to a result file or to record it to a Trial ID message the user may first create a variable and refer it to the target triggered data Please note that a variable in Experiment Builder has no intrinsic data type As a result the user can flexibly change the type of the variable by setting an initial value to the Value field the default data type for a new variable is String For example see Figure 7 41 if the user enters 0 in the Value field the Type is automatically reset to Integer If 0 0 is entered instead the Type is set to Double When referring the variable to an attribute of a node in the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Rese
30. akel USTOM CLASS INSTANCE Ype UstomClassinstance a a ct a a F BLOCK CUSTOM _CLASS_INSTAMZE ustom Class est CustomClass Template Assigning a value directly Read only attribute bh roperty Hroperty4 TRIAL TRIAL_DataSource width TRIAL TRIAL_DataSource height y Entering an equation Color valed Refernmeg to other attribute 1 abo EBColor 200 100 100 TRIAL TRIAL_DataSource imaged Retenme to Datasource ethods Figure 12 3 Assigning Attribute Values through Custom Class Instance E9 ik ik ik ik ik P Eme N E lololo o 2 alala 5 5 3 5 om om om o T T g gt oD e 2 e co a oo ch to wi The user can call a class method through the Execute action or the Callback property of a Sequence Values can be passed from the Experiment Builder GUI to the custom class through the argument list of a class method see the figure below C hosan peoe SSCS 1 Click here to start Execute Method M CUSTOM CLASS INSTANCE a a paramz 100 1 1 1 narama E anna pera O NNOO O US fest oaia tyes rieoert OON cot Edit Attribute EXECUTE gt executeMethod Attribute CUSTOM_ CLASS INSTANCE myMethod Node Attributes 4 Attribute Thy Method 3 Selecta class Method 4 Pass parameters to the method Figure 12 4 Data Exchange through Execute Action SR Re
31. enter the desired EDF file name must be in DOS 8 3 format and click on the OK button to continue Following the initial welcome message the participant will be shown the camera setup and calibration screen and the recording can be started following calibration validation and drift correction After running three blocks of four trials blocks are separated by a camera setup procedure an EDF file will be transferred to the display PC It may take some time to complete the file transfer so please be patient The following sections list the common errors while running an experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 241 14 4 1 Error in Initializing Graphics When you start the experiment and see an Error Initializing Graphics error please check whether the display settings screen resolution color bits and refresh rate specified for the experiment are supported by your video card see Figure 14 17 If not please change the Preferences Experiment Devices gt Display settings Error Initializing Graphics Figure 14 17 Error in Initializing Graphics 14 4 2 Error in Tracker Version SR Research Experiment Builder works well with both EyeLink and EyeLink II eye trackers The default tracker version is set to EyeLink II see Preferences Experiment Devices gt EyeLink Therefore EyeLink I users may see such an error message with the default tracker
32. randomization on the data source file and put the randomized copies in that directory Important Please note that when a project is rebuilt by clicking Experiment gt Build or SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 198 Experiment gt Test Run all of the files in the datasets directory will be deleted So please make sure that you have backed up those files in a different folder for example in myfiles directory before rebuilding the project The external randomzier RandomizerW exe 1s located at Windows Drive Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Randomizer There is also an accompanying document Randomizer chm on how to perform randomization The user may also create the trial randomization files manually by using programs like Microsoft Excel to create the data source and save it in a tab delimited file Please make sure that each and every possible trial instance in the randomization file should be seen in the default data source used when building the experiment Failing to do so may cause the experiment to crash during run time Once the randomization is done click on the experiment name exe to run your experiment When you are asked to load a data source file choose one of the randomized copies from the datasets directory In your experiment project please make sure that you have checked the Prompt for Dataset file box of the sequence to which the data source 1s attached
33. 0 0 EL_CAMERA_SETUP 2 town blur jpg 1024 768 0 0 3 town jpg 800 600 112 84 4 f4 town _blur jpg 800 600 112 84 5 town jpg 800 600 0 0 6 f town blur jpg 800 600 0 0 EHZ Picture a r START a BLOCK Si START H DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER 2a EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EE ATRIAL 1 Select Sequencer START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT x Experiment Components Devices Property Value abel TRIAL Ime Record E 2 Click Here s Real Time C eration eration Count Data Source Columns 6 Rows 6 reezeDisplayUrtilFirstDispl iv 3 Create Column Headings Add Column Add Row Import Data Picture BLOCK Figure 9 1 Using Data Source in Experiment Builder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 4 Create Data Line 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 191 9 1 Creating Data Source A data source is attached to a sequence object given its repetitive nature To create a data source select the sequence object and click on the value field of the Data Source property by default it shows Columns 0 Rows 0 This will bring up the Data Source Editor 9 2 Editing Data Source To create a new data source or to add new columns to an existing data source click on the Add Column button at the bottom of the project window This brings up a dialog asking for the column
34. 1 whereas the end frame can be configured VFW video clips Specifies the frame list frame number and or ranges of frames that should be played for the video Ranges of frames and frame indexes can be in any order For example 1 50 52 100 99 50 50 50 would start to play frames 1 50 skip frame 51 play frames 52 100 then play frames 99 50 i e backwards then hold frame 50 for 2 more frames Note that the performance of presenting non sequential frames or presenting frames in reverse order will be strongly influenced by the video codec used and the specifications of the display PC Performance will generally be in the property fields of the video clip in the library manager see the figure above Please note that a frame rate higher than the screen refresh rate 1s not possible Is Playing isPlaying Boolea Whether the video clip is playing Returns n True if the clip playing is still in progress or False if the playing has stopped or hasn t started yet screen This number increases by one for every frame presented currentFrameInd Integer The currently processed frame number This ex should be identical to Current Frame Number for a non looping video For video played in a Current Frame currentFrameNu Integer The currently processed frame number This Number mber may not be the currently visible frame on the Current Frame Index looping mode this reports the relative frame po
35. 1 2 1 Connection Create Cancel and Delete e eee ceeccesecceeccessceeeees 40 122 COMME CHOI OL OSE stands in Nira cance arent tates E teste etas alt ouimaaGati ata 40 Td Experiment Node Exporting and Importing nennoososesooooooeeeeeeeennssssssssseseee 4 Ta EXPONE ser a a aa 4 Low EED of 10 ae A Reena ener R nee est eee een eer ere ee ene A ere ee 42 Ta Layoutoi Nodes 1 Work SPa Geeneen e dreads dpaie E N 43 7 5 Editing Propertics ola NOdE merana ara aE A E O 44 7 6 Epen ment NOGE eoar a panes EE AE 46 De DE CUICHCE SUD OP ap Is des5eccnstsi ci eaccassnana avec cae oeste i cuetcanseev tans ues 47 7 8 UAE INO GG mirise naii ns T axe E T T TAA ee 51 TA ACUO sene aad i a ect eas eds hte areola cates aad ehtottes 52 7 9 1 Display SCE Ton i E O 532 192 Performing Drift Correction cccccceeecccccccccceceeeeeeceaaeeesessseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 56 139 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration cc ccccessssessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 7 9 4 pendime Eyeluink MESSIS o ea cons aoe wea ee 63 195 Sending EyeLink Command ccessssssseeeeeeeeeececccccesencenassssssesees 65 7 9 6 Sendo ITESO meen ne Ree teen nei seeae Mert Ina te ey SNe ey ere 68 19 Adding to Experiment Oo esere n a anaes 69 7 9 8 LG aie AATF DUNE eein E EE E ES 71 7 9 9 AJE OA CCUMULALOT ee a AE ET a 12 TIo Adde t0 Result FANG erinra a T T Ai 73 TIL Preparing Segue cesante a anda ee 74 P REEN Od o aeaa T tee 71 TIAS Playing SOUING eers E O
36. 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 245 Figure 15 4 Pditine Block Sogu nte sirere aw oran O 246 Figure 15 5 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 247 Figure 15 6 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen ccccceees 248 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 1x Figure 15 7 Create Instruciion SCLC N ssicn cnisaritrasirvondacsiaatowodrnnnudessesiontonedeuncanenieabeeewere Figure 15 8 Datasource Randomization sisicctarniasn vatenetiieiaeehas ainsi 251 Fisure 1 5 9 Creatine Data Set scoscuccsemsitetscncetexedsewnisvontveonde E ice maatawnenr vans 252 Figure 15 10 Editino Tna SSQUCIICE scan sss hecce coat neaaeadnad E E 253 Fere Dll Updating Tria Inde keane EET 254 Fig re 15 12 Update TrnalTteratiON iisrnanieni n T E 255 Figure 15 13 Updating the Attribute of RT eeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeerereerrerrererrrreereereerererereeees 255 Figure 135 14 Editme Recording Sequence 43 aves a ieee oh eee 256 Figure l5a15 Serine Response Ky S sacserdesiisiudcouesenies ieebenccuavele EE E Gidea 257 Figure 15 16 Loading Resources to Image Library ccccccecessseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 258 Figure 15 17 Adding Text to Display Screen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssssssssssssssssssssssssses 259 Figure 15 18 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source eecceeees
37. 4 ype Boundary Jode Path RECORDING INVISIBLE B Message NVISIBLE BOUNDARY Time ast Checked Time confidence Interval Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 155 Region Type RECT AMGLE Region Location Tap Lett noo aag Region Width f s0 Region Height 434 Athir F racking Eye EITHER inimurmn Duration Triggered Data Figure 7 26 Using Invisible Boundary Trigger Please note that the location type of all trigger types invisible boundary triggers mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based whereas the screen resources can be either top left based or center based This means that references should be created differently depending on whether the region location of a trigger refers to a center based resource or a top left based screen resource Imagine that an invisible boundary trigger should fire when the eye is within a rectangle resource RECTANGLE RESOURCE The top panel of the figure below illustrates creating the Region Location reference when the RECTANGLE RESOURCE is top left based DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location The bottom panel of the figure illustrates creating a location equation when the location type is center based EBPoint DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location x DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width 2 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 102 DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESO
38. 7 10 11 Sample Velocity Trigger 17 1 17 Display Screen See section 7 9 1 Display Screen 17 1 18 Drift Correct See section 7 9 2 Performing Drift Correction 17 1 19 Camera Setup See section 7 9 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration 17 1 20 Send EyeLink Message See section 7 9 4 Sending EyeLink Message 17 1 21 Send Command See section 7 9 5 Sending EyeLink Command 17 1 22 Add to Experiment Log See section 7 9 7 Adding to Experiment Log 17 1 23 Add to Accumulator See section 7 9 9 Adding to Accumulator SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 285 17 1 24 Prepare Sequence See section 7 9 11 Preparing Sequence 17 1 25 Play Sound See section 7 9 13 Playing Sound 17 1 26 Sequence See section 7 7 Sequence Subgraph 17 1 27 Set TTL See section 7 9 6 Sending TTL Signal 17 1 28 Accumulator See section 7 11 3 Accumulator 17 1 29 Result File See section 7 11 2 Result File 17 2 Screen 17 2 1 Screen x Ete Preferences Experiment Z Devices iie SCreen Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy Gul Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Defaut Location Type For all resources on the screen builder whether the default location in the settings refers to the top left corner or cen
39. After Calibration rj Screen Select Eye After Validation Build Deploy Ul Link Filter Level ORMAL File Fitter Level HIGH Eve Event Data AZE accade Sensitivity NORMAL Restore Factory Def Save Properties a import From File Save Into File a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 226 Figure 14 3 Setting the Tracker Version for the Experiment In addition the user needs to check whether the intended experiment contains any non ASCII characters If this is the case the Encode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences Build Deploy should also be enabled Failing to do so will result in the following build run time warning WARNING warning 2001 You are using characters that ascii encoding cannot handle Please change your encoding Chinese Japanese and Korean Users Please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences gt Build Deploy setting is always enabled otherwise you may see the following error ERROR error 2070 Internal Error Could not create script Please contact SR Research Sorry MemoryError This may have caused by an invalid encoding Try using UTF8 encoding 14 1 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence In this example we are going to run three blocks of four trials The first step is to add a block sequence for repeating blocks see Figure 14 4 a SE Research Eipenment Buhler y Lanm F
40. Cedrus Input TTL keyboard mouse voice key fixation saccade and sample velocity trigger action displaying screen performing camera setup performing drift correction sending EyeLink message logging experiment sending EyeLink command updating variable attribute preparing sequence adding to result file adding to accumulator sending TTL signal playing recording sound controlling sound playing recording terminating experiment or recycling data line and other type variable result file and accumulator The Work Space provides a venue where the experiment is generated In an empty sequence the Work Space area contains a START node to which actions and triggers can be connected The designer needs to drag selected experiment elements from the Component Toolbox and drop them to the work space and make connections from to other components The designer can further select individual items for property editing The Editor Selection Tabs and Navigation Nodes provide convenient shortcuts for selecting a display screen or an experiment subgraph sequence to work on When an experiment involves several different layers of subgraphs for example blocks gt Trials gt Trial Recording the Navigation Nodes at the bottom of the graph editor window informs the designer of the layer that they are currently at The designer can switch to work on a different level by a simple click on the target sequence In addition all of the experi
41. Copy and then press Paste This will append the new column to the end of the data source Similar operation can be performed on the rows of data source by clicking on the row label of the target lines and choose the desired operations Figure 9 4 Editing Operations for Data Source Columns and Rows The user can copy paste or cut delete data cells in a similar fashion by selecting the target cells In addition the user can copy the current selection to external program such as Microsoft Excel If you have copied some data from external programs you may also paste the selection into the current data source editor Selections can also be copied and pasted between two ongoing Experiment Builder sessions A Data type mismatch error will be given if the data types of the source and target do not match e g copying a column of string data to a column of color type Please make sure that there are no SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 193 empty lines cells in the datasource editor when you start to test run or deploy your project _ COLOR EXPECTED COMPATIB Wes 22 String a 1 o0 0 255 Blue hes 2 0 255 0 Red g o 3 255 0 0 Med r BS 4 Ea 0 0 255 reen No o A 0 0 lue r o _ 0 255 0 Blue No W Cut Copy Paste m Delete E External Copy ee ee o ee ee ae nn eiodeo o EN Ty n Li Figure 9 5 Editing Datasource Cells Changes from version 1 3 Extern
42. Creating Data Set 15 7 Editing Trial Sequence Setting Initial Values and Preparing Sequence Each trial should begin with a prepare sequence action followed by the actual trial recording see Figure 15 10 The prepare sequence action allows the user to preload the image files or audio clips for real time image drawing or sound playing to draw feedback graphics on the host PC to evaluate participants performance and to reinitialize trigger settings In addition we will add a couple of variables to store data such as RT key press trial response accuracy for each trial SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 252 Denso SaxR GRA TAHB s aeral ryv QO 8 amp BAB N e 5 START TRIAL_INDE KE ESS RESFONMSE ET mo o o E __ _ UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE 1 24 oa 4 Click on the Other tab of the 5 Set initial values __ vy component toolbox to add variables edit their of the variables for labels and set initial values each trial xX Ilg Y PREP ARE_SEOIENCE kaa 6 Add a prepare sequence action f 7 Add a sequence inpul oes i Dad Seen Fences ond pars ja Frewdiatre Triggers Pemtisice Actors Figure 15 10 Editing Trial Sequence 1 Click on the Other Tab of the component toolbox select the Variable node hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space Click on t
43. Data of the wae button event see the following table Whether the trigger should fire when a button press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default Whether the trigger should fire when a button release event occurs This is set to True by default List of buttons that may be pressed released to fire the trigger Default value is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 To set the button s used for response click on the value field of the Buttons property and select the desired buttons Multiple buttons can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key The buttons can also be set via attribute reference by double clicking on the right end of the Buttons value field When the Cedrus input trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Display PC time when the button is pressed EDF Time EDF Time EDF time when the button is pressed trigger released 0 For example if the user wants to end the trial by pressing button and 4 the properties of the button trigger can be set as see Figure 7 29 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 110 H TTL START HH a DISPLAY SCREEN FCEDRUS INPUT DISPLAY SCREEN Experiment Components Devices Property CEDRUS INPUT Label CEDRUS INPUT Type Cedrusinput Message eae Time
44. Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 2 Following the presentation of the Stroop word participant s response should be checked and reaction time for he trial be calculated The following nodes see Figure 15 19 are added for checking for response and giving feedback on participant s performance SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 260 i SE Beseanch perimien fuiijer y Lada Siria T gt alla AaBSBeBBe SxXRABaRaT ES EDCA ERE a 61 Experiment BLOCK DIZPLAY SCREEN TRiAL TRIAL DataSource TRAL EVENT FRATON SCREEN pesLay_screnn paral DISPLAY BLANK HEY RESPON3E_TIME 4 r SPL AY AN TIME e TRIAL EVENT d i J Gf start 1 Click here to start l l i ee 2 Add two new variables ee sts rewl anaa a PHG DISPLAY_SOREEN X Y 3 Add Update Attribute action THE_OUT i E5 KEYBOARD INPUT i a A CONDITIONAL i i 2 DSA BLAK ni in ER Holter 4 Add a conditional trigger to check response Somer ae fe INCORRECT RESPONSE scape a Correct response all Ret CORRECT RESPONSE response idommect mespoese oa CORPECT_RESPONSE 5 Load audio clips Hate xev x Y 6 Update attributes 4 OORRECT_SounD a CORRECT S00 Praperty value 4 4 7 Play feedback sound Lats CONDITIONAL f ie i x pe i at a TNER_SOUND t j T Set timer duration for audio playing ett hae Wer end paren KEY PRESS duel j ADD TI RESTS ALE i Compania Fo
45. Example for synchronized audio video presentation If you are using ASIO driver have you followed the instructions for Experiment Builder ASIO Installation FAQ Empty WAV files created with the RECORD AUDIO action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 270 17 Preference Settings Many aspects of the SR Research Experiment Builder can be configured in the application preference settings which can be accessed by clicking on Edit gt Preferences from the application menu bar see Figure 17 1 These include the EyeLink tracker settings display setup screen coordinate type default values for the experiment components triggers actions and screen resources graph layout etc All of the changes can be saved by pressing the Save Properties as Default button allowing them to be used in the future experiment sessions If the changes are valid only for the current experiment creation session simply press the close button on the dialog box SR Research Experiment Builder 1 1 0 115 Beta Simple E l J lej x File Edit view Experiment Help Unda Ctrl z h je xhOtlvRral x QQQnB C Cut Ctrl X Ove T Copy Ctrl C H x Experiment Paste Ctrl mi Delete Delete Node Groups Library Manager Reference Manager Preferences Preferences Select All Ctrl Ef Preferences e H Experiment Devices Structure Alx EHTI Nodes Trigg
46. Exclaim Quotedbl Hash Dollar Ampersand Quote Leftparen Rightparen Asterisk Plus Comma Minus Period Slash 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Colon Semicolon Less Equals Greater Question At Leftbracket Backslash Rightbracket Caret Underscore Backquote a b c d e f g h 1 J k l m n 0 p q r S t u v w X y z Delete NumPad 0 NumPad 1 NumPad 2 NumPad 3 NumPad 4 NumPad 5 NumPad 6 NumPad 7 NumPad 8 NumPad 9 NumPad Period NumPad Divide NumPad Multiply NumPad Minux NumPad Plus NumPad Enter NumPad Equals Up Down Right Left Insert Home End Pageup Pagedown F1 F2 F3 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 112 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 Numlock Capslock Scrollock Rshift Lshift Retrl Lctrl Ralt Lalt Rmeta Lmeta Lsuper Rsuper Mode Compose Help Print Sysreq Break Menu Power Euro Undo When a keyboard trigger fires the user can further access the triggered data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData for a keyboard trigger are listed in the following table Content Content S O Keyboard Display PC Tracker PC or Either on which the triggering key is pressed Key key String The key pressed that fired the trigger Unicode Key E Integer Returns the Unicode key for the key s pressed A MISSING DATA will be returned if the system cannot translate the key sequence to a character Intege
47. Eye Event Data eyeEventData Sets how velocity information for saccade detection 1s to be computed This setting is almost always left to GAZE Saccade Sensitivity saccadeSensitivity Defines the sensitivity of the EyeLink II or 1000 parser for saccade event generation Normal is intended for cognitive tasks like reading while High is intended for psychophysical tasks where small saccades must be detected Eye Tracking SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 274 Eye tracking Mode eyeTrackingMode Select the tracking mode for recording EyeLink II runs either under a pupil CR corneal reflection mode or a pupil only mode EyeLink I only runs under a pupil only mode Eye tracking High Speed eyeTrackingHighSpeed Sets sampling rate in combination with the Eye tracking mode setting for EyeLink II trackers If set to true it will be 500 Hz in a pupil only recording and 250 Hz in a pupil CR mode This setting is only available for EyeLink II tracker Pupil Detection pupilDetection Algorithm used to detect the pupil center position centroid algorithm vs ellipse fitting algorithm This option is only applicable to EyeLink 1000 2k trackers Eye tracking Sampling Rate eyeTrackingSamplingRate Sets sampling rate for EyeLink 1000 The avaible options are 1000 default 500 and 250 This setting is only available for EyeLink 1000 tracker Eyes To Track eyesToTrack Select the eye s
48. MULTILINE TEXT RESOURCE by default Type The type of screen resource MultiLineTextResource the current item some to Visible t Whether the resource should be visible True by SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 164 ee n default Screen Index screenIndex Integer Index of the resource in screen resource list 0 n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent t ontingent contingent on the gaze position False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position False by Contingent t default Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position 0 00 0 00 by default Host Outline l Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color f hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Whether the location specified below refers to the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Always 0 0 for
49. NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting 1s slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Font Color fontColor Color Color in which the text is drawn The default color is Black 0 0 0 Font Name T fontName String String that specifies the typeface name of the font Font Name can be selected from a dropdown list The default font is Times New Roman When transferring project from one computer to another please ensure the target computer has this font available Font Style 1 fontStyle String Sets whether the text is to be rendered using a normal italic or bold face Sets the desired font size 20 by default Underline t Specifies an underlined font if set to True n useRuntimelAS If enabled an Interest Area set file will be SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 160 Word Segment n created during runtime to contain segment Interest Area T information for indi
50. Offset attribute of the foreground image to be half of the clipping area width and height see right panel of Figure 8 4 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 150 Property Label Visible Position is Gaze Contingent Value MAGE Foreground I Position is Mouse Conting Offset o BOO oo Se Saas Height ORS ee Clipping Location OO Clipping With BOD Clipping Height BOD A Figure 8 4 Setting Different Location Types for Images Used in a Gaze Contingent Window Application Position is Mouse Corting Offset 50 150 Screen Location Type Location WYyictth O2 Height Movement Pattern Prebuild To Image opLett E E at d E T mi a a ae L Clipping Location Clipping Width Clipping Height Clipping Area is Gaze Con Source File Mame Use Original Size I Finally the order of the foreground and background images added to the display screen matters The user must ensure that the foreground image is listed after the background image in the structure list so that the foreground image is drawn in front of the background image see Section 8 4 5 on setting the order of resources 8 1 2 Video Resource The SR Research Experiment Builder supports video clip presentation by using video resources on a display screen The Experiment Builder uses a custom developed video display engine for video clip playback The video display engine was specifically designed to
51. PC when running the experiment 15 Are you viewing your EDF files at the original file locations 1 e Results Session Name directories If this is a non EyeLink Experiments 1 Please consider the above issues 2 5 8 9 10 12 11 13 and the following two extra issues 2 Are you using a result file If so have variables and datasource columns been added to the Columns field of the result file node Have you used an ADD_TO RESULT FILE action to record data to the result file 3 Are you planning to write out debugging messages for the experiment If so check the Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node and fill the Message field of the triggers and actions If this is a reading experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 269 1 2 3 4 5 6 If using a text or image resource has the Prebuild to Image box of the resource been enabled FAQ How to show the images in Data Viewer If using a text or multi line text resource have you enabled anti aliasing drawing Is the drift correction target displayed at the intended location FAQ How can I draw my own fixation cross and keep it stable at one point during drift correction and stimulus presentation Are you using non ASCII characters FAQ Warning 2001 You are using characters that ascii encoding cannot handle FAQ How can I import data file containing Umlauten c
52. Pele TRIAL S START W PREPARE_SEQUENCE C DRIFT_CORRECT mR IRECORDING i START EH DISPLAY _SCREEN A TIMFR RECORDING Hi Record Iv Recording Pause Time 20 yeLink Record Status Me Trial str Figure 11 3 HH DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP EHT TRIAL DataSource START PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT ORRE RECORDING 11 3lmage and Interest Areas If the Send EyeLink DV Messages checkbox of a DISPLAY SCREEN action is checked a V DRAW LIST message will be recorded in the EDF file specifying the images and simple drawings to be used as the background for the spatial overlay view of the trial within a viewing session ecording Pause Time yeLink Record Status Message reezeDisplayUrtilFirstDisplayScreen gt Attribute Attributes Creating Recording Status Message MSG 12808461 9 V DRAW LIST runtime dataviewer graphics 1116546752 vcl Important Please make sure that the Prebuild to Image box of each screen resource 1s checked This will build the screen resource into an image and save it in an image file in the runtime 1images directory when the experiment is built This ensures a better runtime performance as well having images available for Data Viewer analysis
53. Redo the current step again 5 Click on the Other Tab of the component toolbox and add a RESULT FILE node to the graph 6 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in a hierarchical fashion 7 Click on the SEQUENCE node in the structure list 15 4 Editing Block Sequence Next we will need to edit the properties of the Block Sequence This involves changing the Label of the sequence to make it more meaningful and changing the iteration count to the actual number of blocks to be tested see Figure 15 4 Please note here we do not edit the Split by field Fia Edt view Experiment Help IR eBbBe AxXRART A TAOS ear Alexey QHOABEE GeO monk START RESULTS_FILE oe f star PES START E RESULTS AILE 2 Double click on the Sequence to continue 1 Edit the label as T BLOCK Press the Enter key s Feu THE E heration Cour 7 2 Set Iteration peit by L count to 2 ais Source Colne Diare g reece Disper Unii Fo i Figure 15 4 Editing Block Sequence 1 Click on the value field of the Label property of the Sequence created Write BLOCK in the text editor and press the ENTER key to finish 2 Click on the Iteration Count value field and enter 2 as the total number of sequence loops 3 In the experiment Work Space double c
54. S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Calibration Type calibrationType String This sets the calibration type One of these q calibration type can be selected from the dropdown list H3 horizontal 3 point calibration HV3 3 point calibration poor linearization HV5 5 point calibration poor at corners HV9 9 point grid calibration HV13 13 point calibration EyeLink II version 2 0 or later The default calibration type is HV9 Color Color r Use Animation useAnimationT Boolea If checked an video clip can be used as the Target f arget n calibration target The user should preload the intended video clip into the library manager SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 61 Target 4 t calibration target Total number of times the video clip will be Play Count Count played before the calibration is done Use Custom useCustomTarge If checked drift correction will use the custom n Target ft t Custom Target customTarget String The name of the image file tha
55. SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 190 9 Data Source An important issue for most experiments is to specify the actual parameters of the individual trials For example which experiment condition should each trial be in Which display should be presented To do that the user may hard code the content of each trial in the experiment Obviously this will be extremely time consuming and error prone if there are several hundreds of trials involved unfortunately this 1s the typical case for a perception or cognition experiment The Experiment Builder handles this issue by allowing the user to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply the actual parameters for individual trials from a data source see Figure 9 1 A data source can be created within the Experiment Builder or by loading a text file The column headings in that file could be variable names and each row contains values for the variables in each trial During the execution of a script file lines in the data source can be read supplying the actual parameters for each trial the linkage between the two is achieved by attribute reference which is discussed in next Chapter eo EyeLink Experiment Builder 0 5 239 Beta Picture 18 x File Edit Experiment Help DERAJAT erh Q2QAQHRE Experiment BLOCK TRIAL_DataSource Trial Image Width Height x y Number String Number Number Number Number a town jpg 1024 768
56. TIMER node hold down the left mouse button and drag the trigger into the work space Double click on the Timer object Enter Time out without quote in the Message value field and 10000 in the duration field SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 235 5 Add an EyeLink Button trigger 6 Add another display screen action Double click on the action and modify its label as DISPLAY BLANK Also uncheck the Send EyeLink DV Message box 7 Make a connection from the START node to DISPLAY SCREEN from DISPLAY SCREEN to TIMER from DISPLAY SCREEN to EL BUTTON from TIMER to DISPLAY BLANK and from EL BUTTON to DISPLAY BLANK 8 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button and select Layout in the popup menu Click ok in the following dialog box This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 9 Click on H button in the properties window to make it a free floating window 14 1 9 Modifying Properties of Display Screen We will first need to check the property settings of the display screen actions see Figure 14 12 For better Data Viewer integration and for reaction time calculation a message should be written to the EDF file to indicate the time when the stimulus was visible to the participants In addition we may need to draw simple graphics onto the host sc
57. TIMER triggers to control the duration of display presentation and how long a sequence should be run Imagine that the user wants to show display A for 500 milliseconds then show display B for 500 milliseconds and then display A for 500 milliseconds and so on while the whole sequence should end in 4000 milliseconds The user may design the graph as following START TIMER _B DISPLAY_A TIMEQUT TIMER A ZIN SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 97 Timer Jif START h SEQUENCE START DISPLAY _A DISPLAY _B 5 TIMER_B TIMEOUT Timer Jif START a SEQUENCE Hal DISPLAY_B E TIMER_B amp Tse Experiment Components Devices Experiment Components Dewices Label IMER_A abe a Ype Titer fiye Fimer OOOO O RS aaoo Time fime Last Checked Time Bact Checked Time t onfidence Interval Duration 4000 s Confidence Interval Duration c uration Type Duration Type secs lapsed Time Figure 7 25 Using Timer Trigger Note that the Start Time of TIMER A and TIMER B 1s set to 0 which means that the timers reset themselves when Display A and Display_B actions are repeated The Timer TIMEOUT controls the maximum duration to stay within the sequence and therefore its start time shouldn t be reset when either of the two display screen actions is repeated The start time of this trigger is set to the start of the subgraph START
58. This makes the randomization of trials across participants easier In addition attribute reference allows the user to access some run time data so that useful experiment manipulations such as conditional branching displaying feedbacks and creating new variables can be made 1 2 How to Use This Manual This manual is intended for users who are using version 1 4 or later of SR Research Experiment Builder software If you are still using an earlier version of the software please download the latest version from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 9 The latest version of this document can be obtained from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 99 Note you must be a registered user of https www sr support com to access these updates and the Experiment Builder usage discussion forum If you have feature requests or bug reports please send an e mail to eb sr research com If you have questions on using the software please check out the Frequently Asked Questions section of the user manual html version the Experiment Builder usage discussion forum or send an e mail to support sr research com SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 2 To use the Experiment Builder software effectively it might help if you can follow the Chapter 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example to re create the SIMPLE example by yourself and get a sense of the life cycle of experiment generat
59. Window on the right The Project Explorer Window lists all of the experiment components in a hierarchical fashion and allows the designer to select components for review or modification The Graph Editor Window allows the designer to create the experiment graph by dragging individual building blocks and making connections between components to form experiment flow eS EyeLink Experiment Builder 1 1 0 100 Beta Simple 4 la x File Edit view Experiment Help A ARARel axRatl varal QQQBG overview a E Experiment 6L0CK Structure DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER pe EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP Seer Connections Connected From EL_CAMERA _SETUP Connects To Simple BLOCK Figure 5 1 Sample Experiment Builder Interface 5 1 Project Explorer Window The Project Explorer Window allows the designer to select experiment components to be viewed to modify the current property values and to configure default devices eye tracker display audio driver TTL and Cedrus input settings This window has four individual panels Overview Structure Property and Connections panels Each of the individual section can either be a docked panel of the project Explorer window or a free floating window In addition each of the panels can be hidden or made visible from the View menu SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Researc
60. a standalone USB dongle that supports a single PC license 1 Install the Experiment Builder software Double click on the sreb_1 exe installer keeping the default settings 2 Install standalone HASP key driver if this is the first time that the USB dongle have been used on the display PC Plug the dongle to the display computer You may install the driver by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Install HASP Driver from your computer desktop or double clicking on hdd32 exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder see section 3 3 1 HASP Driver Installation 3 Check license status Click on the License Manager utility to check for the licensing status for the Experiment Builder software see section 3 3 2 Software Licensing 3 2 2 For Installation using Network Licensing The following is applicable to the users who have purchased a network license 1 e a shared license for several computers on a network that running Experiment Builder at the same time for the Experiment Builder software 1 Install the Experiment Builder software Double click on the sreb_1 exe installer keeping the default settings on InstallShield Wizzard screens except for the following two e On the Setup Type dialog box select Custom e On the Select Feature screen make sure that both HASP4 and HASPHL driver options are selected 2 Install network HASP key driver You may install the driver by click
61. addition we add a result file to contain data outputs a SE Research Experiment fisider y Lanm RC Stroop Fis Edt wew Experiment Help IS3 BBe SKRAGREBA CAS ear Ale QO B START 2 Select Action Tab H Connect from Start to Sequence RESULTS FILE Iei 5 Click on the Other tab of the component toolbox to add a Result File node oe 3 Add Sequence to work ST AAT gt ne Double click on E RESULTS FILE Sequence to continue 1 Click here to start 6 Click on the right mouse button at a blank area and select Arrange Layout wia Source eoum 0 Rows G resres Diim Lindi Fir F Figure 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence 1 Click on the Experiment Tab in the Project Explorer Window to start 2 Click on the Action Tab of component toolbox 3 Select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work area 4 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse cursor on top of the SEQUENCE node This makes the connection from the START node to SEQUENCE node Note don t make a single or double click on the START node as this will select the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 245 node instead If you have done so place the mouse cursor on a blank area in the work space and make a single click there
62. al DISPLAY _BLANK protect them from the frost Buck lived at a big house in the sun kissed Santa Clara Valley Judge Miller s place it was called It stood back from the road half ao hidden among the trees through which glimpses could be caught of the wide cool veranda that ran around its four sides Position is Mouse Co Offset ost Outline Color White Track gt gt BLOCK gt gt TRIAL gt gt RECORDING Iv Position is Gaze Cont 7 m 0 Figure 8 1 Sample View of the Screen Builder Interface SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 145 8 7 Resources Resources are the individual graphic drawings e g image text line etc to be displayed on the screen Currently the following list of resources can be added to a display screen images texts single line or multiple lines and simple drawings like rectangles ellipses lines triangles and polygons see Figure 8 2 APRA ANOO A H Figure 8 2 Resources Implemented in Screen Builder As for triggers and actions discussed in the previous chapter the layout and properties of a selected resource can be easily modified by using the Property panel In addition to the physical appearance of the resource position size style etc the user needs to keep in mind the following issues when reviewing the properties of a graphic resource e Visibility After a resource is added to a s
63. allow access to the msec time that each frame of the video is displayed the start of the first retrace that contained the frame data on the display The video display engine also functions in Windows real time mode These features provide a timing advantage to researchers using video stimuli because the common timing pitfalls of display packages that use Windows DirectShow for video presentation have been bypassed For optimal video playing performance the recommended display PC configuration is a Pentium 4 processor with 2 0 Ghz or faster CPU 512 MB or more RAM 8x AGP or PCIx video card and Windows XP Service Pack 2 installed Experiment Builder supports video files that are compatible with the VFW video for windows specification or have been XVID endoded Our internal tests have shown that XVID encoded files perform much better than VFW files SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 151 To play video clips in Experiment Builder the user should first convert the original avi files into XVID or VFW files with the Split Avi application that comes with the Experiment Builder software Following this the converted XVID or VFW files can be added into the library manager and the target clips can be added into a display screen Please do not attempt to load the original unconverted avi files into the video library as this may not work To add video clips into the resource library click on Edit gt Library
64. and driver buffers are switched This means that sounds are actually produced at a short but highly predictable delay after the data is stored in the buffer Since the Creative Labs sound cards we recommended have a typical latency setting of 10 milliseconds this would have a buffer switch interval of 10 milliseconds and an output delay of 10 milliseconds The time that the clip was actually played will be accurately reported in the EDF file When using an ASIO driver e Ifthe start of a sound has been commanded far enough in advance of the time the sound is to be played e g the PLAY SOUND action is preceded by a TIMER trigger with a duration of greater than 20 ms the Experiment Builder software will be able to write the sound data in advance to the ASIO buffer and therefore the first sample of the clip will be emitted from the sound card within 3 milliseconds plus or minus of the scheduled time e Ifthe sound is commanded to happen as quickly as possible e g for example in response to a subject response external signal or eye movement event or if the sound play command was not given far enough in advance e g the PLAY SOUND action is preceded by a TIMER with a duration shorter than 20 ms Experiment Builder is unable to compensate for system delays and the audio will begin after a short delay However the exact moment that the sound will play is predictable and can be reported precisely for analysis later This applies to experi
65. are shown correctly whether time critical and other important messages are recorded for analysis and so on Fora non EyeLink experiment the user may rely on a log file or result file to debug the experiment Important Note Every time Experiment gt Test Run 1s performed the experiment 1s rebuilt and all of previous data files in the experiment directory are deleted Do not use Experiment gt Test Run for collecting real experiment data Experiment gt Test Run is intended for testing purposes only 2 3 Experiment Deployment After fixing errors in the experiment graph and checking validity of the experiment the user can then deploy the experiment to a new directory This will generate a set of files in the intended directory Please note that the Experiment gt Test Run step mentioned in the previous section must be used only for the purpose of testing and debugging the experiment graph To collect experiment data the user must use a deployed version of the experiment as it does not rely on the Experiment Builder application In addition running SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 5 the deployed version of an experiment generally has a better timing performance than running it directly from the Experiment Builder application because the computer is not running the Experiment Builder interface at the same time as the experiment To run an experiment in a different computer the user should
66. area respectively Some paradigms require the mouse trigger to fire at a specific region For example the user can click on a link in a webpage to move onto the next page If this 1s the case please make sure that the Position Triggered attribute is checked and that a target region 1s specified see Panel A of Figure 7 31 In addition the user may add a small image on the display screen and make its position mouse contingent behaving as if a mouse cursor so that the user knows the current mouse position see Panel B of Figure 7 31 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 116 START DISPLAY_SCREENM TIMER Mouse Devices Experiment Components Property Value ee ath SSCS e ee Figure 7 31 Using Mouse Trigger MOISE F START DISPLAY SCREEN Interest _ Areas Movement _Patterns ELLIPSE_RESOURCE WEOE E TIMER Experiment Components Property abel veLink Message Devices e Triggered oaa oOo SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual MOUSE F START DISPLAY _ SCREEN Interest _ Areas Movement _ Patterns ELLIFSE_RESOUR CE MOUSE TIMER Experiment Components LLPSE_RESOURCE 7 Dewices mooo Postion Gaze Cortingert O Postion ie Mouse Contingent Z a es Wath SO e Pa olor fled OM Color a Stroke Wath el F m a 6 F 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 117 Figure 7 32 Making a Resource Pos
67. ast Checked Time Confidence Interval Triggered Data Press Events a Release Everts r Buttons 1 4 A B Figure 7 29 Using EyeLink Button Trigger 7 10 6 Keyboard Trigger ATAN The Keyboard trigger cE responds to an input from the display PC The user needs to specify a list of possible key presses on the keyboard so that the trigger will fire To set the keys s used for response click on the value field of the Keys property and select the desired keys Multiple keys can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key IMPORTANT Please note that the user should not use the keyboard for collecting response in reaction time sections of experiments as the delays introduced by Windows are highly variable This trigger does not function in real time sequences on some operating systems Reference Label of the keyboard trigger The default label is KEYBOARD Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Keyboard the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 111 po experiment graph Message Message Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the keyboard trigger fires Time time Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when
68. available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA we lands within the argel region M Eye T Sting Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Minimum amplitude 0 by default of the Amplitude ude triggering saccade Sta Reamer following table The user can further get access to the triggered data if a saccade trigger fires The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Start Time StartTime Integer Display PC time when the triggering saccade Starts Time a Display PC time when the triggering saccade ends EDF aia Time hail Integer EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the host PC when the triggering saccade starts EDF End Time EDFEndTime EDF time when the triggering saccade ends Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer This attribute is depreciated it will always return the same value as the Triggered Eye property To find out the eye s used in the recording please check the Eye Used property eyeUsed of the EyeLink Device Triggered Eye triggeredEye Integer Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current saccade trigger fire SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 126 Duration of the triggering saccade Start Gaze X StartGazeX X gaze position when the triggering saccade started started end
69. but referable These properties will be changed when resource s properties are changed For text resources you may apply Word Segment option from the popup menu This will create segments for individual words However the interest areas created will be static in the sense that the same segments will be carried over to following trials even if the text materials have changed To create dynamic interest areas for text and multi line text resources you should check Use Runtime Word Segment Interest Area option from the resource property table see the figure below Note Interest areas created in this method will not be listed under the Interest Areas folder of the Display Screen action nor will be displayed in the Screen Editor By default the automatic word segmentation is based on the space between words The users may choose other delimiter options For example to see whether the subject detects semantic anomaly in the sentence The authorities were trying to decide where to bury the survivors you may group bury the survivors into one interest area instead of creating three separate interest areas To do that you may set the original sentence as The authorities were trying to decide where to bury the survivors replace space with a In the Word Segmentation preference settings see the figure below check the Enable Interest Area Delimiter option Set the Delimiter Character as Check the Enable Interest Area Delimi
70. commands that can be sent with this action The send command action is not available in non EyeLink experiments Reference Label Label of the SEND COMMAND action The default value is EL COMMAND Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects me EyeLinkCommand the current node belongs to experiment graph Time time Display PC Time when the SEND_ COMMAND action is done Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Command command String The command used to configure or control the EyeLink tracker For a complete list of commands and current tracker configuration examine the INI files in the EyeLink directory of the eye tracker computer Text text String The parameters to be passed along with the command Priority t priority Boolea If enabled causes the command to be executed n with the highest priority This priority is even higher than the outp
71. copy the entire directory of the deployed version of the experiment to the new experiment computer The experiment should be run at least once and results validated on the new computer before starting full data collection from multiple participants 2 4 Participant Data Set Randomization As mentioned earlier the experiment designer can use Experiment Builder to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply the actual parameters of individual trials from a data source In most experiments the user will need to randomize trial order so that the experiment materials are not presented in the same sequence across participants Randomization of data source can be done with either an internal randomizer or an external randomizer These two randomization methods are almost identical and therefore the user may use the internal randomizer to perform randomization unless counterbalancing or Latin square designs are needed Please note that configuration of the internal randomization settings should be done before deploying the experiment project whereas the external randomization can be done after deploying the experiment project see Chapter 9 Data source 2 5 Data Collection Data can now be collected from the deployed version of the experiment Double click on the executable file in the deployed experiment directory or type in the exe file name from the command line prompt If the experiment uses a data source a dialog will be di
72. data to be stored see Panel A of Figure 7 46 Finally at the end of the trial or experiment the data can be retrieved For example if the user wants to know the number of saccades in the sequence and some basic statistics of saccade duration a SEND EL MSG action can be used saccade data str ACCUMULATOR size max str ACCUMULATOR maximum min str ACCUMULATOR minimum mean str ACCUMULATOR mean SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 142 uP Recording uP Recording Y ACCUMULATOR _ACCUMULATOR Ye ADD_ACCUMULATOR SEND_EL_MSG X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBLITE X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE lt Experiment Components Dewices Experiment Components Dewices Labe PAOD ACCUMULATOR ae SD AMSG yeLink Message O ee S ime dS A Action Time iret Action Time SSS yeLink Message saccade data strig Accumulator Recording ACCUMULATOR Add Value eos A CADE triggeredDat A B Figure 7 46 Adding Data to and Retrieving Data from the Accumulator This will record a message similar to MSG 3153136 saccade data 8 max 60 0 min 48 0 mean 55 0 in the EDF file 7 11 4 Custom Class Instance The custom class instance creates a new instance of a class The user can select a class defined in the Experiment Builder library to which the current instance should belong from the dropdown list associated with the custom class property Once
73. decode and display frames fast enough there may be delays in the frame presentation If the delay is greater than a frames duration for example 33 33 msec for a 30 fps video then a video frame can actually be dropped increasing the drop frame count for the video resource 8 1 2 3 Video Frame Rate and Display Retrace Rate It is important to know how the nominal frame rate of the video file interacts with the monitor video refresh rate to determine the actual time point at which a frame is displayed As described above a video frame s desired display time 1s equal to desired frame time video start time frameNumber 1000 0 frameRate The video frame s actual display time assuming the display PC hardware is capable of presenting the video without dropping frames can be conceptualized as actual frame time nearestRetraceTo desired frame time where nearestRetraceTo calculates the display retrace start time that is closest to the desired frame time provided to the function Take the following figure for an example If a video resource file has a nominal frame rate of 30 fps one frame every 33 33 ms blue bars but the hardware video refresh rate 1s 85 hz one refresh every 11 765 ms green bars then the two different update intervals are not multiples of each other Assuming a video start time of 0 the second frame would have a desired display time of 33 33 ms but the nearest retrace to the desired time 1s at time 35 29 msec ret
74. done Start Time startTime Float Display PC Time when record sound control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard Execute Method false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Method of a class to be executed Click on right end of the value field to start the attribute editor to locate a method in a custom class instance If a method in a custom code class is already linked to this field double clicking on the execute action should bring up the custom code text editor and set the current editing position to the start of the method that the execute action was using A list of parameters the execute method may take Result of the execution method Type of the data returned by the execute method mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Result result Triggers only firing based on events that are Result Data NR Type collected following the start of the Action If 7 9 20 Null Action The Null action node O as suggested by its name does not perform any actual actions Itis primarily used for two reasons a Controlling experiment flow For example the linking rules do not all
75. either internally during runtime of the experiment or externally before running the experiment These two randomization methods are almost identical except that the external randomizer allows for further counterbalancing SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 195 manipulations across subjects You may experiment both methods out to see which one fits your needs better 9 5 1 Internal Randomization To perform an internal randomization simply check Enable Run Time Randomization check box on in the data source editor see the Stroop example This will enable the Randomization Setting button By clicking that button will bring up a Randomization Setting dialog box ll Beemt faerie Balie y LAET Aigi Saergale z olf i Deag PKR OC RBA BOT Oldb rajan QABE E i Emni hornir Srii icone i A rh in al A l a E E TON p f C Lah EO ah p HE e casena seve i Dns D E 2 Icon n E Dipa Al E Dns i 3 5 Dre 4 E h E One E gt E Is Fey T E ic Pansion Come m Enit oy ii Date Src Columns t ha oa FFreeue Cesptey Urii Fi I Promi ior bates Pie 7 Feeback Click to enable run time randomizer Figure 9 8 Using Internal Randomization 9 5 1 1 Randomization Seed If set to Current Time the current display PC time is used as the randomizati
76. fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Float Actual time in msec used to prepare for the display screen action Integer The width of the display screen in pixels 1024 by default Integer The height of the display screen in pixels 768 by default Color The background color of the screen The Color r default color is white 0 0 0 Bits Per Pixel bitsPerPixel Integer The number of bits 32 by default used to represent the luminance and chroma information contained in each pixel Whether or not to a send a default message SYNCTIME when the display changes This message will not be generated if the EyeLink Message field is filled The default setting is false box unchecked Resource Count resourceCount Integer Number of resources included in the display screen action not including screen background Grid Rows NR Integer If the toggle grid visibility button in the Screen Builder toolbar is on several horizontal Grid Columns NR Integer specified number 3 by default of columns lines will be drawn to divide the screen into the Force Full forceFullRedraw If checked this will force a full redraw of the 7 Clear Inpu
77. following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action In the following example Figure 7 22 an ERROR COUNT variable is used to store the number of errors made in the experiment When a target button is pressed the ERROR COUNT is updated If the error count exceeds a pre set number the experiment can be terminated earlier by the TERMINATE EXPERIMENT action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 90 ERROR _COUNT START a kh RECORDING iF START DISPLAY_SCREEN A DISPLAY _SCREEN EA TIMER aa EL_BUTTON A DISPLAY _BLANK ERROR_COUNT TIMER X Y UPDATE_ERROR_COUNT P CONDITIONAL m SEND EL_MSG TERMINATE EXPERIMENT fis Experiment Components Propenies H x ERMINATE_EXPERIM CONDITIONAL Object Type erminateExperiment yelink Message me lat Tme A B Figure 7 22 Using Terminate Experiment Action 7 9 18 Recycle Data Line Recycle Data Line action 2 instructs the experiment sequencer to perform the current data source line at a later time Note If Recycle DataLine action is used such that neither the containing sequence nor the parent s of the sequence has data source a build time error will be raised Reference Label of the Recycle DataLine action The default value is RECYCLE DATALINE Type N The type of E
78. frame during conversion when using the XVID encoder Therefore the user may add one extra frame to each clip when authorizing video clips The user can then set the Frame List attribute of the video resource to the intended frame number regardless whether the last frame 1s dropped or not 8 1 2 7 Playing Video Clips with Audio For those video clips with sound the Split Avi program splits the video stream from the audio stream in the original video file and saves each stream in a separate file Now the user has two files one for sound and one for video To put the sound back into the video SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 158 so that the video will have sound during the experiment the user needs to use a DISPLAY SCREEN action to show the video stream and a PLAY SOUND action to play back the audio stream To synchronize the playing of the video and audio streams we recommend the user to use the ASIO driver click the Devices Tab of the structure panel and select the Audio Device to play the audio file To use the ASIO driver please follow the instructions on installing and configuring the ASIO card and driver available Once the ASIO driver has been selected double click on the Display Screen action which is used to show the video and enable the Synchronize Audio Option This will let you select a wav file from the library manager to play with the video and set the Sound Offset to 0 for
79. in the display screen 5 Align to the center of the screen car ji zE oe Cut ae Lane TENT RESOURCE Re d E Copy ee ate T are ore 240 BLOK lici i star b isbie a ea crean ina E Delete TIMER i e fh KEYBOARD p ed 6 Select Resource sep tocrs a TRL click on the right i start o NE S mouse button to TBE Senge ee lock the resource i HEVPRESS RESPONSE RT aT UPDATE ATTRIBUTE oemet PRET T PREPARE SEOUENCE Pretbuid To keage S i TRIAL EVENT Lise Software Surtece 7 GF start l E arn nen Front Cator parori parert pareri 2 Refer to datasource column COLOR me J DISPLAY SOREN Fol Hase Tira Nita Flamer f neer peara Ft her 3 Set text apperance Li Front Size so tieou Linderine r 4 Refer to datasource column WORD BA KEYBOARD NPU fea Brant part pieri 4 DISPLAY ELANK Mavigal T AI Sro mock o THAL Ph Trin event T eSa Figure 15 17 Adding Text to Display Screen 1 Click on the Insert Text Resource button A on the Screen Builder tool bar and click at any position in the work area 2 Set the reference of the Font Color to the COLOR column of the Data Source Double click on the far right end of the value field of the Font Color property This will bring up an attribute editor dialog see Figure 15 18 a Click on DataSource node under TRIAL sequence on the node selection list b Double c
80. position of the resource is Contingent t ontingent n contingent on the gaze position False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 159 Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position False by Contingent t default Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position 0 00 0 00 by default Host Outline hostOutlineColo Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color J show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Width Intended width of the resource in pixels Height Intended height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during the actual execution of the trial This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence Screen Location
81. register the change 2 Make sure that the Send EyeLink DV Messages and Use for Host Display properties are checked 3 Select the DISPLAY BLANK action Double click on the value field of Message property Type in blank screen and then press ENTER key to register the change 4 Make sure that both Send EyeLink DV Messages and Use for Host Display checkboxes for the DISPLAY BLANK action is unchecked 14 1 10 Creating Display Screen We will add a text resource to the display screen and modify the properties of the text resource such as font name size text to be displayed and alignment style We will also create an interest area for the text see Figure 14 13 To do this first double click on the DISPLAY SCREEN object in the work space not in the structure list until the screen builder interface is displayed in the Graph Editor Window IOeBBe PSxXx RATE FT AHd i garal AOQQ BED axi Expement BLOCK CPLA songen taa TAL DataSource Reconnno DISPLAY SCREEN eaa vcoam no Avs BeBe SB HE xf 1 Select the Text Property Wahan Resource and click in abei TEXT RESOURCE the work space 6 Choose alignment style isible a T ma amna G cmt T 7 Select resource click on iB stant porthvineeninvomnanrih ae Wh the right mouse button to Hs i t H a BLOCK a _ Lock the resource Gf start ai See a ere iosi Cautine Color h
82. sec and the acceleration threshold is set to 8000 degrees sec to detect saccades of 0 5 degrees of visual angle or greater see Figure 7 36 For psychophysical studies the threshold values are much lower to make the parser more sensitive START Saccade A START Fh SEQUENCE F START DISFLAY A T SAMPLE_VELOCITY DSFLAY_E TIMER aa EL_BUTTON DISPLAY _A SAMPLE VELOCITY gt Experi merit Co mponents Dey ces Property Value abel SAMPLE VELOCITY yveLink Message sample velocity fime Region Location 0 DISPLAY_B des 024 Region Height 7S ox win CdS racking Eye THER elocity Threshold BO Acceleration Threshold 9500 riggered Data ay A B Figure 7 36 Using Sample Velocity Trigger x 7 10 12 ASIO Voicekey Trigger ASIO Voicekey trigger A fires when ASIO input exceeds a pre specified threshold Note that this trigger type only works in experiments with ASIO compatible sound card and the Audio devices set to the ASIO driver It must be realized that a voice key will typically respond to the voiced parts of vowels and some consonants and therefore will not accurately measure the onset time of words For this purpose the user may use some SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 132 other audio editing tools to analyze the recorded audio The voice key is most useful in detecting that a subject has made a response for the purpose of ending tria
83. set in the value attribute of a variable the user may first set the value to some string e g hello and then clear it 7 11 2 Result File In addition to the EyeLink EDF file the user can also create her his own output file This is especially the case for non EyeLink experiments Result file E working together with the ADD_RESULT action is used to record experiment data It provides a columnar output of selected variables Each row of the file represents a call of the ADD_RESULT action Similar to the above mentioned Variable object a Result File object should be used without connecting to any other item in a graph Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the RESULT FILE object The default SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 138 P value is RESULTS FILE Type The type of Experiment Builder objects a o oo h ResultsFile the current node belongs to experiment graph Vas E file If true a will be written out to the result file Values sine Valu instead of T values 1 e 32768 for numbers and MISSING VALUE for strings An integer specifying the minimum output field width This will be exceeded if necessary Specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point Result file is useful for recording data in non EyeLink experiments The following graph see Figure 7 42 illustrates part of a simple reaction time experiment STAR
84. stop pause or play Operation operation String Action used to control the current audio recording STOP PAUSE or PLAY continue playing a paused audio Please note that PAUSE and PLAY controls are only valid with DirectX driver The following graph illustrates playing a sound clip PLAY SOUND DIRECTX for 1 second TIMER PLAYING pausing PAUSE AUDIO for 1 second TIMER PAUSING and then resume playing UNPAUSE AUDIO with Direct X driver Properties CSS Property Value abel PLAY _SOUND_DIRECTX lype PlaySound Message PLAY SOUND DIRECTX im tart Time lear Input Gueues F tudio Device rect Sound File parent parent TRIAL alure O laying SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 85 START oe DISPLAY _SCREEH ae Play Sound antral E Message PAUSE AUDIO PLAY_SOUND_DIRECTS acting Titrie Clear Input Queues ee arget Play Sound ActionPLAyY SOUND DIRECTs PAUSE AUDIO i Properties a x MPAUSE_ AUDIO Alay oundlontral MPAUSE_ AUDIO Target Play Sound Action TSS Sieh Operation PLAY Figure 7 20 Using Play Sound Control Action 7 9 15 Record Sound For experiments where verbal responses are required the SR Research Experiment Builder supports both recording of audio to a WAV file and an integrated voicekey trigger The recommended experimental procedure would be to record a WAV file for ea
85. such a link is established double clicking on the custom class instance in the experiment graph will automatically start a custom class editor for viewing and editing the source code of the custom class Field Attribute Content Reference Label label fadil Label of the custom class instance By default the label is CUSTOM CLASS INSTANCE Type The type of Experiment Builder objects CustomClassInstance the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Custom Class NR Select a class SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 143 defined in the Experiment Builder library to which the current instance belongs Note The property table will also list all of the methods and attributes defined in the custom class in alphabetical order SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 144 8 Screen Builder The Screen Builder provides a convenient tool for creating visual displays After adding a Display Screen action in the workspace the user can start the Screen Builder by double clicking it Screen Builder is a what you see is what you get WYSIWYG type of application which allows the user to see how the display will actually look like during the runtime of the experiment It behaves like a drawing board onto which various types of the graphic resources images text or simple line d
86. text illustrating the use of runtime interest area resource Demonstrates how to use real time gaze position to display a gaze contingent window Track Displays the user s current gaze position during recording and illustrates how to set the resource position contingent on the current gaze position Displays several almost identical screens rapidly It also illustrates the use the of the fixation trigger Saccade Illustrates the creation of a simple experiment for saccade anti saccade research Illustrates several kinds of sinusoidal movement in a pursuit task The discussion of the simple template must be read before working with any of other templates as it illustrates most of the shared operations for all experiments You may go over the Stroop example for creating non eye tracking experiments In general you should read through all of the templates before programming your own experiment When creating your experiment you may also refer to the check list in Chapter 16 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 223 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example To create an Experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder the user needs to take the following three steps e Create an Experiment e Build and test run the Experiment e Deploy the Experiment Following these a set of files are generated so that the experiment can be run for data collection without relying on the
87. the accompanying Split AVI tool with the video compressor set to Xvid MPEG 4 codec see Video Experiments in the html version of this document Please note that the Xvid MPEG 4 codec 1s not installed by default To install the XVID codec go to the directory where the Experiment Builder software is installed e g C Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Select the xvid inf file in the VideoHandlers folder and click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select Install option Click Yes button in the following Digital Signature Not Found dialog box to continue the installation This only needs to be done once on a given display computer To play VFW video clips choose other video codecs from the Split AVI compressor list it is a known issue that the not all VFW files are recognized and loadable into the library In addition the performance of video files converted by different video codecs varies Users may try the Divx http www divx com divx play download or MCMP Mjpeg codecs http www leadcodecs com Codecs LEAD MCMP MJPEG htm for VF W codecs with good performance If the user deploys the experiment project and runs it on a different deployment computer please make sure that codec used to test run the video experiment is also installed on the deployment computer as well otherwise the deployed experiment will not run Please also note that it is a known issue that the AVI converter may drop the last
88. the actual sampling rate running in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the Eye tracking Sampling Rate property CR Mode CRMode Returns the actual mode PUPIL CR or PUPIL ONLY string running on the host computer This may differ from the value set at the above Eye tracking Mode property File Filter fileFilter Returns the actual file filter level OFF NORMAL or HIGH used in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above File Filter Level property Link Filter linkFilter Returns the actual link filter level OFF NORMAL or HIGH used in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above Link Filter Level property Eye Used eyeUsed Returns the actual eye s used LEFT RIGHT or BOTH in the experiment This may differ from the value set at the above Eyes To Track property Pupil Detection Model pupilDetectionModel Returns the actual algorithm used to detect the pupil center position centroid algorithm vs ellipse fitting algorithm This option is only applicable to EyeLink 1000 2k trackers Last Sample Possible data that can be retrieved from the last eye sample see the table below for details Data File Contents Important SR Research Ltd does not recommend changing the following default settings as this may have negative impacts on the data file integrity and your data analysis Samples If checked samples wi
89. the search criterion will be displayed in the list The user can adjust the search scope by selecting the appropriate sequences from the dropdown list To replace a string enter the text to be replaced in the Text to Find edit box and the text to replace in the Replace With edit box Place the text insertion caret the blinking vertical bar in the Replace With edit box and press ENTER key to perform replacement Press Undo Replacement button 2 to revert to the old references SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 205 a 3 SR Research Experiment Builder 1 3 0 42 RC Simple at ete Y indi a TRIAL RECORDING EyeLink Record Status M Trial str TRIAL_D DISPLAY SCREEN TEXT RESOURCE fet Eparertparert parert T E E ye Tracking Mode PUPL_CR yee To Track EITHER SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 206 11 EyeLink Data Viewer Integration It s always a good idea to think about data analysis while the experiment is still being designed The designer may take advantage of the messaging functionality of the tracker and Experiment Builder e g using the send message or log experiment action or using the Message property of the triggers and actions to write out messages for critical events in a display for reaction time calculation to send a Trial ID message and so on For some experiments the designer may also try to create intere
90. the settings in the property table Make sure to check Draw To EyeLink Host field is set to IMAGE or PRIMITIVE This will draw image or simple graphics on the host screen for the purpose of evaluating gaze accuracy 3 Add a Drift Correction action from the action tab of the component toolbox 4 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work space 5 Make a connection from the START node to PREPARE SEQUENCE from PREPARE SEQUENCE to DRIFT CORRECTION and from DRIFT CORRECT to the SEQUENCE node 6 Click on any blank area in the Work Space Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 234 7 Double click on the newly created sequence to fill in the actual events in the recording 14 1 8 Editing Recording Sequence In the current step the properties of the trial recording sequence should be modified see Figure 14 11 The actual display presentation should also be worked out In this simple recording sequence we will display a screen and then wait for a button press response from the participant The trial times out automatically if no response is made within 10 seconds The display screen is then cleared E 156 Research permen Buhler y Laan RC Sample n
91. time instead lapsed Tire 7 10 2 Invisible Boundary Trigger The EyeLink tracker provides two streams of eye position samples up to 2000 times per second for an EyeLink 1000 2K eye tracker and events eye movement events such as saccades and fixations blinks The invisible boundary trigger fires when one or multiple eye samples stay inside or outside of a pre specified invisible boundary This trigger type can be used to implement all or part of display change based on the locus of gaze For example a line of text may be changed when the reader proceeds past a critical word in the sentence This trigger is only available in an EyeLink experiment Please note that the tracker heuristic filter setting influences how quickly the trigger will fire Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label label String Label of the Invisible boundary trigger The default value is INVISIBLE BOUNDARY SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 98 lasauell l The type of Experiment Builder objects Boundary the current node belongs to The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment when the invisible boundary trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering sample occurs you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This prope
92. to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the cedrus input trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the Cedrus input was received you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueu Boolea Cedrus Input trigger maintains an event Queue queue so that mutliple Cedrus input events can be accessed over time The current SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 109 Triggered Data triggeredData DE e Press Events t pressEvents a Release Events f releaseEvents aa List of integer S Buttons buttons option checks whether the Cedrus event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the Cedrus event queue LIST all Cedrus events from event queue will be removed
93. type of screen resource CompositeResource the current item belongs to experiment graph Visible visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible The xcs pr Ea n SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 188 default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent setting is False Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent ontingent n contingent on the gaze position False by n Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource hei Width of the resource in pixels Height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime
94. workspace click down the left mouse button and drag the mouse cursor to the desired location for the bottom right corner of the triangle resource and then release the mouse button To adjust the location of the triangle resource select the resource by clicking on it hold down the left mouse button and drag the resource until it is placed at the desired location The exact location of the resource can also be set from the value field of the Location property To adjust the height and width of the triangle select the resource and move the cursor to one of the three vertices until the shape of the mouse cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g 4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the vertex until it is placed at the desired location The appearance frame color frame line width interior color of the triangle resource can also be adjusted If Filled property is set to true the interior of the triangle will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the triangle will be drawn while the filling color will be ignored Reference Label of the resource The default label is TRIANGLE RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource TriangleResource the current item belongs to Visible t visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible This is n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent t ontingent n contingent on the ga
95. 00 milliseconds has passed since DISPLAY FIRST SCREEN was drawn If TIME OUT is triggered the sequence ends since the TIME OUT Trigger does not connect to any subsequent experiment components However if INVISIBLE BOUNDARY is triggered DISPLAY SECOND SCREEN action is performed and draws new graphics to the computer display Now the sequence monitors two new Triggers a TIME OUT 2 trigger and an EL BUTTON trigger The EL BUTTON trigger fires if the participant presses a button on the EyeLink button box TIME OUT 2 is triggered if a pre specified duration has elapsed since the second display was drawn The sequence ends when either of the triggers EL BUTTON and TIME OUT 2 becomes true Important Note that in the above example once the DISPLAY SECOND SCREEN Action has been performed the TIME OUT and INVISIBLE BOUNDARY Triggers are no longer monitored only the Triggers connected to the last processed Action are monitored 6 2 1 Adding Components to an Experiment In the Experiment Builder graphical user interface the user can add individual components to the workspace of the Graph Editor Window by dragging them from the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 31 component toolbox To do that first choose the right node group by clicking on the Trigger or Action or Other Tab of the Components Toolbox Place the mouse cursor on the icon of the desired component press the left mouse button hold it dow
96. 07 SR Research Ltd 165 mouse button The precise location of the line resource can be edited in the property panel Select the Start Point and End Point attributes and enter the desired positions in tuples 1 e two float numbers separated by a comma The appearance color and width of the line resource can also be modified Reference String Label of the resource LINE RESOURCE by default The type of screen resource LineResource the current item belongs to Visible T visible Boolean Whether the resource should be visible The default setting is True Position is Gaze positionAtGaz Contingent t eContingent Boolean Whether the position of the resource is contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Whether the position of the resource 1s contingent on the mouse position The default setting is False Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position The color of the box drawn on the host screen to show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Whether the location specified below r
97. 19 4 10 Test running an Experiment from EB Application To check whether the experiment works the user may test run the experiment from the Experiment Builder application To do that from the application menu bar choose Experiment gt Test Run This will create a Results directory containing data collected from the test run session Note that test run is not intended for real data collection and should be only used when you are testing your experiment Tip Running an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Test Run button on the application tool bar or pressing the shortcut key F11 Note If the experiment is tested under dummy mode a warning dialog box You are running in dummy mode Some eye tracking functionality will not be available will be displayed at the beginning of the experiment and a warning dialog No EDF file is created for dummy mode session will be displayed at the end 4 11Deploying an Experiment To deploy a built experiment so that it can be run on a different computer without relying on the Experiment Builder application choose from the application menu bar Experiment gt Deploy Upon receipt of the deployment command Experiment Builder asks for a directory to deploy Ifthe user selects a directory a subdirectory with the name of the experiment session is created within it This experiment subdirectory contains all of the required files generated The user can cancel the deplo
98. 2 6 5 0 2 0 6 0 Buttons keys Split by List 15 223 58 15 223 58 Please note that all of the non string data entries are automatically translated into the appropriate data types unless the type of the field is already specified as a string 10 3 Entering in References The easiest way to enter in a reference is by traversing down the object tree and selecting the node and then double clicking on the target node attribute or sub attribute see Figure 10 1 However the user may always enter in the reference manually without using the object tree The path of the entered reference 1s always relative References have the following constraints 1 The referred value should match the assigning field s value type Suppose you have an object_X with attribute p and object Y with attribute g If the type of attribute X p is number and if the value of Y q is string 5 X p cannot be directly referred to Y g or vice versa An Invalid Value error dialog box will be displayed if wrong type of data is entered in the attribute editor 2 One attribute cannot refer to itself In the above example Y g cannot have reference to Y g A Recursive Invalid reference error message will be reported during build time 3 Type conversion is only partially supported Integer can be assigned to a number floats or non floats and vise versa However assigning numbers directly to a string 1s not supported and vice versa 10 4 Ente
99. 32 MANS LIAN OU VAT Ca rte a adler eed es eee aaa een 9 3 2 1 For Standard Installation applicable to most useTS ccsseseeeeeeeeeeeees 10 3 22 For Installation using Network Licensing cccccccccssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 3 3 TAGGIN S ING E E E E EAE A A A O 11 3 3 1 PAS Driver iis talatieiin so stcasscntee eateries ote 11 ee ee Software WiC CIS IMO s c sncdsas a n E Rei T ee 13 a Working WIEG Siasea ide aes ee nes 14 4 1 Creatine ad NEW SeSSiOM ies tile tected tei ee oooh enn 14 4 2 Save a DOSS NOMA alates a ae Se natusse ebopieala de sont eden edie aE eae Danaa eO AaS 16 4 3 Saving an Existing Session to a Different Directory nnnn0n000s0000000000111e0000s 16 AG Opening 4 SESSION sradvasscscwnaleainse eyieleladels A ced olaueda ares 17 4 5 Reopening a Recent Experiment Session cccccccsssessssesseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaas 18 46 Packat aii Xperts at a saeco ate aatae en 18 49 Unpackie am Experiment neersien E TEE E 19 4 8 Buildin an EX per1MeMls sesoses a a E OEE 19 4 9 Cleaminie am EXPE Nei a a O A 19 4 10 Test running an Experiment from EB Application ccccssssseseeeeeeeees 20 AIL Deploying an EX pe rien oeira A E eeu teaser 20 4 12 Running an Experiment for Data Collection seeeeeenesssesseesssssssssssssssssessssssees 20 5 Experiment Builder Graphical User Interface 000soonnnnnnsssseseeeennssssssserresssssssee 22 5 1 Project Explorer Window siicsenernpn una eeaeeuiea ee e
100. 4 gh KEYBOARD AS Select the ce value attribute Dasinrte r O mm 4 Select Trial_Index i RA Researnh aperire Butlers LALEA RE Stree l jjj Cease PSxRAtsa wAHoiecar al QeQHAE BE bev 8 4 4 STAAT TRMAL INDEX KEYPRESS RESFOWSE AT 7 B3 Double click on the node Jif START 4 bePLaY SCREEN E TMD a KEYBOARD Earra te basso B2 Click on the TRIAL node f start if TROL INDENY Freeze Deeply Urii Fral C Prompt for Daaa Fie B1 Click here to start the attribute editor dialog box f KEVPRESS RESPONSE i M f Ter UPDATE _ATTABUJTE E PREPARE _SEQUENCE isa SEQUENCE fi RESULTS_FILE Click here to finish Figure 15 12 Update Trial Iteration d Similarly set the second cell of the Attribute column to RT value Click the left end of the second cell under the Value column type 32768 and press Enter to register the change e Set the Attribute 3 to KEYPRESS value and value 3 to f Set the Attribute 4 to RESPONSE value and value 4 to eo Attribute Yalue List for UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE xj wparent iteration 32766 RESPONSE valei Please Set Attribute Please Set Value Figure 15 13 Updating the Attribute of RT 6 Add a Prepare Sequence action into the work space Click on the added action and review the se
101. AO EEA 78 TIAG Play Soutid Contolera E A neahs eawenets 84 TOADS Record Sound sssri E ta eh Ota detec a 86 TITO Record SOUNG C ONLI le arene betes 89 TONY Terminara Experi ent seii ied acos stewed sa a 90 PONS ACY Cle Data Lnn e E EE IE A E 9 TOIS PECA CHON peer ene ee ee ven eee nee ne en NOY ne Seen ene ee ene eee a 93 POLO INU CHO sancti aceite a eta eee 94 Oe E 240 2 menace eter nee rte ce eee Rene Im ena ae ne mem oh en Pane ce eee ee ee eee 95 TAOL mer Ieo ee a ete a eee ee 95 T02 Mnyisiole Boundary Toei neriie saa canes aaron oneness 98 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 11 8 TOS OMG OU a IESE nea R ANO E E TOEA 104 IOF EyeLHkO B ttom TNZ ge ee a desis aiestenathtanos 107 T103 Cedrus Button Teer sanesas e a r 109 TAO Keyboard T2 Siere T 111 TAO MOUSE TTDI T E E ETT 114 FA ELET n aa A ATA renner ee reese een 118 PIOS SICA TH 6 CP aa E T E E T ee 120 7 10 10 S A E o AA A E E A L ene E 124 7 10 11 Sample Velocity r10 26 enipe aE e E EE E 128 7 10 12 ASIO O1CeKey TiS oO uer A R denies 132 TAL Other Building Components wxisscccsststelaiesicetisinadelabsdentaareladelabehoiuiuieedudetsdeun 135 TALET NATL S oce n icosahedral 135 LIEZ MRC SUEM AG hes take Scio tated clas cite hst aa dca asta ha alo doled otua tian tastodstan dom aeted aaa aio teins oman 138 TAES ACUM ALOR iit ha tcss cena E EE nna deathatcihs et eau curt eamation une 140 PAA Custom CASS TSANG Cs scsdactttnsc ned s
102. ART EL_CAMERA_SETUP Node Attributes Attribute Attributes Trial O Bera START A eee ne DRIFT_CORRECT 2 EL_BUTTON Recording L TIMER START Experiment Components Preferences i DISPLAY _SCRE Interest_Are Property Value e Moverent_f i Te BEL ja TEXT_RESC ocation 228 00 232 00 5 re EL_BUTTON Width po 00 Yv a _ TIMER eight 32 00 gt a ovement Pattern fone rebuild To Image Iv n ont Color ser er Click Here ok cancel ont Name imes New Roman ont Style ormal ont Size 0 al nderline L va si TEXT dik Dernoline gt gt Trial Figure 10 1 Using Attribute References 10 2 Entering in Values If you want to enter in static values in the attribute editor just type the value Do not supply any prefix to the value Any preceding or trailing white spaces are removed The following table lists some commonly used data types that can be entered in the attribute editor type Number Boolean Hello Label Message Text properties Hello Quotes are preserved Hello The under scores are representing white spaces which are trimmed Check Boxes Possible values are True or SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 202 alse False Boolean False Check Boxes Possible values are True or False 100 100 100 0 100 0 5
103. BUTTON 2 09 DISPLAY PLAMEK 5 Click here to finish sa Figure 14 16 Creating Trial Recording Status Message 14 2Building the Experiment Now your first experiment is created If you haven t saved your experiment project yet click on the save A button on the application tool bar Click on Experiment gt Build menu to build the experiment The Editor Selection Tab in the Graph Editor Window will be set to the Output tab and build information will be displayed Watch out for error displayed in red and warning in brown messages during building The following is a list of common errors during experiment building Image file not found No positions are added to the custom pattern Use of runtime value with prebuild to image option on No value is set at row for the column SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 240 The node could not be used in the sequence Reference to not found in the graph No link from node Infinite loop found Invalid Reference No recording sequence found in an EyeLink experiment The following is a list of common warnings during experiment building e The keyboard trigger and mouse trigger is used in a real time sequence If this 1s the case check whether these two triggers are indispensable for the experiment design If so uncheck the Is Real time box in the recording sequence e Default value use in attribute The us
104. C Sample x zJ olf Fis Edt view Experiment Help CEB S RGRTE TAOS isc her alex QQAQHAB ax Expesmert p ai _ 6 Click on the Sequence to continu 1 Click here to start S EE Smle SEQUENCE 5 Click on the right mouse button on a blank area and select Arrange Layout Figure 14 4 Creating Experiment Block Sequence 1 Click on the Experiment Tab in the Project Explorer Window to start SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 227 2 Click on the Action Tab of component toolbox 3 Select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work area 4 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse cursor on top of the SEQUENCE node This makes the connection from the START node to SEQUENCE node Note don t make a single or double click on the START node as this will select the node instead If you have done so place the mouse cursor on a blank area in the work space and make a single click there Redo the current step again 5 Click on any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in a hierarchical fashion 6 Click on the SEQUENCE node in the structure list to continue 14 1 4 Editing Block Sequence Next we will n
105. DATE _aT TATE E PREPARE SEQUENCE ee a a SS telect Yaribbes for utpat 4 Select variables and click Add button Properties x column COLOR seal EsPeCTED COMPA TELE TRIALJN f Lise Period For Mai T o P 3 Click on this cell 5 Click OK to finish actor z l i Figure 15 23 Adding Variables to Results File 1 From the Structure Window click on the first START node just underneath the topmost Stroop node 2 In the work space select the RESULTS FILE node 3 Click on the value field of the Columns property of the node 4 Select the desired variables click Add button to add the variables to the results file Click OK to finish 5 In the properties window of the Results node set Field Width to 8 and Precision to 2 If you want to record the missing values as in the result file make sure the Use Period for Missing Values box is checked SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 266 15 11 Running the Experiment Click on Experiment gt Build menu to build the experiment The Editor Selection Tab in the Graph Editor Window will be set to the Output tab and build information will be displayed Watch out for error displayed in red and warning in brown messages during building If no errors are found in the Experiment graph click on Experiment gt Test Run
106. Data Viewer integration files image drawing list and interest area set files Please avoid using non ASCII characters in the project name or directory path as this may cause runtime problems Note If you are running Experiment Builder from a non Administrative account of Windows XP or 2000 you should create the new projects to the user account directory SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 15 i e the project location should be Windows Drive Documents and Settings User Account My Documents Similarly you should deploy your experiments to the user account directory Note The above files and folders are created and maintained by the Experiment Builder The user should not attempt to modify these files and folders or store important files in the experiment project folder except within myfiles directory The Experiment Builder will overwrite any manual changes made to the experiment project directory except myfiles scr EyeLink Message l x i Please Mote Do not manually add or remove Files in the experiment directory The Experiment Builder application will overwrite such changes Figure 4 3 Warning Messages after Experiment Creation 4 2 Saving a Session An experiment session can be saved by choosing from the application menu bar File Save Tip The experiment creation session can also be saved by clicking on the Save button on the application tool bar or by pressi
107. Different Resource Order SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 187 ae Cut Copy Paste m Delete Hk Snap To Grid A Lock selection a Unlock selection Shouping iP Ering to Front a Send to Back Horizontal Alignment 7 orizontal Alig Bring Forward b p Vertical Alignment b b b Create Interest Area Set FA Send Backward Save Screen As Image Figure 8 24 Changing the Order of Resources The order of resources can be changed by clicking the right mouse button and choose different options under the Order menu from the popup menu see Figure 8 24 Bring to Front makes the selected resource to appear on the topmost layer as if the resource was the last item added to the screen Send to Back moves the selected resource to the bottommost layer and therefore it is most likely to be blocked other resources Bring Forward moves the resource one layer closer to the surface and Send Back moves the resource one layer away from the surface Please note that changing the resource order on the workspace also modified the order of the resource listed in the structure panel 8 4 6 Composite Resource A COMPOSITE RESOURCE object can be created by grouping several individual resources together The individual component resources are removed from the structure panel Reference Label of the resource COMPOSITE RESOURCE by default Type ee The
108. EED gt ls 94 Als ile 7 e _ le Figure 7 8 Action Tab of the Component Toolbox 7 9 1 Display Screen The DISPLAY_SCREEN action B is used to show visual stimuli on the display PC screen Double clicking on the newly created DISPLAY_SCREEN action will show a blank Screen Builder workspace for editing the screen Please follow Chapter 8 Screen Builder to modify the content of the screen Reference Label of the Display Screen action The default value is DISPLAY SCREEN Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects DisplayScreen the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink e pe pe experiment with Save Messages attribute of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 52 1 N e aa screen action is processed Display PC time for the start of the retrace that the screen was actually drawn redrawn Important This is the field you should use to check for the time when the display is actually shown Display PC Time when the display screen action is entered so that the screen can be prepared and shown Note the display screen is not shown yet by this time If true all events from input queues are flushed when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade
109. EREST AREA Within within Boolea If set to True default the trigger should fire n when the mouse is within the above mentioned trigger region otherwise the trigger fires when the mouse is outside of the region Triggered Data triggeredData Data of the triggered mouse button event see the following table for further attributes of the mouse triggered data When a mouse trigger fires the user may further access the triggered Data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Type Time time Integer Display PC time when the mouse button pressed released DEF Time EDFTime EDF time of the mouse button press release Pressed _pressed Integer Whether the mouse button is pressed 1 or released 0 Specific button pressed released for trigger firing X Y y X Float Pixel coordinate of the mouse cursor along x axis when the trigger fired axis when the trigger fired left corner of the triggering region trigger fires For example if the user wants to press any button to end the sequence the properties of the mouse trigger can be set as shown in Figure 7 31 Please note that the Position Triggered check box should be unchecked so that clicking one of the mouse buttons anywhere on the screen fires the mouse trigger If the Position Triggered check box is enabled the user may set the width and height of the triggering region to the width and height of the display
110. EYBOARD INPUT and TIME OUT from the last two triggers to DISPLAY BLANK 9 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 257 15 8 1 Creating the Fixation Screen This section illustrates the creation of the fixation screen Images must be loaded into the image resource library before they can be used Follow the steps below to add images to the resource library see Figure 15 16 assuming that you have already created the image Fixation bmp 1 From the Experiment application menu bar select Edit Library Manager 2 In the following library manager dialog box select the Image Tab 3 Click on the Add button to load in images The properties and a preview of the image size type of the file and color bits information will be displayed in the bottom 4 Click the button to finish 5 Double click on the FIXATION_SCREEN action in the work space of the Graph Editor Window 6 Click on the image ED button on the screen builder tool to select the type of resource to be added and then click anywhere on the screen In the following Select Image Dialog select Fixation BMP and then click on the OK button 7 Select the image resource Click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and
111. Experiment Builder application To illustrate the use of Experiment Builder we are going to create a very simple eye tracking experiment which runs three blocks of four trials In each trial a single word is displayed in the center of the screen see the SIMPLE template of the EyeLink C programming API 14 1 Creating the Experiment The current section provides a step by step tutorial to walk you through the basics of creating an experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder 14 1 1 Creating a New Experiment Session Click on the Experiment Builder to start a new session When the application starts a i x i PoS a 1 Click File gt New to start 2 Enter the session name a Sneed Nyre imple Proecd Locali EB _Praaects e Eee Erpe mii Evei 3 Click here to save the project to the intended directory 4 Make sure that the EyeLink Experiment box is checked Figure 14 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 224 1 Click on File New on the application menu bar 2 In the following New Project dialog box enter Simple in the Project Name edit box 3 Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment project should be saved If you are manually entering the Project Location field please make sure that the int
112. Grid and is only available to resources see Figure 8 19 When creating the screen grids can be visible for alignment reference To enable grid visibility click on Toggle Grid Visibility button see Figure 8 18 This will create a set of grids partitioning the whole workspace into small areas the actual number of grids to be created is specified by the Grid Columns and Grid Rows attributes in the Display Screen preference settings Select the resource to be aligned and then click on the right mouse button Choose Snap to Grid in the popup menu This will align the top left corner of the resource with the top left edge of the grid if the location type is set as TopLeft Position or align the center of the resource to the center of the grid if the location type is set as Center Position see the preference settings for Screen ae Cut Experiment SEQUENCE DISPLAY SCREEN al Alal ololAly aolo m Paste aio m Delete Th Snap To Grid A Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping Order Vertical Alignment Horizontal Alignment TF i F Create Interest Area Set Save Screen s Image SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 185 Figure 8 19 Snap to Grid Please note that position alignments should be re applied if the properties of the resource have been changed For example in a top left screen coordinate system changing the font siz
113. ISPLAyY Bits Per Pixel a2 4 AUDIO Refresh Rate aji T TTL a ransparency Color bad CEDRUS ee L Nodes in msec To Mext Retra 2 H Screen Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Build Deploy GU Restore Factory Default Save Properties as De eos Choose Color Swatches HSB RGB El ee SU Ts eat 241 T a5 170 255 Green trrryueudrpetq_eerad 4 750 T 65 170 255 Blue gare a ct ae a a n et a a ne Pa j 251 T 65 170 255 CI Sample Text Sample Text Cancel Reset Figure 8 9 Setting the Transparency Color for the Experiment Generally speaking anti aliasing should be applied when using text multi line text resources line ellipse and freeform screen resources The following sample experiments use the anti aliasing in the resource drawing Simple Stroop TextPage TextLine Saccade and Pursuit 8 1 4 Multiline Text Resource The above mentioned text resource allows the user to add one line of text on the screen To show a full page of text the user may use the multiline text resource by clicking on the Insert Multi Line Text Resource button 4 on the Screen Builder toolbar and clicking anywhere in the workspace Only one multiline text resource can be added to each display screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 163 ess MultiLine Text Resource Editor p x BZ U fe sine H a B a A h
114. Images into Image Library ccecccceccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeees 147 Figure 8 4 Setting Different Location Types for Images Used in a Gaze Contingent WACO WA LC ALO Is osissicon ar Serie caniueaticiosian tend dein aaa eana a A e e a At 151 Figure 8 5 Loading Video Clips into Video Library cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 152 Pigure 8 6 gt Setting UTF ENCOd iO eocenie a en edtcol aaa aes 161 Figure 8 7 Aliased and Anti aliased Texts cssesseeeeseeesesssssessssesenseeeseeeeeeens 162 Figure 8 8 Antialiasing Drawing Preference Setting cccceseeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 162 Figure 8 9 Setting the Transparency Color for the Experiment ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 163 Pigure 8 10 Multiline Text Editorsin a 164 Figure e l Crame a Movement Pattes E R 174 Figure 8 12 Adding Resource Positions to a Custom Movement Pattern 0 176 Figure 8 13 Creating a Custom Movement Pattern ccccccceseeseseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 178 Figure 8 14 Creating a File based Custom Movement Pattern ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 179 Figure 8 15 Toggling Interest Area Visibility 0 0 eesesssececeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeasseeeseeseeeees 181 Figure S 10 Creanne an Interest Area eurien a 181 Figure 8 17 Creating Interest Area with Grid Segmentation ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 184 Figure 8 18 Resource Alignment Left and Toggling Grid Visibility
115. L Type The type of Experiment Builder objects RecordAudioControl the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is done Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time startTime Float Display PC Time when record sound control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Operation operation String Action STOP PAUSE PLAY or ABORT used to control the current audio recording STOP Stops the current audio recording writes out the data stored in the record buffer to the wav file and frees the buffer ABORT Stops the current audio recording without saving the wav file PAUSE Pauses the current audio recording Recording may be continued by using the RECORD action RECORD Unpauses a paused r
116. List 0 ccccccccccsssssssssesseeeceeeeeeeeeeccceeeaneeees 268 17 PRElerenCe Se nE n ona a ieee ee ee ee 271 EEL AER PCMIN CHL vas ssuc des vesudenavosadcacses domnetosuadiaacesAonsroiedcaasuetemtievounsdiauset aan rosndeaasbeccnene 271 WARE TE CR ik coira she deetaacch caea tees cae ues A b ai aes sagen ceeleaacaars 273 ELEZ TAS DNA ae ade te esa ache EE a a dela Data sal 279 FeS AUO eron a r vind desacisdes 281 eaer E E tena rrnnr yan teerntrs ttn earn ena rte 282 a HCCC ee e san T en he deaouen ase E en ee scaqueneeoss 283 ARO Ke OIG ea fk ered tt as ti E sera eta tee Hatten OOE 283 Vide MOUSE erena E E 284 PE AU Th Dea E a E ene atesoete aioe 284 EES Meb Bounda Viesa a ieee eieatedadeas 285 17 1 10 Conditional oreson iaoa E 285 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd v 17 3 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 17 1 11 Py LOKO BO a enere E O 285 17 1 12 Codrus ba 9 11 eee rae eee teen ener ent etT etree Ree O a pe Ty emt a 285 17 1 13 MOUS Curset a e E wa toiapeacaenemtaeteh 285 17 1 14 ELETO 1 AE E EEE EEE E S EE TE EE P A A E 285 17 1 15 Sa 272 6 nee ee E A eR ere 285 17 1 16 SAMMONS VC LOCI ecsece crea cera tnalch ons fssm dtcuceen A 285 17 1 17 Display SCLC eiennenn ae eee 285 17 1 18 DEC OT CCL aaa E ane oe 285 17 1 19 CAM FAS CWI ire ana E E EE ane 285 17 1 20 sond Pyelink MeCSSAG Oair r ica aecun sou G haan aanaes 285 17 1 21 SOIC OMA oes oe ical ade tact an sdn ul hag ts
117. Ltd 130 If the Sample Velocity trigger fires the user can access to the triggered data The attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Display PC time when the trigger fires EDF Time EDF Time EDF time of the triggering sample Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye 1 for right eye 2 for either eye Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current sample velocity trigger fire PPD X PPD Y PPDX PPDY Float Angular resolution at current gaze position in screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis Left Gaze X leftGazeX right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Right Gaze X GazeX average x axis for the left eye right eye and the average Average Gaze X GazeX between the two Left Gaze X leftGazeY right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Right Gaze X GazeY average y axis for the left eye right eye and the average Average Gaze Y GazeY between the two Left Pupil Size leftPupilSize ri Float Left eye right eye or average pupil size in Right Pupil Size ghtPupilSize arbitrary units area or diameter Average Pupil averagePupilSize Size l Left Velocity leftVelocity Float Left eye right eye or average velocity in Right Velocity rightVelocity degrees second Average Velocity averageVelocity 1 Left leftAcceleration Float Left eye right eye or average acceleration in Accelera
118. ND action In a saccade experiment for example the user may draw a box on the tracker screen to show the target location EyeLink recording data EDF files can be conveniently analyzed with the Data Viewer application A set of messages can be written to the data file so that the Viewer can automate configurations for individual trials Examples of such messages include defining images and simple drawings to be used as background for overlay display specifying trial variables creating interest areas trial grouping and so on 11 1 TRIALID Message For the convenience of data analysis a trial ID message should be written to each trial so that the actual experiment condition under which the trial was conducted can be easily identified Although the user may send such a message via the SEND_MESSAGE action sending trial ID messages can be automated if the user utilizes the EyeLink DV Variables property of the experiment node When the user clicks on the experiment node an EyeLink Trial ID dialog box will be shown see Figure 11 2 The Available Variables panel on the left lists all possible column labels in the data source and all newly created variables The user can use the Add button P and Remove button q to select variables to be written to the trial ID message The Move Up and Move Down buttons can be used to configure the order of the variables to be output Ifthe Sel
119. PREPARE SEQUENCE action is checked The Use for Host Display field of the DISPLAY SCREEN is also checked SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 75 so that drawing on that screen will be shown on the host PC simple rectangular boxes to mark the location of the resources START PREPARE_SEGUENCE DRIFT CORRECT DISPLAY SCREEN EL_BUTTON RECORDING SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 76 Properties Property abel Object Type essaqge ime Start Time oad Images oad Audio at Reinitialize Triggers Reinitialize Actions L m m Z ai E Faza L aee Value PREPARE SEQUENCE Property eight O24 5 ts Per Pixel oe GridRows Grid Columns F orce Full Redraw m stimated Prepare Time self deftautEstimate Prepare Sequence Width 1 Reinitialize Video Resa ush Logs se For Host Display M of nterestArea Set NarriBe ow Figure 7 16 Using Prepare Sequence Action 7 9 12 Reset Node Similar to the PREPARE SEQUENCE action RESET NODE action Oh can be used to re initialize trigger and action data The RESET NODE can also be used to clear the data stored in an accumulator Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the RESET_NODE action Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects ResetNode the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node
120. SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Version 1 4 402 Please report all functionality comments and bugs to support sr research com An HTML version of this document which contains extra sections on example projects and frequently asked questions 1s available at https www sr support com forums showthread php t 99 Copyright 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd EyeLink is a registered trademark of SR Research Ltd Mississauga Canada Table of Contents L Poduchowna Ten Catan ye mesa NR aU en Reet eae nn ane RIS Cer toe Rene eT mane eRe Ree l 1 1 PS AUIS senteria e E O l L2 Howto Use TMS Manga isties a E O lees 2 2 Expenment B ilder Experiment Lite Cycle caciscsccvietce E AANE 4 2 1 015 a DSa 24 EE E E E E Cee een ree eee 4 2 2 Building and Test running Experiment cccccecesseeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeseeeeees 5 23 EXPeriicne DE plOyINCil 2 seet ene caten aati ies fae anton eas 5 2 4 Participant Data Set Randomization ccccccsessseeccccececcaeseseeccceeceeaaaesseeeeeess 6 2 5 Data COMCCU OIlisigin Aion nie cit count A A 6 20 Dad ANASI S mesane haat E E 6 3 eao ese E E ans Seduce ann anes dome E elie EOE 7 3 1 DVS bei INC CUIE CINE Sae punacuded let Sadan T tiaaaaiant andere T 3 1 1 Compur Coni Suta Oiee A E dena 7 3 1 2 Maximizing the Real time Performance of the Deployment PC 9 3 1 3 Host PC and Display PC Software Requirements ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 9
121. SR Research Ltd 253 under the TRIAL sequence Step A4 In the middle Node Attributes panel double click on the Value node Step A5 This will update the contents of the top Attribute editor dialog as TRIAL_ INDEX value Click on the OK button to finish Step A6 This will fill in the first cell of the attribute value list dialog sR Desmarch fxperimen Gudider LAUAL Af Stren Ae Edt wew Experimert Help See ee S ee gt Q Q88B iae HOS moneo START TROL APES KEY FRESS RESPOWSE ai 5 mo a rel Echt Athribite i START Li ams Al Select Update RESPONSE attribute action M UPDATE ATTRIBUTE e SPLA SORER Keveress variable from the treeview eer inpud Curses iF lirhad value Lied fal E p A3 Click here to bring up the attribute editor AZ Click here to cre ate an attribute value list Figure 15 11 Updating Trial Index c Now click on the right end of the first cell under the Value column See B1 of the figure below In the left Node Selection treeview of the following attribute editor dialog click on the TRIAL sequence see B2 In the middle Node Attributes panel double click on the Iteration node B3 This will update the contents of the top Attribute editor dialog as parent iteration Click on the OK button to finish B4 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 25
122. Size k ne A a oo 1 Value AT RESOURCE Property m abel isible i Position is Mouse Contin ost Outline Color ocation 5 eight ovement Pattern ont Color ont Mame ont Style ont Size parent parent parent TRIAL Use Ri parent parent parent TRIGL DataSource Word B rial orrrial J Position is Gare Conting Screen Location Type Prebuild To Image Figure 6 5 Using a Reference to Update Text to Be Displayed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 38 7 Experiment Graph and Components The Component toolbox in the Graph Editor Window contains the basic building blocks for creating experiments To create an experiment the user needs to add necessary components into different sequences of the experiment and make connections between those components Following this the properties of the individual components should be reviewed and modified as necessary The current chapter reviews the usage and properties of the individual components in the toolbox 7 1 Graph Editing Operations The Experiment Builder is an interactive tool allowing the user to create a new experiment graph from scratch and to modify an existing graph With the graph editor window the user is able to add remove new experiment Builder component nodes to add remove the connection between nodes to modify the attributes of node and so on The following lists c
123. T RESULTS FILE DISPLAY _ SCREEN VARIABLE KEY i VARIABLE_ TIME i KEYBOARD Figure 7 42 Using Result File To record the keyboard response and response time to the result file the user needs to create two new variables VARIABLE KEY referring to the keyboard response KEY BOARD triggeredData key and VARIABLE TIME referring to the elapse time of the timer trigger TIMER elapsedTime The user also needs to add a RESULT FILE object to the experiment and click on the Columns property to add both variables for output see Panel A of Figure 7 43 An ADD_RESULT action is added following the timer and keyboard triggers to record responses and reaction time for the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 139 sequence The Results File property of the ADD_RESULT action is set to RESULT FILE Result ile ResultFile fF START RESULTS FILE 1 VARIABLE_KEY DISPLAY _SCREEM E TIMER AWSDD_TO_RESULTS_FILE fy KEYBOARD 1 ARIABLE_TIME 1 VARIABLE_KEY DISPLAY _SCREEM G TIMER f ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE fy KEYBOARD 1 ARIABLE_TIME Experiment Components Dewices Experiment Components Dewices Property Value Property Value abel RESULTS FILE abel SOD TO _RESULTS_FILE ARABLE KEY VARIAB fme First Action Time Results Fie RESULTS FLE A B Figure 7 43 Setting Properties of the Result File Node When the experiment is exec
124. Target Inner Integer Diameter of the inner disk in pixels Size Use Custom useCustomBack Boolea If checked drift correction will use the custom Background ground target supplied The name of the image file that is used for the drawing the drift correction background Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Background is checked Sets sound to play when target moves If set to DEFAULT the default sounds are played if set to OFF no sound will be played for that event otherwise a sound file from the audio library Target Beep targetBeep String can be played play on successful operation on failure or interruption Result Integer 0 if successful 27 if Esc key was pressed to Please note that the Drift Correction action is only available in EyeLink experiments and must be placed outside of a recording sequence see linking rules In addition this action cannot be connected to another drift correct action camera setup action or any trigger If a prepare sequence action is used it should be placed before the drift correction action String Custom customBackgrou Background nd enter Setup menu or abort None if this attribute is accessed before this action is done SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 58 In typical experiments the user may have Allow Setup field checked so that when the ESC key is pressed the camera setup scre
125. This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence Important If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images will not be saved to support Data Viewer overlay Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface 8 4 7 Others The screen builder also allows the users to adjust the canvas size of the workspace If Fit to Screen option is enabled see Figure 8 25 the workspace area is scaled to size of the screen to be displayed otherwise the workspace area is set to actual size 1 e one pixel of workspace area corresponds to one pixel of computer desktop Fit bo Screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 189 Figure 8 25 Choosing Fit to Screen Option Finally the user can save the graphics of the workspace with the Saving Screen as image option see Figure 8 26 ee Cut Copy Faste m Delete ik Snap To Grid A Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping Order Vertical Alignment Horizontal Alignment i F Create Interest Grea Set Figure 8 26 Save Screen as Image
126. URCE location y DISPLAY SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE height 2 Properties all x Properties i value Property abel M ISIBLE BOUNDARY Property Value Label RECTANGLE RESOURCE Boundary BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING INVISIBLE BOUNDARY ype RectangleResource Jode Path isible W creen Index zo essaye ime Last Checked Time tet T i Position is Mouse Contingent Confidence Interval Region Direction 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 Region Type RECTANGLE Region Width DISPLAY _SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE width Screen Location Type opLett DISPLAY _SCREEM RECTANGLE_RESOURCE height ocation 0 0 M C Properties E E RESOURCE S 7 Node Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING INVISIBLE BOUNDARY EBPoint DISPLAY_ SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE location x MDISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE RESOURCE widtha 2 DISPLAY_SCREEN RECTANGLE_RESOURCE location y Position is Mouse Contingent 7 RexionLoceion Cop Let eoROrGOSAAVSCREEURECTNGLERESOIRS an _ a aaa aa ee O e e oS pema o Please note that the Link Filter Level in the Devices gt EyeLink settings may influence how quickly a sample is received by the Experiment Builder software The filter used by EyeLink system is essentially a data smoothing averaging process When the filter 1s turned off the data sample N is sent to the Ethernet cable or analog card immediately after it arrives T
127. a button box can be used as a trigger to end the trial In a change detection experiment the time delay serves as a trigger to make the transition from one display screen to another and therefore controls the exposure duration of a display screen In a gaze control experiment a trigger for display change can be elicited when the eye is entering or leaving a pre specified invisible boundary SR Research Experiment Builder supports the following set of Triggers Fires when a pre specified amount of time elapses Timers can be used to add a delay between actions and or triggers and to control the maximum amount of time a sequence can SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 34 last ee Poa Fires when a specified mouse button is pressed or when the nal mouse s position falls within a specified region of the screen TTL Checks TTL input to the input ports e g parallel port of the display PC TTL Trigger fires when a pre specified TTL signal is received response pad is pressed ines button box 1s pressed Boundary Fires when one or multiple samples stay inside or outside of a pre specified invisible boundary Boundary trigger s can be used to implement display changes based on the locus of gaze display for a certain amount of time of the display Sample Velocity Implements a fast saccade detection algorithm by checking the velocity and acceleration i
128. a Sita ae na eiulhaa taut out 285 P7122 PV TO Experiment LO 5s seco nse outa r ons boina Mises Movaeaeanaseees 285 17 1 23 Add TO ACCUMULI OR gas stew stae taints a EE EAN 285 17 1 24 Prepare SCQUCIC O yue tasea E E OES 286 17 1 25 Pay S OUN ena E E N 286 17 1 26 SGIC Eea a a n a E Gane Genan 286 17 1 27 E Ha A D EE A A E tener E AEI AEE A patra E E AE E 286 17 1 28 PRS UMA O e E 286 17 1 29 RESU F ecean O SA 286 R SENO eneen EEE EE 286 Iek S a a a ite eat onsen enusemne aun hate eenogenauaa 286 722 aiMa Ce RCSOUICC ores sassy crc E eds ooenee dr once caatene tinea Agta ee 287 WE Vde RESO Giunta tie ng a a aadien taeda net Shsh sonst en taedactate 287 2A TRESOU O aean ee Oe aa ee 287 T7255 Multiline Text RESOUTCC ids sasiucesecsesiecevegusvsised otesiem conus Ea O EAR ET 287 26 LERES E e eta acdc ae ieee tauteenrah sud ei cece ue sph tetamteensad sue ei acets 287 bi 6 Rectangle Resources ont ee ion i ek 287 2S TTS CTR GSO seas esearch asses Hace Ses EOE bas hepato aot eti an renee 287 2S Tainele RESOU peices ee eae ns ieee lean tes 287 17 2 10 Freeform RK CSOUTCE i652 froaes E O ERE EA eens 287 17 2 11 DNS Patter Mensa aa a OE 287 17 212 Gi COIN e IA HOM ena ae a E 288 17 2 13 Auto Sementi Olssonin a aE 288 17 2 14 Word Segmenta oN ene a a encaieues 289 BU Ore ee ee ee ee ee 290 e GU pins select eaesdectcn A A A E 291 Ar Capi Layouts S 292 A2 Custom lass Editor issons a aaa 292 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd vi List of Figures
129. a greeting message or instruction screen followed by a sub sequence representing blocks of trials Block Sequence and then a goodbye or debriefing message at the end of the experiment Within each repetition of the Block Sequence the user first performs a camera adjustment calibration and validation and then runs several trials Trial Sequence Every iteration of the Trial Sequence starts with pre recording preparations e g preloading image audio video resources clearing trigger data sending some simple drawing graphics to the tracker screen flushing log file and drift correction followed by the trial recording Recording Sequence and finally displaying feedback information if necessary The Recording Sequence 1s responsible for collecting the eye data and 1s where visual and auditory stimuli are presented Response collection from the participant is also performed in the Recording Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 29 Experiment Block Greetings or Instruction Trial Calibration Or Break Trial Preparation he Trials Good bye x l or Debriefing Drift Recording Correction Display Stimuli Recording Feedback Wait for Response Figure 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Events in an Experiment 6 2 Experiment Graph Flow Diagram Experiment Builder uses an intuitive flow diagram interface for experiment generation the whole experiment generat
130. aSetN String If the user has already had interest area files for Name the current display she he can first add the interest area files into the library manager and set this field to a desired interest area set file Returns MISSING DATA if no value is set in this field This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment Synchronize syncAudio Boolea If checked this will bring up a list of additional Audio f n variables so that the parameters of sound playing can be specified see PLAY SOUND action for details Note that this field is only available when the ASIO driver is used to play sound clips see Audio Driver setting in the Audio Devices of the structure Panel The following figure illustrates a simple experiment trial by displaying a screen and then waiting for a button response from the participant or the sequence ends after a pre specified amount of time set in the TIMER trigger For the ease of data analysis reaction time calculation for example the user should record an EyeLink message to the EDF file when the display is presented This can be done by entering a text message on the Message field or by having Auto Generate Sync Message box checked In a trial with multiple display screens each of the display screen action should send a unique Data Viewer integration message In a recording sequence the user may enable the Use for Host Display button if this is the primary display of the
131. able will appear in a random order For example blocking by variable var_abcd with randomization type set to Random will create one of the 24 possible orders ABCD ABDC ACBD ACDB ADCB ADBC BACD BADC BCAD BCDA BDAC BDCA CABD CADB CBAD CBDA CDAB CDBA DABC DACB DBAC DBCA DCAB or DCBA 9 5 1 3 Trial randomization and run length control If Enable Trial Randomization box is checked the trial order will be randomized In addition the run length of trials belonging to the same condition within the data file or within a block of trials if blocking 1s involved can also be controlled To do that choose the Run Length Control variable in the dropdown list currently only one control variable is supported Enter the maximum run length in the edit box and press enter to register the change Note that controlling run length may not be possible for some data files I Enable Trial Randomization Run Length Control SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 197 9 5 1 4 Randomize on Roll Over If checked a different randomization sequence will be created for the datasource when it is re used 9 5 1 5 Splitting Column Sometimes the user may want to have randomization done over a subset of the trials in the original data file This can be achieved by using a splitting variable with one output for each level of the grouping variable Splitting Colurnin 9 5 1 6 Runni
132. ables includes columns in the experiment data source see Data Source as well as new variables created by the user see Variable If the user wants to have the experiment time out after certain duration enter the millisecond time out value in the Time Out field 7 7 Sequence Subgraph A sequence D is used to encapsulate different actions and triggers This allows the user to perform editing operations cut copy delete paste on all of the items contained within the sequence together It also allows the user to execute them in a loop and repeat the execution several times if required In a typical experiment the user needs to add a couple of nested sequences so that blocking trial recording hierarchy can be implemented SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 47 efficiently In an EyeLink experiment the Record attribute of one of the sequences must be checked so that eye tracking data can be collected Reference String Label of the Sequence node The default label is SEQUENCE The type of Experiment Builder objects Sequence the current node belongs to experiment graph sequence is executed i EyeLink eyeLinkRecordS Record Status tatusMessage Message Whether EyeLink recording should be done within the sequence Recording starts at the beginning of each iteration of the sequence and ends at the end of each iteration of the sequence The default setting is False
133. ad Screen loadImages Boolea If enabled default all of the possible images Resources T n used in the current sequence and sequences nested within it will be preloaded for real time performance Load Audio T loadAudio Boolea If enabled default all of the possible sound n clips used in the current sequence and sequences nested within it will be preloaded for real time performance Draw to drawToEyeLink Integer If NO 0 no feedback graphics is drawn on EyeLink Host Host the host PC screen If IMAGE 1 transfers ui one of the display screens to the tracker PC as backdrop for gaze cursors If PRIMITIVE 2 draws primitive line drawings on the host PC to indicate the location of resources used in a display screen This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment Reinitialize If checked performing this action will also clear Triggers T n trigger data for re initialization Reinitialize If checked performing this action will also clear Actions T n action data for re initialization Reinitialize reinitVideoReso lt If checked the video resource if used in the Va Resources urces previous trial will be rewound to the beginning aah Log T flushLogs a If checked this will write the messages to the log file and clear the buffer The following Figure 7 16 illustrates the use of PREPARE_SEQUENCE action In this example Draw to EyeLink Host field of the
134. ada deesavieirawot S 143 SEOBU O ener Sen Reem One Oo nH t t fe ER Oe ee 145 8 1 FRCS OU CS EE E EE T te deea rear EES EEE AE AA E innate eaten ations 146 8 1 1 Mae Re OUN Cae trea sodce este oiled at atin yc bneeaer ae 146 SkbbL Imace Displayine MoM Senge n aan aes 149 8 1 1 2 Gaze Contingent Window Manipulations eeessessseeeeeeeeeeeees 150 8 1 2 VACO RESO OC usana itcanes ausses esas eee ase 151 SLk Reading Frame TIME resursuna ar a auch eted 155 Sk Video Frame TMIN smoren ae a a a aed 155 8 1 2 3 Video Frame Rate and Display Retrace Rate eee ceceeeeeeeeeees 156 Sl 2A Dropping Frame Sormien ern e ona e e OAA R 37 Bebe FrEe CaN Sa a alee sea acanetatuneenianees 157 Bul 220 VideO COJE raises a 158 8 1 2 7 Playing Video Clips with Audio ccccccccccccccsscccsssesseseseeeeeceeeeeees 158 8 1 3 TARE SO UNC Cet tcc andesite can oan acacasai aided tata OE 159 Skol NOn ASC H Characters i E OON 161 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency cccccccccccccececeeaeeeeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 161 8 1 4 Multihne Text RESOU uroa nacre A aamete te 163 8 1 5 LOGRE SOU Ce agea T T aeeracenreatenetes 165 8 1 6 Reclan cle CsOurce ic eis e a T eee 167 8 1 7 Poll pSe RCO CG 25 cian as seaut ee cate aaa ate 168 8 1 8 TAM CVE RESOURCE erorri na rA AE OAE 170 8 1 9 Pree FOP RCSOULCE mii ia a a a N 172 8 2 Movement Patterns ai cisonviaditalvineudeiadinueeaeaeaa diacetate nevada 173 8 2 1 Sinusoidal Movement Pattern ccccccsssssss
135. age property of the Send Message action can be referred as Text Location x str Uparent DISPLAY SCREEN TEXT RESOURCE location x P T y m str parent DISPLAY SCREEN TEXT RESOURCE location y This will record a message similar to MsG 11545029 Text Location x 512 y 384 1n the EDF file e Example 4 This illustrates how to record in a data file the reaction time calculation for a button press EL BUTTON following the onset of the display screen DISPLAY SCREEN assuming that all actions and triggers are contained in the same sequence The user can enter the following equation in the attribute editor Button pressed time str EL BUTTON triggeredData time DISPLAY SCREEN time This will record a message as mse 12818953 Button pressed time 1228 0 in the EDF file 10 5 Reference Manager All of the references used in the experiment graph can be reviewed and modified in a reference manager The reference manager accessed by clicking Edit gt Reference Manager from the application menu bar tabulates the source parent of source property and value for each reference The value of the reference can be modified with the help of attribute editor The Reference Manager can be used to search for replace any reference entries that contain one particular string To search for a string enter the text e g case sensitive in the Text to Find edit box and press the ENTER key Items that meet
136. al Copy and External Paste options have been removed in version 1 4 These operations can now be done through Copy and Paste 9 3 Importing Existing Files as Data Source For greater flexibility the user can also generate data source with external text editor software like Wordpad Notepad etc and then load the plain text file into Experiment Builder In that file use the first row for column variable labels Use space or tab to separate neighboring columns Click on the Import Data Button on the data source editor screen In Open dialog choose the target file Please note that if your external data source file is encoded with ASCII format you may leave the Encoding field as default Ifthe target file was encoded with UTF 8 format choose the right encoding type before pressing the OK button If the user has already a data set created a dialog box will be displayed to allow the user to choose to append the new data after the existing data lines or to overwrite the old data lines see Figure 9 6 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 194 Confirm whether append or overwrite x P E The variables are the same as the existing one Would vou like to append rows or overwrite Overwrite Cancel Figure 9 6 Append or Overwrite Confirmation By default all of the data columns are imported as string To change data type for a column click on that co
137. al trigger fires A when one or two condition evaluations are met This is useful to implement conditional branching in a sequence when several conditions are possible see the SACCADE example In each condition evaluation the user needs to specify attribute the variable to be evaluated comparator comparison operations such as equal less than greater than etc as well as the target value being compared to Two condition evaluations connected with an and or or logical operator can be made within the same trigger Reference Label of the conditional trigger The default value is CONDITIONAL Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Conditional the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the conditional trigger fires Display PC Time when the trigger fires Last Check lastCheckTime This property can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence nel Time difference between the trigger time and Interval last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty Attribute attribute The attribute whose value needs to be evaluated Attribute 2 attribute2 Comp
138. als gt Add an Add to result file action M hale parent parent TRAL DetSource EXPECTEDYD ajla nar rir aj i Figure 15 19 Editing Recording Sequence 1 Click on the TRIAL EVENT sequence 2 Add two new variables and rename them as DISPLAY ON TIME and KEY RESPONSE TIME in the work space Set the initial values of both variables to 0 0 3 Add an Update Attribute action to get the time for target display onset and time and response key from the keyboard Click on the action and modify the following attributes see Figure 15 20 Attribute parent parent KEY PRESS value Value KEYBOARD INPUT triggeredData key Value 2 Attribute 3 Value 3 Attribute 4 Value 4 DISPLAY ON_TIME value KEY RESPONSE TIME value Attribute 2 DISPLAY ON TIME value Please note that the actual time when the Stroop display is presented is the DISPLAY SCREEN time but not DISPLAY SCREEN startTime The former is the time when the display is actually shown whereas the latter is time SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 261 when the DISPLAY SCREEN action starts 1 e screen is prepared before it can be flipped The time when the keyboard response is made should be the KEYBOARD_INPUT triggeredData time instead of KEYBOARD_ INPUT time Again the former is the time when the response key is pressed whereas the latter is the time when the KEYBOARD INPUT trigger fires Pleas
139. alse triggering but low enough to trigger quickly on speech A threshold of 0 05 to 0 10 is typical Whether the voice key should trigger is the audio level is below the specified threshold level If the voice key trigger fires the triggered data VoiceKey the current node belongs to Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of Last Check lastCheckTime Float Time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Interval al Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea Queue D Threshold threshold Float Below belowThreshold Boolea Threshold Triggered Data triggeredData SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 133 can be further accessed see the following table When the voicekey trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Content fires EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the voicekey trigger fires Level level Float Returns the voicekey audio level in the same units as the voicekey threshold when the voicekey trigger fires with 0 0 being silence and 1 0 being the maximum audio level For example the user may want to use voicekey to detect the onset of spoken word As shown in the following graph the user may first add a RECORD SOUND act
140. and a PLAY SOUND action a Click on the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action and rename it as CORRECT RESPONSE Set the Attribute field to parent parent RESPONSE value and Value Field to Correct b Click on the PLAY SOUND action and rename it as CORRECT SOUND Select Correct wav from the dropdown list of the Sound File property 8 Add another pair of UPDATE ATTRIBUTE and PLAY SOUND actions a Click on the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action and rename it as INCORRECT RESPONSE Set the Attribute field to parent parent RESPONSE value and Value Field to Incorrect b Click on the PLAY SOUND action and rename it as INCORRECT SOUND Select Inorrect wav from the dropdown list of the Sound File property 9 Add a timer and rename its label as TIMER SOUND Set the timer duration as 500 msec so that the feedback sound can be played complete before the trial ends 10 From the Action tab of the component toolbox add an ADD TO RESULTS FILE action Set the Result File to RESULT FILE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 264 Structure 1 RESPONSE X Y CORRECT RESPONSE X Y INCORRECT RESPONSE DISPLAY _ON_TIME KEY RESPONSE TIME X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE 1 CORRECT_SOUND fe TIMER_SOUMD F INCORRECT _SOUND ey TIMER KEYBOARD abel ADD To RESULTS_FILE he AddTorResuttsFile start Time Cl
141. ants to check out whether the values of trigger e g left eye gaze position eye velocity and acceleration and trigger time are right when it fires The user may add an ADD_TO_LOG action following the sample velocity trigger and set the Log File Message field of the action as aa ExptLog if START ia RECORDING YF START DISPLAY SCREEN DISPLAY _SCREEN a EL_BUTTON SAMPLE_VELOCITY S A DD To LOG SAMPLE VELOCITY OF Experiment Components Dewices i i Property Value Label ADD TO LOG ae fe E Bier Tire rn A B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 70 Figure 7 14 Using Add to Experiment Log Action Trigger str SAMPLE VELOCITY triggeredData EDFTime LOC str SAMPLE VELOCITY triggeredData leftGazex str SAMPLE VELOCITY triggeredData leftGazeY VEL str SAMPLE VELOCITY triggeredData leftVelocity T ACC Str SAMPLE VELOCITY criggeredData leittAcceleralion 4 The following is one sample output from the LogFile txt file when the sample velocity trigger fires Tevg ger Soz0i2 BOC 5004299987793 403399993890 VEL 196 741027908 ACCIn 983709213723 7 9 8 Updating Attribute The UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action Oe modifies the value of a variable or an attribute of an experiment component For example in a change detection experiment see section 7 11 1 Variable the user may want to display two sligh
142. arator 4 comparitor Dropdown list used to select possible Comparator 2 comparitor2 comparison between the variable and value q Possible values EQUALS default value SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 104 GREATER THAN LESS THAN OR EQUALS CONTAINS NOT EQUALS LESS THAN or GREATER THAN OR EQUAL Value value The value used to evaluate one attribute The Value 2 value2 data type of this field depends on the attribute used And Or Select andOrSelect String Connection between multiple conditional T evaluations Possible values are AND OR AND NOT or OR NOT In the previous example section 7 5 2 the user may want to further check whether the velocity and acceleration of the triggering sample in the invisible boundary trigger exceeds a set of target values The following figure illustrates the use of conditional trigger to check out these parsing criteria The Attribute field of the trigger is set as INVISIBLE BOUNDARY triggeredData leftVelocity and the Attribute 2 field of the trigger is set as INVISIBLE BOUNDARY triggeredData leftAcceleration START Conditional a START ta SEQUENCE D INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY CONDITIONAL DISPLAY _FALSE DISPLAY _TRUE A TIMER Experiment Components Dewices ONDITIONAL YeLink Message onditional Trigger DISPLAY_TRUE fime A
143. arch Ltd 137 graph the user should make sure that the type of the variable matches the data type of the intended attribute VariableTypes VariableTypes Variable Types F START if start if START BY ARISBLE_STRING 1 ARIABLE_STRING 1 ARIABLE_STRING VARIABLE INTEGER 7 Me ARIABLE_INTEGER VARIABLE_INTEGER 1 ARIABLE_POINT 1 ARIABLE_POINT BY ARIABLE_FLOAT Experiment Components Devices Properties H lt Experiment Components Devices Properties Aly i H x Property Property Value Label ARIABLE STRING abel ARIABLE INTEGER Experiment Components Devices abel ARIABLE FLOAT a honeran ___ WARAGLEFLOMT paste pome Ype variable Ype farable Jade Path VARIABLE STRING eF ARIABLE_INTEGER lata Type String jata Type nteger alue IRT A B Figure 7 41 Dynamic Data Type Casting In addition the user should set the initial value of a variable to a plausible value to avoid build time error For example e Ifthe user wants to use a variable to store the temporary value of the image file name the initial value of the variable should be set to the name of one image resource in the image library instead to an arbitrary string like abc e Default value needs to be a valid value for equation use For example if a variable is used as the divisor in a division operation make sure that the initial value of the divisor 1s non zero To clear a non string value eg 3
144. ase 22 32 Graph Editor Wid OW essai eather A 25 5 3 Application Menu Bar and Toolbat cc eeeccccccccccccssseseeeeccceeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeaas 26 5 3 1 Pile Menuand Tool BUNOS recrea T ties tietiees 26 5 3 2 Edit Menand Tool BUONS igi ci0s se wos coseeeul caida ivaicctasaiaenien EEA saecseriet 27 5 3 3 IC WISIN EE AEN det ne A EEE E E A E AAT 2 5 3 4 Experiment Menu and Tool Buttons 2 2c s2snnienicniindcnnecatinnws 28 5 3 5 MS OH sree E cates attache E wd E E a ES i 28 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder eeeesessesssssessessssseeeeeens 29 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Experiments ccccccssessssseseseeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaas 29 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 1i 6 2 Experiment Graph Flow Dia Otani lsc sews oniesdmssnweeeswntaadansiawsiecorcuesbmsexemesenstueesees 30 6 2 1 Adding Components to an Experiment ccccccccccsssssssssseseseeeeeeeeeeeees 31 6 2 2 Linking Experiment Componenis eesriie a A 32 6 2 3 DATARS aaeeea a E N 32 6 3 72 6 fo eae ee SP me E ee 33 oe Se 8 E he eee ener eT ot Pe ee ee ere Renny ee reer eee rere 34 6 5 Oter Node TYPES ace satiate E sae uno usenet T 35 6 6 Seduc nee SUD ATAP too ae et eres aoe ene eee eater 36 6 7 Reterences and FE QUAONS iyere iann E AE 37 7 Experiment Graph and ComponcMSeaniicserneininn aa a a 39 7 1 Graph Editine Operations srosoreiiothier ina E A 39 Pl Node C Onnec HOla e r E a eke antiodace tamara 40
145. ation fixation dots Repeat First Point repeatFirstPoint If checked redisplay the first calibration or validation fixation dot Force Manual Accept forceManualAccept If checked the user has to manually accept each calibration and validation fixation point Lock Eye After Calibration lockEyeAfterCalibration If checked locks the recording eye on the display PC keyboard if performing a monocular recording Select Eye After Validation selectEyeAfter Validation Controls whether the best eye is automatically selected as the default after validation If unchecked binocular mode is kept by default Data Processing Link Filter Level linkFilterLevel Each increase in filter level reduces noise by a factor of 2 to 3 but introduces a 1 sample delay to the link sample feed This setting is only available for EyeLink II and 1000 trackers File Filter Level fileFilterLevel Selects the file sample filter for data in the EDF file Each increase in filter level reduces noise by a factor of 2 to 3 Note By changing the file sample filter from high to another value this will affect EyeLink Data Viewer and other analysis tool calculations SR Research Ltd recommends leaving this value set to High This setting is only available for EyeLink II and 1000 trackers Heuristic Filter heuristicFilter Used to set level of filtering on the link and analog output and on file data This setting is only available for EyeLink I tracker
146. attribute e g the start time of an action If the target attribute is a string type set the value field of the conditional trigger to MISSING DATA If the target attribute is an integer or a float data set the comparison value to 32768 e To clear a non string value eg 3 set in the value or value2 attributes of a conditional trigger you may first set the value to some string e g hello and then clear it Please note that the conditional triggers can connect to a maximum of two actions or triggers forming two branches To make the conditional trigger valid the user should attach triggers or actions to at least one of branches If the firing of the conditional trigger exits the current sequence the user needs to attach a blank display screen action or a timer following this trigger As an exception to the general linking rules 8 Section 6 2 3 Linking Rules the user is allowed to connect from a conditional trigger to an action and a trigger at the same time Please note that the conditional triggers can connect to a maximum of two actions or triggers forming two branches To make the conditional trigger valid the user should attach triggers or actions to at least one of branches If the firing of the conditional trigger exits the current sequence the user may attach a blank display screen action or a timer following this trigger As an exception to the general linking rules 8 the user is allo
147. available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence A range of eye angles from a multiple selection list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the saccade trigger fires Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 125 and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width regionWidth Integer Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property 1s only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Interest Area Target interest areas used to define the Regions triggering region Note that this property is only
148. ay screen action add a keyboard trigger ty BL BUTTON 4 __ DISPLAY_SCREEN m zil KEYBOARD i ee oe Pi rlie axl ri ba D efourton X 4 THER 3 Add a EyeLink ey button tigger a i 4 Add a Timer Trigger A CAMERA_SETUP umien ooo 5 Set the Timer a duration to 20000 ms 6 Add an EL_Camera_Setup Action Cnet hice SLAY SORE T Add a sequence Connects To jas CAMERA SETUP Figure 14 6 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence 11 Click at any blank area in the work window Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu This will re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 12 Double click on the DISPLAY SCREEN object in the work space not from the structure list until the Screen Builder interfaceis displayed in the Graph Editor Window 14 1 5 Creating Instruction Screen The user may want to provide instruction to the participants at the beginning of the experiment This can be done by creating an image file containing the experiment instructions and then using DISPLAY SCREEN action to show the image The instruction text can also be created with the multiline text resource In the current example we illustrate the use of multiline text resource SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 230 jpoage Pxesena vans ics gt 2 QQREE Uf Experiment BLOCH DISPLAY _SOREEN
149. build to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime Uncheck this option only if you will need to come up with the image file name during runtime e g by using a variable or an equation instead of referring to a datasource column or using a static image file name Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 148 ee done by copying from RAM to display surface Location clipping region Clipping Width clippingWidth Float Intended width in pixels of the clipping region ee a of the resource Only part of the image within clipping region will be shown of the resource Clipping Area is clippingAreaAtG Boolea Whether the clipping region should be contingent on the mouse or gaze position The t default setting is False Source File sourceFileName The name of the image file Make sure that the Name J file name does not contain space or non ASCII characters Note that the images must be first loaded into the resource library Use Original useOriginalSize Boolea If set to true this will display the image in Size T n origina
150. can be used to recycle a trial and rerun it at a later time The following graph illustrates the case of recycling the trial if the subject press button 5 Note a dummy action should be added to the false branch of the conditional trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 92 START 3 Properties a abel ONDTTIONAL RECYCLE DISPLAY _SCREEW P Ma essaye onditional ONDITTOMAL_REC Y CLE ine ast Checked Time Z T onfigdence Interval P y ae a oe Attribute EL_BUTTON triggered 2 omparator UALS alue attribute 2 omparator 2 CONDITTIONAL RECYCLE value 2 1 i 5 E D E cD iT i Properties Property Value abel REC YLE DATALINE ALINEGDO TO LOG Stat Time Data Source PRIAL _DataSource Recycling Mode RANDOM Figure 7 23 Using Recycle Dataline Action 7 9 19 Execute Action Execute action Z is used to execute methods defined in custom class Reference EXECUTE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects Execute the current node belongs to Node Path Path of the node in the experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 93 experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action tL is done Float Display PC Time when the action is
151. ce background FOREGROUND IMAGE Source File Marne parent parent parent BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL DataSource foreground OK Save e A dialog box will be displayed asking you whether you want to export all necessary library files Press Yes to export all necessary library files If No is pressed Experiment Builder will not export library files it 1s the user s responsibility to maintain the files herself himself If the Cancel button is pressed the node exporting operation will be cancelled ec Export Library Files E X 2 would you like to export all necessary library resource Files LJ Mote Exporting a large number of or large sized library resources can be time consuming and result in 4 large exported ebo File Mo Cancel 7 3 2 Importing 1 Click anywhere in the blank area of the workspace in the intended sequence level please make sure that no node sequence is selected 2 Click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu see Figure 7 3 Select Import Node If the Import Node option is grayed out please make sure that you do not have any node currently selected 3 In the following Open dialog box go to the directory where the exported node file is contained select the ebo file and then click Open SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 42 P z VARIABLE ae Cut By cop fe Paste 4 ii Paste Multiple DISPLAY_SCREEM i Dele
152. ch trial using some numbering system and to use the voicekey to detect the response Recorded data is always written to an audio buffer first and can later be copied to a WAV file It is possible to record many short recording segments to one large file relying on the messages placed in the EDF file to determine the start and end of each recording However this may require a lot of memory and take longer to save the file The Record sound action Arh supports recording of audio to a WAV file using the ASIO driver and therefore this action is only supported when an ASIO compatible sound SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 86 card is installed on the display PC and the Audio Device is set to ASIO A message placed in the EDF file will mark the exact time and position in the WAV file of the first recorded sample for analysis The resulting wav files are saved in results session name directory The following table lists the properties of aRECORD SOUND action Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the Record Sound action The default label is RECORD SOUND Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects RecordSound the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action returns
153. com Hinstall zip Once you download the driver extract to a directory e g C tmp see the attached image install JPG make sure that you have kept the directory structure From desktop go to Start gt Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt On the command prompt type in the following two commands see Figure 3 1 cd lt folder you extracted the Hinstall to gt Hinstall eg C tmp Hinstall hinstall exe i When the installation is in progress you should see Please Wait message and The operation was completed successfully messages If you don t see this the installation is not completed and you ll need to redo the above steps 12 Now Insert the HASP dongle key to check whether it glows and whether the Data Viewer is fully licensed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 12 File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Back i Folders m Addres Search Date Modified Folders iE 1 811 K6 Application Extension 16 08 2004 01 43 PM S hasods windows dll E Desktop Thinstall licati E i Dacin install exe 3 100 KB Application 0212 2004 06 49 PM readme txt QKB Text Document 15 12 2004 05 04 PM El 4 My Computer Se Windows fC dell Documents and Settings C Program Files es Command Prompt Microsoft Windows XP Version 5 1 2600 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2061 Microsoft Corp E tmp I Hinstall
154. command 1 Unexpected end of line 2 Syntax error 1000 No reply from the tracker response may have error message see above Figure 7 13 illustrates how to draw a white filled box on the top left quadrant of the tracker screen using the EyeLink Command action In the Command field type in draw filled box without quotes and in the Text field enter 0 0 512 384 15 without quotes Please refer to the ini files in the host PC for the syntax of EyeLink commands SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 67 START Command START ED PREPARE_SEQUENCE io RECORDING DISPLAY _SCREEN EL_COMMAND Properties H x abel L_COMMAND EL_BUTTON vpe yeLinkCommand ime Comnmand draw filled box Daa 0512384 15 bome r petret R paonr T a Result Message E Figure 7 13 Using Sending EyeLink Command Action 7 9 6 Sending TTL Signal This action CE sends a TTL signal via the parallel port or other data ports of the display PC Please make sure that you have DriverLINX Port I O Driver installed before using this action Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the SET_TTL action NR _ The type of Experiment Builder objects SetT TL the current node belongs to String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 68 Display PC Time
155. creen it can be either visible or invisible when the display is shown This property is especially useful for those experiments in which similar displays are used except that one or several items are present or absent e Position is Gaze or Mouse Contingent This is useful for those experiments in which the resource position is changed according to the current gaze or mouse position see the GCWINDOW and TRACK examples during recording For an image resource the clipping area can also be made gaze contingent see the GCWINDOW example e Movement Pattern The Experiment Builder supports both static and dynamic resource presentations In the latter case users can specify a movement pattern sinusoidal or custom for a resource see the PURSUIT example Note if a movement pattern has been assigned to a resource the position of the resource cannot be gaze or mouse contingent at the same time e Interest Area For static resources creating interest areas may make data analysis in the future easier Interest areas can be generated either manually or with the auto segmentation feature of the Screen Builder e Last but not least two location types can be used in the Screen Builder top left or center In the top left location type the Location attribute of the resource refers to the top left corner of the resource whereas in the center location type the Location attribute of the resource refers to the center of the resource The scree
156. creen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property 1s only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Interest Area Target interest areas used to define the Regions triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Within If set to True the trigger should fire when the fixation are within the target region a Eye J ial Sing Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Minimum minimumDuratio Integer Duration 0 by default of fixation in or out of Duration the region before the trigger fires This property is available only if the Event Type is set as UPDATEFIXATION or ENDFIXATION Event Type eventT ype String Fixation Event used for parsing This trigger fires when the start of a fixation 1s detected when set to STARTFIXATION or the end of a fixation 1f set to ENDFIXATION If set to UPDATEFIXATION Experiment Builder checks for fixation update event 1 e summary data of the fixation sent from the tracker at a constant interval 50 ms or so It will fire after a pre specified amount of time into a fixation If the Minimum Duration of the UPDATEFIXATION is set to 0 or any value within one fixation update interval the trigger will fire after receiving one f
157. ction is referring to 7 9 11 Preparing Sequence Before starting the portion of the experiment that contains the important experiment manipulations and time critical actions often the sequence that eye data is recorded in as well the experiment should be given the opportunity to prepare upcoming actions as much as possible The Prepare Sequence Action includes the following operations a Preloading the image or audio files to memory for real time image drawing or sound playing b Drawing feedback graphics on the host PC so that the participants gaze accuracy can be monitored c Re initializing trigger and action settings d Flush the log files In a typical experiment the user should call the prepare sequence action before entering the trial recording sequence preferably before performing a drift correction In most of the experiments the Reinitialize Triggers box should be checked so that the data for each trigger is reset for re firing IMPORTANT For proper timing it is critical that the Prepare Sequence Action be called before the trial run time for EVERY iteration of the trial run time sequence IMPORTANT The Prepare Sequence Action Loads the image and audio files based on the state of display screen and Play Sound actions at the time the Prepare Sequence is called This means that if an image name or audio file name is changed after the Prepare Sequence action is called the new image or audio resource will not be p
158. custom class object in the Experiment Builder GUI 12 1 Enabling Custom Class Option To create a custom class in an Experiment Builder project please first check the project preference settings Click Edit gt Preferences select Experiment Preferences and check the Enable Custom Class box This will activate several node types for use in the experiment project Custom Class Instance Execute Action and Custom Class Tab of the Library Manager see below 12 2 Creating a New Custom Class To create a new custom class click Edit gt Library Manager Select the Custom Class tab and click on the New button In the following File Name dialog box enter the intended custom class file name You may also create a new custom class by loading a python file py This can be done by clicking the Add button ese Library Manager z x mage Sound Interest4rea Set Video Custom Class Wovernent Pattern TestClass py Creating a new custom class 1 ew Save lode Delete Rename class CustomClassTenplate sreb EB0bject Bee CT See sreb EB0bject _ init self selft propertyl l property of Integer type This 13 also a read wr self property2 1 2 read only point property Note the setter missini Sselft propertys 1 2 35 read only color property Note the setter missini self property4 1 0 read and write property of double type alsa wa self propertyS sreb EBPoint l00 200 read write point
159. cution of the trial This field is always true when the screen 1s contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is Use Software Surface T fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color in which the outline is drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Whether the interior of the resource should be n filled This is True by default Color in which the interior of the resource is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels x y coordinate of the first point of the triangle triangle triangle SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 171 8 1 9 Freeform Resource The freeform resource can be used to draw a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines To create a freeform resource on the screen first write down on a piece of paper the list of x y coordinates for all of the intended vertices in order Click on the Draw Freeform Resource button O on the toolbar and place the mouse cursor at the
160. cutive Interest Areas will be filled by expanding the size of each Interest Area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 289 Enable Interest Area Delimiter Whether a special delimiter character instead of the commonly used space should be used to mark the boundary between segments Delimiter Character Specify the delimiter character one single character only used to Separate segments Enable Interest Area Delimiter Replacement Whether the delimiter character should be replaced by another character Please note that the delimiter characters are used to separate string tokens and will not be displayed in the text or multiline text resource Therefore if you use space as the delimiter character you will need to enable the delimiter replacement option and set space as the replacement character Delimiter Replacement Character One single character that is used to replace the delimiter character Segmentation Direction Direction Left to Right Top to Bottom Left to Right Bottom to Top Right to Left Top to Bottom and Right to Left Bottom to Top in which the text is segmented Interest areas are numbered consecutively based on the order they are created 17 3 Build Deploy This section lists preference settings that are related to the building and deploying processes x Property H Experiment ncode Files as UTFEG Ete Preferences E Devices Disable Warnings for Det
161. d reading this mstnuiction press any key to continue Figure 15 7 Create Instruction Screen 15 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source Next we will work on the sequence which will contain all of the necessary triggers and actions in each trial We will also need to create a data source to be used for setting parameters in individual trials see Figure 15 8 1 Click on the last SEQUENCE node on the structure list to start 2 In the property table click on the value field of LABEL Set it to TRIAL 3 Click on the Data Source property to bring up Data Source Editor 4 Click on the Add Column button In the following dialog box type COLOR without quotation marks in the Column Name editor box In the Column Type dropdown list select Color and click OK button to finish Click on the Add Column button again Create three more new columns Set the Column Names as WORD EXPECTED and COMPATIBLE and set the Column Types as String Important Your experiment may not run if inappropriate column types are used for the datasource 5 Click on the Add Row button Enter 18 in the Number of Rows edit box to generate 18 rows of empty cells 6 Click on the empty cells of the table just generated Add the values to the table as following SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 249 Color WORD EXPECTED _ COMPATIBLE 1 0 255 Bue fb es 2 255 0
162. d wha tehearbcad estat saa biwioseeeawhedintadeeches 240 14 3 Deployine the Experiment anran a a etna eee 241 PA ARTIS the EXP nei aeei neat poise riraa sa dae tea walivei see naw leper arene ae TT 241 444 Error imiiimitializine Grap nics c ccs cdseniena diets a eda 242 144 2 Error imn Tracker Version sseasneiiisse ion ina 242 15 Creating Non EyeLink Experiments Stroop Effect cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 243 15 1 Creatine a New Experiment Session csie a eestor ee 243 15 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings cc ccceeeeeseseseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 244 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence cccccsssessssssssseeeseeeeeeeeecccceeeanenees 245 Psa Edno Block Segue oa eo tesetes ect sue ce vinet a a 246 15 9 Creating Instruction SCLCEI xsd eessen ea o e aa EEA OE EAA EAER 248 156 Editing Inal Seguence Data SOuUrCe cnrs an tees taaesiticaelsuaass 249 15 7 Editing Trial Sequence Setting Initial Values and Preparing Sequence 232 15 8 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 1 0 0 0 scsenssssssseseeseeeeeeeeeccceceseeenees 256 Sst Creating the Fixation SCEE iaie E A 258 15 8 2 Creating the Stroop Display Sereen 0 cccccccssssssssessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 259 15 9 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 2 0 0 0 cccssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeas 260 15 10 Outputtine Data to the Result File iranerne n ai amas 266 15 11 R nnie tho E xpernME Nt isrener ii E TE 267 16 Experiment Builder Project Check
163. dd extra delay in display updating The retrace rate capabilities of the monitor should also be considered We suggest that a video card and CRT monitor are used that can run at a minimum of 100 Hz Any Direct X compatible sound card can be used for hearing calibration and drift correction feedback tones and playing audio files where exact audio timing is not important to the experiment In cases where accurate audio timing is important or if the audio recording and or computer base voice key features of the Experiment Builder will be used then an ASIO compliant audio card must be available in the PC The following cards have been tested and the status of the ASIO driver tests are listed SR Research strongly suggests that a card from the table is used that supports the features required for your experiment Creative Soundblaster X Fi XtremeGamer Yes Yes Other Creative Soundblaster Audigy Cards For details on ASIO sound card selection and installation please see section Installation gt System Requirements gt ASIO Card Installation in the html version of this document SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 8 3 1 2 Maximizing the Real time Performance of the Deployment PC To maximize the real time performance of the Deployment PC the user should do the following e Shut down all other applications browser windows chat clients email programs etc prior to running an EyeLink expe
164. ded endPupilSize Pupil size when the triggering fixation or fixation update event ended Start PPD X startPPDX Angular x y resolution when triggering fixation Average Pupil averagePupilSize Float Average pupil size of the triggering fixation or Size fixation update event Start PPD Y startPPDY or fixation update event starts in screen pixels per visual degree PPD End PPD X End endPPDX Float Angular x y resolution when triggering fixation PPD Y endPPDY W or fixation update event ends in screen pixels per visual degree PPD Note 32768 if the eye event is set to STARTFIXATION For example if the user wants to end a display after the participant looks at the target region for a couple hundred of milliseconds The user may set the Event Type as UPDATEFIXATION see Figure 7 34 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 123 CTART fixation B START ia SEQUENCE DISPLAY _A FIAATION Experiment Components Dewices TIMER Region Location Bo Minimum Duration b00 Tragerea oaa A B Figure 7 34 Using Fixation Trigger If the fixation trigger should fire regardless where the participant is fixating at the user may set the trigger region as the whole screen 1 e Region Location as 0 0 Region Width as 1024 and Region Height as 768 for a 1024 x 768 screen resolution Alternatively the user may keep the default region settings and unc
165. ds to do the following 1 2 Conceptualizing the Experiment The user should have a clear concept of the experiment before creating it State clearly what variables should be manipulated in the experiment Within each trial how is the display presented a static display or a dynamic display Can the same display presentation routine be used across all conditions or a different routine should be created for each of the experiment condition This allows the user to contemplate all of the possible trial types in the experiment design conditional branching if necessary and create a data source for filling trial parameters Once this is done study one or more sample experiments we supplied before creating your own project Creating a New Experiment Session Start the Experiment Builder application and create a new experiment session Please read Chapter 4 Working with Files for details on experiment creation and file folder management 3 Adding Experiment Building Blocks to the Graph To schedule an array of 4 events in an experiment the user needs to add individual building blocks triggers actions sequences and other components to the workspace in the Graph Editor Window Connecting components by arrowed lines which represent sequence and dependency relationships forms the experiment flow Please read Chapter 6 on flow diagram and Chapter 7 on the components of the Experiment Builder Modifying Properties of Experiment Comp
166. e the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Text to be sent to the tracker The following figure illustrates the use of SEND EL MESSAGE action In the EyeLink Message field the user can enter a string directly see panel A In case runtime data accessing is required the user may need to use references and equations and create the message text in the attribute editor see Panel B see Chapter 10 References for details SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 64 DISPLAY_SCREEM EL_BUTTON MSG BUTTON Ha DRIFT_CORRECT ca DRIFT_CORRECT ie RECORDING a RECORDING if START F START A DISPLAY _SCREEN H DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER ae EL_BUTTON ee MSG_TIMER eemier FoahisG BUTTON i am MSG_BUTTON Experi ment Components Dewi Ge Components Properties So _TIMER sendEyeLinkhlessage A B Figure 7 12 Using Sending Message Action 7 9 5 Sending EyeLink Command The EyeLink tracker ial text commands sent through the link The SEND_COMMAND action a i is used for on line tracker configuration and control Please refer to the ini files in the EyeLink directory of the host PC typically c eyelink2 exe for EyeLink II and c EyeLink exe for EyeLink I system for a list of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 65 possible
167. e EE RE ACLS a Draje aaa pB x Vaiss _S0neEn TAL TRIAL DataSource TRIAL EVENT Doria 414 015 FIZATION_BCREEN 2 Adda fixation screen X Striche iT DPD TE_AT TRIBUTE E PREPARE _ SEOUENCE G SPLA y SOREN E THEA Haosa SORE 3 Add a timer O E DESFLAY_ SCREEN Y J u lt 4 Add a target display screen 1 Edit label i HEY ROAD IKP oll THE OLUT T Add a timer trigger for maximum response duration a du A Pi 8 Add a display screen for end of trial clearing Ease ee ee 5 Add a keyboard trigger Hernion Coun Eid try i bets Sorte Coirm i Rows Freze Disse Lint Fir F Figure 15 14 Editing Recording Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 256 1 Select the newly added Sequence node Rename the label as TRIAL EVENT Make sure that the Is Real Time box is not checked as this will make the keyboard dysfunctional 2 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Select the action and rename it as FIXATION SCREEN We will adda fixation cross in this screen see Section 15 8 1 3 Click on the Triggers Tab of toolbox select the TIMER node hold down the left mouse button and drag the trigger into the work space Click on the Tim
168. e Operations The current section lists miscellaneous operations for adjusting the appearance of display screen and the layout of resource components 8 4 1 Resource Editing Similar to triggers and actions the following operations can be applied to screen resources interest areas and movement patterns cut F5 copy 1 paste and delete m using either application menubar toolbar or popup menu SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 184 8 4 2 Resource Alignments The position of resources and interest areas can be adjusted with alignment buttons on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 18 The user needs to select the target resource or interest area and then click on one of the alignment tool buttons Horizontal alignment buttons determine the relative position of a resource or interest area on the horizontal dimension left aligned right aligned or centered For example if a resource is left aligned the x coordinate of the left edge will be set as 0 The vertical alignment buttons can be used to adjust the resource or interest area position relative to the top and bottom margins top aligned bottom aligned or centered The resource and interest area alignment can also be done from the popup menu invoked by a click on the right mouse button a GEGNER Figure 8 18 Resource Alignment Left and Toggling Grid Visibility A special type of alignment styles is called Snap to
169. e boundary Changes from version 1 4 202 The Sample Count property has been removed and replaced with the Minimum Duration property Triggered Data triggeredData If the boundary trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table If the Invisible Boundary Trigger fires the user can further check the triggered data The sub attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table They can be used for attribute references Occurs EDF Time EDFTime EDF time of the triggering sample e Available Integer Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye 1 for right eye 2 for both eyes Time a Float Display PC time when the first sample appears in the region EDF Start Time EDFStartTime Integer EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the host PC when the first sample occurs in the region Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current invisible boundary trigger fire Angular resolution at the current gaze position in screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis Left Gaze X leftGazeX right Gaze position of the triggering sample along the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 100 Right Gaze X Average Gaze X GazeX average GazeX Left Gaze Y Right Gaze Y Average Gaze Y Left Pupil Size Right Pupil Size ghtPupilSize Float Average Pupil averagePu
170. e into a fixation UPDATEFIXATION This trigger is only available in an EyeLink experiment Reference Label of the fixation trigger The default value is FIXATION SE The type of Experiment Builder objects Fixation the current node belongs to SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 120 experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink Messe fener a Speinent when he fiaon wager fe Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the start and end time of the triggering fixation you should use triggeredData startTime and triggeredData endTime i e the startTime and endTime sub attributes of the triggeredData attribute Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the fixation event queue LIST all fixation events from event queue will be removed Region Type regionType String The type of t
171. e note that an sign is added before DISPLAY ON TIME value KEY RESPONSE TIME value so that an equation can be created in the cell ecb Edit Attribute UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE gt Attribute KEYBOARD INPUT triggeredData time Mode Attributes Attribute Attributes Eih TRIAL_EVENT Label reme F START Mode Path Key FH FICATION SCREEN Time Key Code E TIMER Last Checked Time Pee Key F DISPLAY SCREEN Confidence Interval Modifier l T TIME_OLIT e Input aueue ls Shift Pressed KEYBOARD INPUT Keys ls CTRL Pressed F DISPLAY BLANK eek apranami E ALT Pressed X Y UFDATE_ATTAHIEUTE CONDITIONAL Xe INCORRECT _RESPONSE xe CORRECT_RESPONSE F INCORRECT _SOUND cF CORRECT_SOUND G TIMER_SOUND f ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE KEY_RESPONSE_TIME DISPLAY _OM_TIME RESULTS_FILE Devices Y OK Cancel Figure 15 20 Accessing the Subattribute of the TriggeredData Attrbiute 4 Adda second Update Attribute action to calculate the reaction time for the trial Click on the action and modify the following attributes Value DISPLAY ON TIME value KEY RESPONSE TIME value parent parent iteration Please note that an sign is added before DISPLAY ON TIME value KEY RESPONSE TIME value so that an equation can be created in the cell SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 262 5 Add a conditional trigger to determ
172. e of the text resource after applying the center alignment will not display the text in the center of the screen 8 4 3 Resource Locking When building the screen the user may want to lock a resource just in case it is moved or resized by accident To do that place the mouse cursor over the resource click the right mouse button and select Lock Selection To unlock the resource select the Unlock Selection x 3 ELLIPSE RESOURCE cannot be moved or resized because it is locked Figure 8 20 Error When Trying to Modified a Locked Resource When a resource is locked any attempts to change the resource from the workspace will prompt an error see Figure 8 20 Ifthe resource appearance should be adjusted the user can make the modification from the property panel of the resource Alternatively the user can first unlock the resource do the adjustments and then re lock the resource 8 4 4 Resource Grouping Resource grouping offers a handy tool so that the same operations can be applied to individual component resources together For example after a schematic face is created on the screen with several components resources the user may want to adjust the position of the whole drawing It will be much easier if all of the components resources are grouped and moved together than the individual resource components are moved one by one To group several resources together select the resources and click the right mouse button I
173. e temporal resolution of the mouse response is unknown and the timing performance may vary across different types of mouse USB vs serial IMPORTANT This trigger does not function in real time sequences on some operating systems Reference MOUSE Last Check Time lastCheckTime Float Boolea n confidencelInterv al Confidence Interval Clear Input clearInputQueue Queue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual The type of Experiment Builder objects Mouse the current node belongs to The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the mouse trigger fires Display PC Time when the mouse trigger returns Note To check the time when the mouse button is pressed released or the mouse position falls within the triggering region you should use triggeredData time 1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead This property can be used to retrieve the display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Mouse trigger maintains event queues so
174. eLink users on their applications This ranges from simple experiments in which each trial shows a static screen of text or picture and then waits for a response from the participant to more sophisticated experiments in which complex event sequence can be scheduled with good timing precision Experiments are created in the Experiment Builder by dragging and dropping experiment components into a workspace and configuring the properties of the added components There are two main classes of experiment components in the Experiment Builder Actions and Triggers Actions tell the computer to do something like displaying a set of graphics on the screen or playing a sound Triggers define the conditions that must be met before an action can be performed Examples of Triggers are keyboard events and eye Fixation Saccade and Invisible Boundary events The flow of the experiment is achieved by connecting sequentially related components in the workspace in a flow diagram like fashion For example a Display Screen Action may be connected to a button press Trigger which is in turn connected to another Display Screen Action This simple Action gt Trigger gt Action sequence would result in a given set of graphics being displayed until the user pressed a button at which time a second set of graphics would be displayed Detailed discussion on the experiment component connection or linking process including a set of rules for linking experiment componen
175. each attribute of an experiment component Attribute is read only and is not directly modifiable Attribute can not reference another attribute Reference Editor is not available The attribute can not be referred to by other component attributes Attribute value can be selected from a dropdown list Attribute is a Boolean value True if the box is checked false if unchecked The value of all other attributes can be modified either by entering value directly in the edit field or by attribute reference in an attribute editor dialog box and can be accessed by users for attribute references SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 45 7 6 Experiment Node Clicking on the topmost node of the structure list in the Project Explorer Window displays the properties of the experiment in the property panel Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the Experiment EyeLink DV Clicking on the value field of this property will Variables bring up a dialog box so that the user can select variables and data source columns to be recorded in each trial as trial ID This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment 1 e the EyeLink Experiment setting of the Experiment Preference is enabled Time Out timeout Integer The maximum time in milliseconds the experiment should run If 0 the experiment will not time out Created Date e E createdDate Time and Date when the experiment wa
176. ear Input Queues FesusFie RESULTS_FILE Figure 15 22 Send Results to a Result File Make the following connections to the experiment graph a b C oe from the DISPLAY BLANK to UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action from the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE to the CONDITIONAL trigger from the left branch of the CONDITIONAL trigger to INCORRECT RESPONSE from INCORRECT RESPONSE to INCORRECT SOUND from INCORRECT SOUND to TIMER SOUND from the right branch of the CONDITIONAL trigger to CORRECT RESPONSE from CORRECT RESPONSE to CORRECT SOUND from CORRECT SOUND to TIMER SOUND from TIMER SOUND to ADD TO RESULTS FILE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 265 11 Click at any blank area in the work space then click the right mouse button Select Arrange Layout in the popup menu to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 15 10 Outputting Data to the Result File Finally variables should be added to the result file see Figure 15 23 i SE Research aperies Maier Lara AC Haram B D SeBSBel gt Sx Raat Bw aDoieanra l aaa EBE mn Espartan guoa orLav sonen muu mia paiscirea ma ver Pianon screen OmrLAy senean Telo S koee RESULTS_FILE LN 2 Select the result file 1 Click here to start START Hh BLOTE if STARI PHL casey DORDE Gy TMB fy KEV BOARD jah TREL iF start i TRIAL INDEX j KEVPRESS i RESPONSE i R iF UP
177. ecify the custom movement pattern Each of the individual resource position in the custom movement pattern has the following properties Reference label Label of the resource position in the custom r movement pattern The default label is Resource Position The type of Experiment Builder object ResourcePosition the current item belongs to Screen Location Whether the locations specified refer to the Type top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences time Integer Time since the start of the sequence when the resource reaches the destination position rr of movement finishes LI ll Test of movement finishes reached to the specified position 8 3 Interest Areas Interest areas can be drawn on the Screen Builder workspace and recorded in EDF file for the ease of analysis with EyeLink Data Viewer The interest areas created in the Screen Builder will not be visible to the participants during recording To show interest areas on the workspace the Toggle Interest Area Visibility button should be clicked on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 15 In the Structure panel interest areas are listed under the Interest Areas folder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 180 Figure 8 15 Toggling Interest Area Visibility 8 3 1 Manually Creating an Interest Area SR Research Experiment Builder suppor
178. ecording The RECORD SOUND CONTROL action can only be applied after the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 89 RECORD SOUND action For the usage of this action please take a look at the Record Sound example 7 9 17 Terminating an Experiment The experiment ends when all iterations of sequences have been executed The user can choose to terminate an experiment earlier by using the TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action D Reference Label label String Label of the TERMINATE_EXPERIMENT action The default value is Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects TerminateExperiment the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the TERMINATE EXPERIMENT action is done Time time Float Display PC Time when the TERMINATE EXPERIMENT action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected
179. ected Variables panel is not empty a V TRIAL VAR message will be written to EDF data file for each of the condition variables and its corresponding value for each trial eof Select Yariables for Output Available variables Selected variables Display z Add p a d Remove ww Move down OR Cancel Figure 11 2 Editing Trial ID Message 11 2Recording Status During recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter is informed of the progress of the experiment To send such a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 208 message click on the recording sequence Make sure that the Record property of the sequence is checked Click on the right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message Property In the following attribute editor dialog enter the message string see Figure 11 3 For example if the user has a data source with the variable list being Trial Word and the first line being 1 One the record status message can be Trial str GTRIAl SEO Detasource Trial TRIAL SEQ DataSource Worde rA This will display a text like Trial 1 4 One on the tracker screen for the first trial Simple if START de BLOCK if START H DISPLAY_SCREEN TIMER 2 EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP
180. ed ended screen pixels per visual degree PPD screen pixels per visual degree PPD End PPD X endPPDX Float Angular x resolution at the end of saccade in ere eee Pe eons per ol dee PPD a screen pixels per visual degree PPD Velocity y current saccade Peak Velocity peak Velocity Float Peak value of gaze velocity in degrees second of the current saccade of visual angle the trigger fires For example if the user wants to end a sequence after the participant makes a saccade towards the target region 200 360 248 408 The user may use a saccade trigger set the Region Location as 200 360 Region Width as 24 and Region Height as 24 The user may further configure the minimum saccade amplitude and the triggering eye see Figure 7 35 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 127 Saccade F START fo SEQUENCE DISPLAY A DISPLAY SCREEN G TIMER aa EL_BUTTON SACCADE AON Experi ment Components Dewices E DISPLAY SCREEN value abel SACCADE mme OSS ie z TrackingEye Emer Minimum Ampitude 20 Tragered Data A B Figure 7 35 Using Saccade Trigger If the saccade trigger should fire regardless where the saccade is directed to the user may set the triggering region as the whole screen 1 e Region Location as 0 0 the Region Width as 1024 and Region Height as 768 for a 1024 x 768 screen resolution Alternatively
181. ed can be called a graph Like a drawing board the user can drag and drop experiment components into the workspace of the graph editor window These experiment components are usually either triggers or actions that represent individual events and preconditions in the experiment An Action tells the computer to do something like displaying a screen or playing an audio clip whereas a Trigger represents some precondition that must be met for the experiment to continue past that point Experiment components are connected to each other using arrowed lines that represent sequence and dependency relationships 1 e X must be done before Y can be done The connection of experiment components forms the flow of the experiment The following figure illustrates a very simple experiment sequence with gaze contingent manipulation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 30 START DISPLAY FIRST SCREEM INVISIBLE _ CN BOUNDARY T Figure 6 2 Sample Experiment Sequence In this example the experiment sequence starts with a DISPLAY FIRST SCREEN action which draws graphics to the computer display Now the sequence constantly monitors two Triggers until one of the Triggers 1s satisfied an INVISIBLE BOUNDARY trigger and a TIME OUT The INVISIBLE BOUNDARY is triggered if the participant s gaze falls within a pre specified region of the screen whereas the TIME OUT is triggered if a specified amount of time e g 300
182. ed to set up an attribute value list the Attribute 2 number of currently established attribute value Attribute 3 pairs is displayed in the value field of the property To add more attribute value pairs click on the value field The Attribute column of the dialog box specifies the variable or attribute to which the current action is referring and the Value column specifies the new value assigned to the corresponding target attribute The new value assigned to the corresponding value2 target attribute value3 The user can update the value of an attribute by assigning a value directly e g setting the value of VARIABLE to 0 referring to another attribute e g retrieving the time when the EyeLink button box was pressed and assign this time to VARIABLE2 or using equation e g incrementing the value of VARIABLE3 by 1 Properties S Attribute Yalue List for UPDATE ATTRIBUTE x Property Value Label UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE ae N ype Liodateattrinute BVARIABLEA value te i Assign a value directly 7 Je Path UPDATE ATTRIBUTE iY ARABLE vale EL_BUTTON triggeredData ime amp Referring to another attribute hiess VARIABLES value VARIABLES value 1 Using Equation ts Please Set Attribute Py Please Set Value tart Time I lear Input Queues m lsttribute VValue List Number of established Click on the right end of the Attribute or Value attribute value pairs field to bring up attr
183. eeaaaaesessseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 Ilk Randomization Sedese a E 196 PL2 Bok oe n T EO A E E OTR 197 9 5 1 3 Trial randomization and run length control 000000onooeeeennennnnnnsssssss 197 9514 Randomize on ROUsOVver dossenstenosea e 198 9S WS Spune ColuM esee E E ai 198 9 5 1 6 Running Experiment with Internal Randomizer ccccccee 198 9 5 2 External RandomizatiOM sosirea a 198 10 FRC LTC CS craic enana a e a aes ede A 201 HORT Usma Recron CS estes ts eo ioe de crac a a koe meee 201 10 2 Ent enne Imi Value S ienser ene eei wun aeedatiaded OA aneia o reader aea voutnaniens 202 O3 Enterin In ReierenCe Ssa ea A O Mudasuecimasenacess 203 104 Entri m QUA Ons aiina a T N 203 tS ARGC RIC S Minio e e a TR 205 11 EyelinkO Data Viewer Tite s rat OM sce gece a a dee anager 207 ILL PRIA TID INIGSSa fen A A gana ameneans 208 PAZ IRCCORGING STATUS eriei a A T E O ES 208 IE Imas and Interest ATCas ain EE E 209 12 AS Us CONN SS a a T mooseaueesnesaceuensostenote 211 2 1 Enabling Custom Class OPtioiiennnerson na E E A REENE 211 22 Creanne a New Custom lass cocina ehestetade eat N 211 123 Syntax of Custom Class eccccs evevcusncsstessnensvtersrwseenipneUsvennenswdeasveiadisuvlsesuaavestadieedss 212 oE Exame ans a cea 212 1232 Class DefimMON cenene e a aeaa 214 123 Glass Vinal Zao sinoi e onn a r eai 214 IB ACTOS SANTIS ri a a N 215 IZ CSS WIC OCS eae e en E E E 216 1220 SeA and CCEX Methods aeei E 217 2A Jnstan
184. eed to edit the properties of the Block Sequence This involves changing the Label of the sequence to make it more meaningful and changing the iteration count to the actual number of blocks to be tested see Figure 14 5 Please note here we do not edit the Split by field o SE Research Experi t i Fis Edt wew Experiment Help ISe B8e Ixte aTM enraja aaa BEE vervies Balxi Esener moc Hii START START 1 Edit label press Enter key to finish 3 Double click on the BLOCK sequence to continue 2 Set the Iteration Count to 3 Figure 14 5 Editing Block Sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 228 1 2 3 Click on the value field of the Label property of the Sequence created Write BLOCK in the text editor and press the ENTER key to finish Click on the Iteration Count value field and enter 3 as the total number of sequence loops In the experiment Work Space double click on the Sequence object to continue In each block we will first give an instruction perform a camera setup calibration and then run four trials see Figure 14 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Click on the Trigger Tab of the component toolbox
185. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 Figure 9 9 Using External Randomization ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 200 Figure 10 1 Using Attribute References ccccceeseeesesseseeseeeseseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 202 Figure 10 2 Creating Equations in Attribute Editor eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseererrerererrrrrrerrrrrens 204 Figure 10 3 Using the Reference Managert itirasissnaesiesvnciird asians 206 Figure 11 1 Sending the Recording Status Message to the Tracker eeeeeeees 207 Pigure lt 2 Paine Trial MDW essa ee curnea a a anne 208 Figure 11 3 Creating Recording Status Message ccccccssssesssseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 209 Figure 12 1 Creating a New Custom Clas siscdancddvesuoude tir cindconeddunictalvddemtutedec vedas 211 Figure 12 2 Attributes and Properties of a Custom Class Instance cccceeeeeeeees 219 Figure 12 3 Assigning Attribute Values through Custom Class Instance 220 Figure 12 4 Data Exchange through Execute Action ccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 220 Figure 12 5 Custom Class Code Edit r scciesiscipusdiceee naar an a a a 221 Figure 14 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 Figure 14 2 Contigurine Preference Settihg s neat ielntenaeie ete 226 Figure 14 3 Setting the Tracker Version for the Experiment cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 221 Figure 14 4 Creating Expe
186. efault of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 99 regions are located Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property aa is set to INTEREST AREA Pf Screen Target interest areas used to define the triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Within t within eed If set to True default the trigger should fire when samples are within the boundary region otherwise the trigger fires when samples are outside of the prespecified region Tracking Eye trackingEye Decides which eye s data is used for online Interest Area Regions parsing The default value is EITHER 2 It can also be LEFT 0 or RIGHT 1 Minimum minimumDuratio Integer Duration in milliseconds in or out of the Duration n region before the trigger fires If the default value 0 is used the trigger fires immediately after detecting a sample inside or outside of th
187. efault setting is False Contingent T Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the intended resource location or the position of the current gaze or mouse movement pattern The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position For example if the location field is set to 512 384 and the offset is 100 100 The actual resource position will be 612 484 Host Outline Color hostOutlineColo Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled and the Draw to EyeLink Host of the prepare sequence action is set to Primitive Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource If the Offset is non zero the actual screen position where the resource 1s displayed will be the coordinate set in the location field plus the offset adjustment Intended width of the resource in screen pixels Intended height of the resource in screen pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Pre
188. efers to the top left corner or center of the resource This Screen Location NR Type setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Position 1s positionAtMou Boolean Mouse seContingent Contingent T o i Host Outline Color Color J hostOutlineCol or Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Width Float Intended width in pixels of the resource Height Float Intended height in pixels of the resource Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToIma Boolean Whether the resource should be built into an Image T ge image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during runtime This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images will not be saved to support Data Viewer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 166 Use Software useSoftwareSu Boolean If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color color Color Color in which the
189. el in the middle lists the components used in the experiment This panel has three tabs Experiment Components and Devices The Experiment Tab left panel contains a hierarchical representation of the Experiment all component nodes are listed under the sequence in which they are contained The Components Tab middle panel lists the nodes by type triggers actions or other components Similar to the interface used by Windows Explorer if a certain type of components is used the folder containing those components can be opened or closed The Devices Tab right panel allows the designer to configure default settings for the EyeLink tracker experiment display and other devices see preference settings Structure Simple F START mm BLOCK Object Type sO isplayScreen S58 end Victth O24 eight FOR Background Color _ ll prdRows BO Z ooo o o Grid Columns 6 Structure J 400_ACCUMULATOR O PLAY _ SOUND __ PREPARE_SEQUENCE __ ADD_TO_RESULTS_FILE __ DRIFT_CORRECT DISPLAY _SCREENM Display Screen velink Message 24 E GrdRows 4 Grid Columns orce Full Redraw ze For Host Display D Sts Per Piel Structure FH 9 Devices EVELINK DISPLAY AUDIO TTL CEDRUS Experi ment Components Dewices Properties x Resolution nie oo o y O Hecht BR Bits Per Fixel Refresh Rate oT ransparency Color lip Remain Threshold Figure 5 4 Different Tabs of the Structure Panel The Propert
190. el port s data lines LPT1 is normally assigned base address 0x378 while LPT2 is assigned 0x278 Note this field expects a hexadecimal number so the user should put in 0x378 instead of 378 TTL Base Input Queue Size TTLBaseInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the base register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Status Input Queue Size TTLStatusInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the status register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Control Input Queue Size TTLControlInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of TTL input events at the control register that can be cached in the event queue TTL Base Event Count TTLBaseEventCount Total number of TTL input events at the base register cached in the event queue TTL Status Event Count TTLStatusEventCount Total number of TTL input events at the status register cached in the event queue TTL Control Event Count TTLControlEventCount Total number of TTL input events at the control register cached in the event queue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 282 17 1 5 Cedrus cor Preferences Etat Preferences H Experiment Devices et EY ELINK a DISPLAY Property edrus Input Queue Size Modes Screen Build Deploy Gul Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File
191. elative to the top left corner of the image 3 Ifimages are stretched to different dimensions the user should add two columns in the experiment data source to specify the desired image width and height After the sample image is added to the display the user should refer the width height clip width and clip height of the image to the two columns created in the data source See the PICTURE template for an example The user can also flexibly specify the alignment style of images The read only Screen Location Type attribute of the image resource indicates the current location coordinate type SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 149 1 The easiest way of displaying an image in the center of the screen is to first set the Location Type of Screen preferences to Center Position After the image is added to the display the user can then click on horizontal center alignment and vertical center alignment E buttons on the Screen Editor toolbar Ifthe image is center aligned to a different position enter the desired coordinate value in the Location field of the image 2 Ifthe top left corner of all images is aligned to a specific location x y the user should first set the screen location type preference to TopLeft Position After the image is added to the screen the user can then set the desired value in the Location field of the image Please note that the user should det
192. elliptic movement will be reduced to a movement along an oblique axis if Start Phase Y Start Phase X All other phase value combinations will result into a complex Lissajou figure 8 2 2 Custom Movement Pattern The Experiment Builder also allows the user to create a linear movement at a constant velocity or a set of such linear smooth movements The underlying mechanism of the custom movement pattern 1s to process a list of resource positions which specify the destination movement position and the time in millisecond since the start of the current trial when the resource reaches the position A message can also be sent when the target position 1s reached ResourcePoirt F START DRIFT CORRECT me Recording START DISPLAY SCREEN Interest _ Areas 4 Movement_Patterns ELA CUSTOM PATTERN ositian ELLIFSE RESOURCE TIMER Experiment Components Dewices es Sennen ee me OPCS Ccreen Location Type KOO BU YO Figure 8 12 Adding Resource Positions to a Custom Movement Pattern To make the custom movement patterns really useful the user needs to either add one or more resource positions and define their x y coordinates and time values or to specify a SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 176 movement pattern file Following this the user can select a screen resource on the same DISPLAY SCREEN action and set its Movement Pattern property to the custom movement pattern defined
193. en Build Deploy GU Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File X Position xPosition Default X position of the mouse device Y Position yPosition Default Y position of the mouse device Mouse Down Input Queue size mouseDownInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of mouse press events that can be cached in the mouse press event queue Mouse Up Input Queue Size mouseUpInputQueueSize Sets the maximum number of mouse release events that can be cached in the mouse release event queue Mouse Down Event Count mouseDownEventCount Total number of mouse press events cached in the mouse press event queue Mouse Up Event Count mouseUpEventCount Total number of mouse release events cached in the mouse release event queue 17 1 8 Timer See section 7 10 1 Timer Trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 284 17 1 9 Invisible Boundary See section 7 10 2 Invisible Boundary Trigger 17 1 10 Conditional See section 7 10 3 Conditional Trigger 17 1 11 EyeLink Button See section 7 10 4 EyeLink Button Trigger 17 1 12 Cedrus Input See section 7 10 5 Cedrus Button Trigger 17 1 13 Mouse See section 7 10 7 Mouse Trigger 17 1 14 Fixation See section 7 10 9 Fixation Trigger 17 1 15 Saccade See section 7 10 10 Saccade Trigger 17 1 16 Sample Velocity See section
194. en Source and Target Components ccccccesseseeeeeeeeeees 32 Figure 6 4 Nested Sequences in an Experiment cccseeeeesssseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeseees 37 Figure 6 5 Using a Reference to Update Text to Be Displayed ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 38 Procure Jas CONNECT ORC teeta cereal cc e a aloes eacinaetee ieee 40 Piste 2 Expor ne Nod Sesinia E cee TE 4 Figure 7 3 dinporning NOdC sana ieee lanl eed ee ees 43 Figure 7 4 Choosing Layout of Components in Work Space cccccceeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 44 Figure 7 5 Property Field Editable with Attribute Reference Editor cccceeeeeeee 45 Figure 7 6 Properties of the Experiment Node o 0 3 0 dccdeseccecceeesseseeseedssdevessssiecsseeseesseeesenss 47 Figure 7 7 Using Sequence in an Experiment estaas e e hacen en 5l Figure 7 8 Action Tab of the Component Toolbox ssseeeeeseeeeeseeseeeeeesesssssssssssssssssssssseses 52 Pigure 7 9 Usma Display Sree a R eae eed 56 Figure 7 10 Using Drift Correction Action cccccscsseeseessssseesssesessssssssessesssseeseeees 60 Figure 7 11 Using Camera Setup Action cccccessssessssesseeesssssssesseeesseeeeeeeessesseseeeeegs 63 Figure 7 12 Using Sending Message ACHON aici isicitie ico anti 65 Figure 7 13 Using Sending EyeLink Command Action ccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 Figure 7 14 Using Add to Experiment Log Action cccecceeseeseseseeseeeessssesseees
195. en is displayed so that the experimenter can adjust the camera settings and redo a calibration and validation The Draw Drift Correction Target box should be checked if the built in or custom drift correction target should be displayed when entering the drift correction mode In some e g pursuit or saccade experiments the user may want to have the drift correction target to be the same as the pursuit target or other display items If this is the case the user may uncheck this box and insert a display screen action to pre draw the drift correction target Please take a look at the PURSUIT experiment for an example Alternatively the user may have both Draw Drift Correction Target and Use Custom Target fields checked and supply an image for the custom target property The following figure illustrates the use of drift correction action in a typical trial SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 59 START Drift correct fF START PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT 2 RECORDING PREPARE SEQUENCE Experiment Components DRIFT_CORRECT Label RIFT CORRECT YPE arittlorrection Message Tire art Time lear Input Queues al K Location W Location Saq low Setup mj Drave Drit Correction T Foreground Color Background Color RECORDING se Custom Target arget Outer size arget Inner Size se Custom Background f arget Beep DEF AULT Error Beep DEF AULT ood Bee
196. ended directory already exists 4 Make sure that EyeLink Experiment box is checked for an EyeLink experiment Please note that the user shouldn t manually add or remove files in the experiment directory To maintain file integrity for the experiment projects created any changes made to the experiment directory will be overridden by Experiment Builder eon EyeLink Message x i Please Note Do not manually add or remove Files in the experiment directory The Experiment Builder application will overwrite such changes 14 1 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings After a new experiment session is created the user needs to check whether the default display and screen preference settings are fine for the experiment to be created SaQeaRQtea CT AHS coer elev aaa cay fn Pj Prejemi en Mi To Pitt Fortra deo Frome Cache Ste ise Widen Decoding Thread evn SHOO Ball himen Ares Preference E Buldibeploy E GU SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 225 Figure 14 2 Configuring Preference Settings 1 Select Edit Preferences from the application menu bar or press shortcut key F4 2 Click on Preferences Experiment gt Devices gt Display to check display settings Make sure that the settings Width Height Bits per Pixel and Refresh Rate used in the current example are supported by your video card and monito
197. enseeens 71 Figure 7 15 Using Update Atribite ACH Olid wai Pee ada i eat 72 Figure 7 16 Using Prepare Sequence ACtiOn cccccccccccsssssssssssseeccceeceeeeeeeeessaeeeseeeeseeeees 71 Figure 7 17 Adding Sound Clips to the Library cccccesssseeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 79 Figure 7 18 Choose Audio driver icenen a a a 80 Figure 7 19 Using Play Sound Action ccccceseeeeseeeseeeseeeeseseeeesseeeseeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeegs 84 Figure 7 20 Using Play Sound Control Action cccccceesssssssssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeseeeeees 86 Figure 7 21 Using Record Sound ACUOM sii inaiweisia cic erties erences 88 Figure 7 22 Using Terminate Experiment Action ccccccesseseeseeeeeesesseseseesseseeeeeeens 9 Figure 7 23 Usine Recycle Dataline AChOn wane iennaaitendnne 93 Figure 7 24 Triggers Implemented in Experiment Builder ccc ccceeeesseeseeseeeeeeeeens 95 Pigu 29 Usine Timer Li Sei sera Uay taser cele idetntodeduecedeewatss 98 Figure 7 26 Using Invisible Boundary Trigger cccccccceceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeees 102 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd vil Figute 7 27 Using Conditional Toge serrie aine a E ENR 105 Figure 7 28 Using EyeLink B tton Trig cer snoreniidennin i n ade 108 Figure 7 29 Using EyeLink Button Trigger csssssseeeseeeeeeececccceceseneessseeees 111 Picure 730 Usine Key boa
198. er TIMER INVISIBLE BOUNDARY CONDITIONAL 2 EL_BUTTON CEDRUS_INPUT MOUSE FIKATION SACCADE KOS AMPLE VELOCITY Action Other Screen Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Preference BuildDeploy cul Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default a i START THa BLOCK elocity Threshold Acceleration Thres se Acceleration Connections A x Connected Fror Connects To Simple Figure 17 1 Accessing the Experiment Builder Preference Settings 17 1 Experiment This section lists preference settings that are related to the Experiment Builder devices and nodes actions triggers etc SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 271 LI ij x Eb Lex periment veLink Experiment I gl Devices lAnpend Session Mame Nodes Enable Custom Class LH Screen tH Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy He GL Restore Factory Default Save Properties az Default EyeLink Experiment If checked the experiment projects can be run together with an EyeLink tracker All eye movement related triggers saccade fixation velocity and boundary triggers and actions sending EyeLink message sending EyeLink command camera setup and drift correction actions wi
199. er object Enter 1000 in the duration field 4 Add another display screen action This will be the screen showing the Stroop word see Section 15 8 2 5 Adda Keyboard Trigger Select the trigger and edit the label as KEYBOARD INPUT Double click on the left part of the value field for the Keys attribute This will bring up a keyboard for choosing the possible response keys Press the CTRL key while selecting multiple desired keys In this experiment choose the following keys b for blue color r for red color and g for green color Click on the Close button I at the top right corner of the dialog to finish Properties E H x Property value Label KEYBOARD INPUT Type Keyboard Node Path BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL_E 2 Hold down the CTRL key and select input keys imie Last Checked Time Confidence Interval Clear Input ueue NO Keys 1 Sl eat ee kisesa Data wl 1 Click here Figure 15 15 Setting Response Keys 6 Add another Timer trigger Rename it as TIME OUT and set the duration as 8000 msec 7 Add another DISPLAY SCREEN action Click on the action and modify its label as DISPLAY BLANK This will be the blank screen to clear the Stroop word 8 Make a connection from the START node to FIXATION SCREEN from FIXATION SCREEN to TIMER from TIMER to DISPLAY SCREEN from DISPLAY SCREEN to K
200. er may also test the experiment by clicking on Experiment gt Run from the application menubar This will try to connect to the tracker PC and execute the experiment code Please note that this should only be used for the purpose of testing and debugging experiment code To collect experiment data the user should use the deployed version of the experiment see next section as it does not have to rely on the Experiment Builder application and can be run on a different computer 14 3Deploying the Experiment After the experiment is built the user must deploy the experiment to a new directory see Section 4 11 This will generate a set of files so that the experiment can be run on a different computer without replying on the Experiment Builder application Ifa data source is used this will create a datasets subdirectory with a copy of data set file in it The user may create several copies of data set files with the randomizer application see Section 9 5 2 14 4Running the Experiment To run the experiment open the directory where the experiment 1s deployed to and click on simple exe If the EyeLink host application is already running on the host PC and the Ethernet connection and settings between the host and display PCs are ok the experiment should now start This will first popup a dialog box asking for the data source file Go to the datasets directory and select the target data source file Following this
201. erefore 1s ideal for experiments that require high audio playing precision e g audio visual synchronization or with audio stimulus onset asynchrony manipulation If the user chooses to use the ASIO driver please make sure that a Creative Audigy sound card that supports the ASIO 2 0 specification 1s installed on the Development PC and the Deployment PC as well if it is used In the device setting for ASIO driver Figure 7 18 Panel A ASIO Audio driver indicates the name of the ASIO driver Output Interval returns the interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps which determines how often new sounds can be output Minimum Output Latency indicates the minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 79 FH Y Devices FH 9 Devices EYEUNK EYELINK DISPLAY DISPLAY AUDIG AUDIO TTL TTL CEDRUS CEDRUS Experiment Components Dewices Experiment Components Dewjicez ASIO z Sudio Driver Directx output Interval ASID Audio Driver Winimnur Output Laten A B Figure 7 18 Choose Audio driver The following table lists the properties of a PLAY_SOUND action Reference Label Label of the PLAY_SOUND Action The default value is PLAY SOUND Type o ee The type of Experiment Builder objects PlaySound the current node belongs to experiment graph
202. erest area set files Select the Sound tab and click Add button to load in the target sound files Please note that the playing of an audio clip is asynchronous 1 e the action returns before the sound finishes playing As a result if a sound clip is played at the end of a sequence e g used as a feedback to the participant the user needs to attach a timer following the play sound action to ensure that the whole sound clip will be played SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 78 eon SR Research Experiment Builder 1 2 1 RC Playsound File Edit view Experiment Help oe wie maansa B opty ctrl c Experiment Faste Ctrl Ej Paste Multinle celm ig Delete helere LE Et PL____ 1___ __ __ eee i eon Library Manager x ET seas inns SS inetsion Sat vee annee ley Node Groups Ctra S Select al wha Add Delete Rename Experiment Components Devices Properties A x Property Properties Previews Type of Tile WAVE PEM SIGN e S ZE 3530 bytes Duration 00 00 00 Playsound periment pe i Channels 1 imong Audio Sample Rate 22 kHz Figure 7 17 Adding Sound Clips to the Library The user can play the sound clips with DirectX driver or with ASIO audio driver chosen from the Devices gt Audio settings see Figure 7 18 The ASIO driver supports predictable and low latency audio playback and recording and th
203. eriment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 108 7 10 5 Cedrus Button Trigger The Cedrus button trigger ah fires when one of the pre specified buttons on a Cedrus RB Series response pad 1s pressed or released please note that only RB 730 Model http www cedrus com responsepads rb730 htm has been tested so far To use the Cedrus button box please follow the installation instruction provided by Cedrus http www cedrus com support rb_ series to install the USB driver to the display PC In addition the user should also check the setting of the DIP switches which are located on the back of the response pads to the left of where the USB cable plugs into the pad Experiment Builder requires all the switches be in the down On position The Cedrus input trigger can also be used to detect Cedrus SV 1 Voice Key responses The onset of a Voice Key trigger is represented as a button 1 down event the offset of the voice key event is represented as a button 1 up event Please follow https www sr support com forums showthread php t 56 for setup and example Please note that only ONE Cedrus device can be connected to the experiment PC at a time IMPORTANT This trigger does not function in real time sequences on some operating systems Reference i Label of the Cedrus button trigger The default value is CEDRUS INPUT me lc CedrusInput the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message String Message
204. ermine the screen type before working on any resources as changing the Location Type preference setting in the middle of the experiment generation may cause some undesired behaviors 8 1 1 2 Gaze Contingent Window Manipulations To create a screen with gaze contingent window manipulation the user needs to add two full screen images to the display screen one as the foreground the part of the image to be displayed in the window and the other one as background the part of the image to be displayed out side of the window For the foreground image the user should also make sure that the Position is Gaze Contingent and Clipping Area is Gaze Contingent boxes are checked Please note that these two attributes will only be valid when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence otherwise they will be grayed out The user should also set the Clipping Width and Clipping Height properties in pixels of the foreground image to specify the size of the central window See the GCWindow template for an example It is easier to create a gaze contingent display with Center Position screen location type After adding each image to the screen click the horizontal center alignment and vertical center alignment buttons to put the image in the center of the screen see left panel of Figure 8 4 However if the user wants to create such a display in a top left screen coordinate she he should also set the
205. erver computer remove all other HASP dongles and drivers are already installed e Now click Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt License Manager to check for the licensing status for each of the client computers in the network Note If you are using Experiment Builder for developing EyeLink experiments test running experiments must be done using a secondary network card unless the EyeLink host computer also stays on the same network as the other computers 3 3 Licensing The user can run the Experiment Builder application in a demo mode immediately All of the functionality of the licensed copy of Experiment Builder is available in the demo mode However an UNLICENSED DEMO VERSION text will be drawn on every display screen in an experiment that is created with the demo version of the software To run Experiment Builder in a fully licensed mode the user needs to purchase a license code for the software and have a USB dongle connected to the Development PC on which the Experiment Builder software is installed The physical USB dongle is the same one we use to license the EyeLink Data Viewer After purchasing the software license the user will then need to contact us eb sr research com with the ID of the USB Dongle 3 3 1 HASP Driver Installation If this is the first time that the USB dongle have been used on the display PC you will need to install HASP key driver Click Start from the desktop go to Programs gt SR
206. esh rate been used Has a proper video card monitor driver been installed FAQ The stimuli screen was really flickering during the experiment FAQ Could not initialize display 10 Is the trial recording sequence running under real time mode You should have the Is Real Time box of that sequence checked if it does not contain a keyboard mouse or Cedrus input trigger Discussion Forum Post Real time mode EL Button box FAQ Warning 2003 The IO node KEYBOARD is used in realtime Sequence 11 Does the background color property of the calibration and drift correction screens match that of the display screens used in the experiment Try to match the background color of the screen during calibration and validation to that of the test displays because changes in pupil size caused by large brightness differences can degrade the system accuracy 12 Are you running the deployed version of the experiment FAQ Results file had disappeared when we cleaned the experiment project FAQ File disappears from the folder where it was stored when we got ready to run it 13 Do you randomize the datasource file for each subject Typically the datasource is attached to a TRIAL sequence not to a recording sequence FAQ How to modify the data source file to create different trial ordering FAQ What do I do with the randomized data source files 14 Have you taken measures to maximize real time performance of the display
207. essssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaas 174 8 2 2 Custo Movement Patet i essnin ocatiew tua iokteasctnnenwtaclod ted seat ben at laiiokss 176 8 3 TTC ROSE FA CAS oso Sattcn A E EE EE sae caiesetdea EE neat 180 8 3 1 Manually Creating an Interest Area ccccccccccccsesssssssesseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 8 3 1 1 Rectangular Elliptic Interest Area ccccccssssssssessssssseeeeseeeeeees 181 Solha Freeform INEres AVC Teete E T E 182 8 3 2 AULOMAIC SeSINen all oss a a a 182 8 3 3 Usine Interest Arca FC snene a ea S 184 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 111 8 4 RESOU OO CAIN orir E es mei OE E ETO 184 8 4 1 Resource Ldt eien a a A a 184 8 4 2 Resource AT OMIMEIIS rene a nr ETO 185 8 4 3 Resource LOCK narin i a cc ple dene a seonarsadeatica ries hieneoes 186 8 4 4 Resource OUDE ee Gatanssastsiciseiaeae 186 8 4 5 ERO U1 OIE E err ttn nee ee rvs et eee tier ee 187 8 4 6 COMPOSE RCSOULCE arse tstieentos tue ETTET ea ames 188 8 4 7 Od GT cl aeeenre tee germ ne ee ree eee nee nore ene ne meme nee tener ee eet 189 gt RAS OCC aac as accor ae E A deceit ese aac stentaen Miedecenieneoes 19 9 1 Creatine Dala SOUTE eeen R 192 9 2 Editing Data SOULCE aiaeeiiee a aa a a 192 9 3 Importing Existing Files as Data Source 0 0 ccccccccccsstsseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 194 94 Pan onr e Sp O enra a N 195 9 5 Datas ource Randomization viyies cao seatatermad n O EN 195 9 5 1 Internal Randomization cccccccssssssssssesseecceceeeeeeee
208. g frames ahead of time dropping frames becomes less likely The maximum number of frames that are cached for each video resource can be changed go the Display Device to set the desired value of the Video Frame Cache Size This should be a value between 5 and 60 Unless there 1s a specific reason to change the default frame cache size we suggest that you do not change the frame cache value A large frame cache size results in a larger amount of system memory use This can cause a longer initial preparation time for the video resources increasing the PrepareSequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 157 actions duration A larger frame cache size and increased system memory usage can also cause the overall system performance to degrade 1f there is not enough physical RAM to hold the frame caches 8 1 2 6 Video Codec Experiment Builder supports playing video files that are compatible with VFW video for windows and XVID encoded files In each experiment the user can load either VFM or XVID video files into the library manager but not both It is important to note that the video quality and playback performance will vary depending on the codec used to compress the video files Our internal tests have shown that X VID video files perform much better than VFW avi files as the X VID loader runs faster than the VFW loaders To play XVID encoded files the user should convert the original video files with
209. get is to be displayed should be supplied Usually this is at the center of the display but could be anywhere that gaze should be located at the start of trial recording For example it could be located over the first word in a page of text Reference Label of the Drift correction action The default value is DRIFT CORRECT Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the Drift correction action is done action is done was entered Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action X Location xLocation Integer X coordinate of the drift correction target in nn i screen pixels Typically this is center of the screen screen pixels Allow Setup T allowSetup Boolea If this is checked the EyeLink IT Camera n Setup screen the Setup menu in EyeLink I can be called up to allow ca
210. ght end of the value field allowing for the use of numbers and strings in the message text This action is not available in non EyeLink experiments When using the SEND EL MESSAGE action the user should avoid end of line characters n in the message text and avoid making reference to strings with quotes Message text should be no more than 128 characters in length the tracker will SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 63 truncate text messages longer than 128 characters Also be careful not to send messages too quickly the eye tracker can handle about 2 messages a millisecond Above this rate some messages may be lost and not written to the EDF file Reference Label Label of the SEND EL MSG action The default value is SEND EL MSG Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects SendEyeLinkMessage the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Display PC Time when the message is sent Display PC Time when this action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If fals
211. graph Select the newly added custom class instance node Click on the value field of the Custom Class property Select the custom class from a dropdown list Once the class 1s loaded attributes and methods are listed in alphabetical order in the property table The Attribute section lists all of the class attributes that has a corresponding getX method e Those attributes having a getX method only but without a corresponding setX method will be read only and is not directly modifiable see attributes property2 and property3 in 3 1 example e Those attributes that have both a getX method and a setX method without a default value for the parameter are both readable and writeable These attributes should be able to be set to a reference see attributes property1 property5 property6 property7 and property8 in 12 3 1 example e Those attributes that have both a getX method and a setX method with a default value are readable and writeable However these attributes cannot be set to a reference see attributes property4 in 12 3 1 example Those attributes having a setX method but not a getX method will not be displayed in the attribute section The setX method will be displayed as a regular methods The Methods section lists all methods available for the class see myMethod of the 12 3 1 example except forthe init getX and setX methods mentioned above SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 218 Propert
212. h Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the timer trigger fires Display PC Time when the trigger fires Last Check lastCheckedTim_ Float Experiment Builder checks for the status of the Time timer trigger about every 1 msec This property can be used to retrieve the display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence aan Time difference between the trigger time and Interval last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty Duration duration Integer The maximum duration 4000 msec by default of delay set in the trigger Duration Type durationType Unit of timer duration either msecs or frames Start Time startTime Integer Display T time when the trigger starts The default value is 0 the timer starts from the previous action or trigger to which the timer is linked and resets if that action or trigger re enters Ifa different start time should be used for the trigger the user should use the attribute reference functionality to set the start time Elapsed Time elapsedTime Integer Amount of elapsed time in milliseconds since the timer starts By default the start time of the timer trigger is set to 0 which means that the timer starts from the end time of the previous actio
213. h Ltd 22 eof EyeLink Experiment Builder File Edit view Experiment Help og Overview Properties ky w Show Properties Panel Connections P w Attributes ae Figure 5 2 The View Menu we Ver viel s Structure w Mote The Overview panel on the top shows the graph layout of all components in the current level of experiment and highlights the currently selected components The part of the graph within a gray background is currently visible in the workspace of the Graph Editor Window The designer can choose to work on a different part of the graph by placing the mouse cursor on top of the gray area holding down the left mouse button and move the gray background to cover the intended region Project Explorer Window C i x Make the Panel Free Floating Overview Panel Make the Window Docked Structure i Structure Panel fay KEYBOARD EL_CAMERA_SETUP Pe rm Experiment Co mponents Devices PREPARE_SEQUENCE C DRIFT_CORRECT Propenies Propet Yawe X__BSPLAY SCREEN a SCREEN Object Type y isplayScreer E Properties A N EyeLink Message insttugtion N Panel mme TOU cn eres Connections al x Connected From iz Components Tab Connections Panel Same Experiment Tab TIMER EL_BUTTON KEYBOARD SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 23 Devices Tab Figure 5 3 Components of the Project Explorer Window The Structure pan
214. haracters Have you chosen the appropriate font style and size for the text or multi line text resource You may need to use special fonts to display non ASCII characters Have you enabled the Use Runtime Word Segment Interest Area setting of the text or multi line text resource If the above word based interest areas are not satisfactory or you plan to use an image resources to show the text you may instead assign a text file to the Interest Area Set Name field of the DISPLAY SCREEN action that contains the screen resource Leave the rest interest area related work to EyeLink Data ViewerO FAQ How can I create individual interest areas for every single image in the EB If this is an experiment with eye based triggers 1 2 3 Have you checked out the location type used in the screen editor Please note that screen resources can be either top left based or center based whereas the location type of all trigger types e g invisible boundary trigger mouse trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample velocity trigger is top left based If you are running a saccade experiment which saccade trigger type saccade trigger vs sample velocity trigger should be used If you are using an invisible boundary trigger or sample velocity trigger 1s heuristic filter set to a desired setting If this is an experiment involving audio playback or recording 1 2 Do you plan to use ASIO or DirectX driver FAQ
215. hat simply displays a single screen of text and waits for a manual response can run on a computer with much lower specifications than an experiment where video presentation 1s occurring during the trial It is always suggested to get the best computer you can for running your experiments even if you do not immediately plan on using all the features of the computer however due to monetary considerations this is not always possible The following computer specifications are guidelines only SR Research can be contacted for input on what computer specifications would best match your actual experiment designs IMPORTANT Regardless of the computer used and the experimental design it is always critical to spend time evaluating the timing of the experiment designed to ensure that it is operating as expected 3 1 1 Computer Configuration The minimum configuration should be fine for use in simple reading and scene perception type experiments e Pentium 4 1 4 GHz or higher Windows 2000 32 bit version or Windows XP 32 bit version Note Windows Vista and 64 bit versions of Windows 2000 XP are not supported DirectX 9 0 or later 256 Mb of memory Hard drive with enough free space to hold experiment and data collected 64 MB Video Card Monitor Sound Card Keyboard and Mouse USB port for Experiment Builder key If using EyeLink Ethernet connection to the EyeLink tracker The recommended PC configuration should handle any experiment
216. he VARIABLE node set its label as TRIAL INDEX and set the initial value as 0 This variable is used to keep track of the current trial index Please note that the data type 1s automatically changed to Integer 2 Add another variable in the graph Set its label as KEYPRESS and initial value as This variable is used to keep a record of key press for the trial 3 Add a third variable Set the label as RESPONSE and initial value as This variable is used to check whether the response recorded 1s correct or not 4 Add ina fourth variable Set its label as RT and its initial value as 0 0 This variable is used to store reaction time for the trial 5 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space Click on the action Step Al of the figure below and set the initial values of the following four variables TRIAL INDEX RT RESPONSE and KEYPRESS a Click on the far right end of the value field of the Attribute Value List property Step A2 of the figure below This will bring up an Attribute Value List dialog box b Click on the right end of the first cell under the Attribute column Step A3 of the figure below This will bring up an attribute editor dialog In the left Node Selection treeview click on the TRIAL INDEX node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007
217. he delay therefore will be 3 ms for a 500 Hz recording and 6 ms for a 250 Hz recording When the filter is set to standard to report data of sample N the tracker waits for one extra sample N 1 When the data of sample N 1 arrives the tracker sends processed data based on samples N 1 N and N 1 as the true value of sample N As a result there will be extra 2 or 4 msec delay in reporting the data of sample N Similarly when the filter level is set to Extra the tracker waits for two extra SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 103 samples N 1 N 2 before reporting the data of sample N When the data of sample N 2 arrives the tracker sends the processed data samples N 2 N 1 N N 1 and N 2 as the true value of sample N The delay in this case will be 4 or 8 milliseconds extra as we have waited for two more samples If the user wants to make the invisible boundary trigger and sample velocity trigger fire as quickly as possible the Link Filter Level may be set as OFF Since the invisible boundary trigger keeps monitoring the online recording data this trigger type must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked If you see a This node type cannot be added to this sequence build time warning message please check whether the sequence to which the trigger belongs is a recording sequence 7 10 3 Conditional Trigger Condition
218. he value for a particular cell double click on the cell type in the new value DO NOT include quotes for text strings and press the ENTER key to register the change SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 192 100 200 Figure 9 3 Data Types Used in Experiment Builder Currently the Experiment Builder supports six data types number string point color list and Boolean For the number data type the user can enter one integer 1 2 3 or float number 0 1 2 0 3 14159 in each cell The user can enter any text in a cell of string type If the text contains or is flanked by a pair of quotes the quotes are shown as well For the point type the user needs to enter two numbers separated by a comma a pair of brackets will be added automatically For the color type the user needs to enter three integer numbers between 0 and 255 separated by a comma For the list type the user needs to enter a list of numbers string colors points or lists each separated by a comma A pair of square brackets will be added automatically To create a data column of Boolean the user needs to enter true or false in the data cell The above figure illustrates the use of these data types To delete one column of data line click on the column heading of the intended column click the right mouse button and select Cut or Delete from the popup menu To copy one column of data press
219. heck the Within button Since the fixation trigger keeps monitoring the online eye data it must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked 7 10 10 Saccade Trigger i The saccade trigger eee available only in an EyeLink experiment fires following the detection of a saccade to a specific region of the display This trigger waits for a STARTSACC online parser signal from the tracker following the start of a saccade Typically this data 1s available about 20 milliseconds after the actual start of the saccade If the timing of saccade detection 1s critical the user may use the sample velocity trigger instead Since the saccade trigger keeps monitoring the online eye data this trigger type must be placed within a recording sequence 1 e the Record property of the sequence is checked If you see a This node type cannot be added to this sequence warning message check whether the sequence to which the current trigger belongs is a recording sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 124 Reference re ee Label Type Label of the saccade trigger The default value is SACCADE The type of Experiment Builder objects Saccade the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message message String Message to be written to EDF file when the
220. ibute editor dialog box Figure 7 15 Using Update Attribute Action 7 9 9 Adding to Accumulator The ADD_ACCUMULATOR action 2 is used to add data to an accumulator object see Section 7 11 3 Accumulator for example so that statistical analysis can be done on the stored data Reference coa Label of the ADD ACCUMULATOR action The default value is ADD ACCUMULATOR Type a The type of Experiment Builder objects AddAccumulator the current node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 72 po belongsto S Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message Message Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Display PC Time when the action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Tr
221. ibute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting 1s slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color color Color Color in which the outline of the resource is drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 n filled The default setting is True Color in which the interior of the resource is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels 8 1 7 Ellipse Resource Similar to the preceding rectangle resource clicking on the Draw Ellipse Resource tool button creates a filled or framed ellipse bound by a rectangle defined by the Location Width and Height properties of the resource Follow the same steps as in the previous section to create an ellipse resource and to modify its appearance Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label of the resource The default value is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 168 Po ELLIPSE RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource EllipseResource the current item belongs to n default setting is True n Po
222. idth width The width of the display screen in pixels Height height The height of the display screen in pixels Bits Per Pixel bitsPerPixel The number of bits used to represent the luminance and chroma information contained in each pixel Refresh Rate refreshRate Sets the refresh rate Hz of the monitor Transparency Color transparencyColor The setting of transparency color for the display When you move or copy a selection from an item any pixels in the selection that match the current background color are by default transparent SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 279 Startup Background Color startupBackgroundColor The background color used when experiment starts up Minimum msec To Next Retrace flipRemainThreshold The minimum amount of time in milliseconds remaining in a retrace before the next flip can be scheduled In runtime if the remaining time in a retrace to perform a flip is less than the specified amount of time the flip will be scheduled to the retrace after to ensure that the flip is done properly Video Frame Cache Size cacheFrameThreshold Video frame buffer size Min should be 5 max should be 60 Use Video Decoding Thread useVideoDecodingThread Video decoding thread drives the video decoder Decoding thread continually fills this buffer while video playing thread consumes them Current Time currentTime Reads the millisecond clock runn
223. ies ad abel CUSTOM_CLASS_INST hype Customllassinstance Mode Path CUSTOM CLASS _ INST ustom Class jlestClass Custom property property 1 abo EBColor 200 hello bryehtethio Figure 12 2 Attributes and Properties of a Custom Class Instance 12 5Using Custom Class The interaction between the custom class and the Experiment Builder graph is done through attribute reference and the Execute Sequence and Update Attribute actions With these options the user can set values for the class attributes and pass parameters to the class methods Conversely the user can also retrieve the current value of a class attribute and access the return value of a class method The bi directional direct exchange of data between the custom class attributes and experiment builder GUI is supported by the getX and setX methods For class attributes with a corresponding setX method without a default value as the function parameter the user can set a value an equation or a reference for the class attribute directly in the custom class instance Of course the user can also use an Update Attribute action to set a value reference for a class attribute Similarly if a class attribute has a corresponding getX method its current value can be retrieved and used directly much like any other EB components e g a variable SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 219 Properties Alx
224. ies panel at the bottom displays attributes associated with the selected item in the Structure panel The designer can review the current settings for the attributes and make modifications if necessary Please note that if a property field is grayed out the value of the property cannot be directly modified but may be referred e g Time of the DISPLAY SCREEN action whereas all of the other properties may be modified directly SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 24 see section 7 5 Editing Properties of a Node The Note section of a properties panel allows the user to add comments to the node The Connections panel lists all of the nodes that are connected to the current node The Connected From section lists all of the nodes that target the current node and the Connects To section lists all of the nodes that receive a connection from the current node 5 2 Graph Editor Window The Graph Editor Window provides the interface where the experiment can be created graphically This window can be divided into four sections the Component Toolbox Work Space Editor Selection Tabs and Navigation Nodes The Component Toolbox contains the basic building blocks of the experiment graph and allows the designer to select a desired component to be added into the experiment The experiment components are grouped under three categories trigger including timer invisible boundary conditional EyeLink button
225. ieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea EyeLink button trigger maintains an event Queue n queueso that multiple button events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the button event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the button event queue LIST all button events from event queue will be removed Triggered Data triggeredData Data of the triggered button event see the following table Buttons buttons List of List of buttons that may be pressed released to integer S fire the trigger Default value is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Note To check which button is actually pressed or released use triggeredData button 1 e the button sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Press Events f pressEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 107 Release Even
226. iggers following the action a Nn gt The accumulator the current action is referring Add Value addValue ail This specifies the value 0 0 by default to be added to the accumulator 7 9 10 Adding to Result File The ADD_RESULT action B is used to send data to a result file so that the user will get a columnar output for some variables The user should first add a RESULT FILE object see Section 7 11 2 Result File for example into the experiment graph and add columns of the data source file and or newly created variables to the result file Reference Label of the ADD TO RESULT FILE action The default value is ADD TO RESULTS FILE Type hall The type of Experiment Builder objects AddToResultsFile the current node belongs to experiment graph Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues f S when the action is started This includes all ka Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 73 saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Results File NR The Result file the current a
227. ight n Acceleration averageAccelerat Average ion Acceleration Angle angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires Target Distance targetDistance Integer Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or 1f running a non Remote eye tracker Target X targetX X Y position of the target in camera SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 278 coordinate This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target Flags targetFlags Integer Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if target tracking is ok otherwise error code This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if running a non Remote eye tracker Note Returns MISSING DATA 32768 for the untracked eye 17 1 2 Display eo Preferences i X EH Preferences Property Value H Experiment cith 024 EHN Devices eight Be me CELINE 7 SCISPLA Bits Per Pixel oe AUDIO A hOLISE Refresh Rate 0 KEYBOARD Th TTL rangparency Color Nodes Screen Build Deploy GU Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Detautt Import From File Save Into File W
228. ilder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 44 e Ifa properties field e g Time and Start Time of various actions is grayed out then the value of the property 1s read only and can only be referred by other components and cannot be directly modified e Ifthe value field of a property contains a check box e g Record property of a sequence that property can be either enabled or disabled by clicking on the check box e Ifa dropdown list appears after doubling clicking on the property value field e g Duration Type property of the Timer trigger make the selection from the list e For some properties e g Label of an action the value can be modified by double clicking on the value field entering the desired value and then pressing the ENTER key to register the change e Ifa button box appears at the right side of the attribute cell after selecting the field see Figure 7 5 the property field may be edited with Attribute Reference Editor see Chapter 10 in addition to the above mentioned editing operations abel IMER Ype Timer fode Path BLOCK TIMER ttle Hai Editable with Attribute ime Reference Editor ast Checked Time Confidence Interval Duration Duration Type k art Time Elapsed Time Figure 7 5 Property Field Editable with Attribute Reference Editor In the following sections of this chapter a set of symbols are used to indicate the properties of
229. ilder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 48 Iteration Count iteractionCount Integer Total number of times 1 by default the sequence should be executed Split by List of Specifies the number of iterations to be integer executed each time the sequence is gt encountered Ifthe list is not empty each number in the list should be no less than 1 but also not more than the iteration count of the sequence Data Source Double clicking on this field will bring up a data Source editor see Chapter 9 Data Source for details The Columns X Rows X reports the current size data source Freeze Display freezeDisplayUn Boolea If checked the display will not be updated until Until First tilFirstDisplayScr n the call of the first Display Screen action within Display Screen f een the sequence to avoid some undesired display change The field should be checked in most experiments Prompt for promptForDatas Boolea If checked a dialog box will show up at the Dataset File t etFile n beginning of the experiment allowing user to choose the intended dataset file If unchecked it i will load in the default dataset file For an experiment project with custom class enabled a method defined in the custom class can be run for every poll of the sequence Similar to the EXECUTE action a list of parameters will displayed if a method is selected from a custom class instance Please note that running this callback f
230. iment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 33 poof debugging o O Prepare Sequence Performs preparatory works for a sequence e g preloading image or audio files drawing feedback graphics on the host PC and re initializing trigger settings to ensure real time performance and better recording feedback Add to Adds a number to an Accumulator object Accumulator te Add to Result File Used to output data to a tab delimited data to a Result File T 7 x y Update Attribute Updates the value of a Variable or an attribute of an experiment component ia Send TTL Signal Sends a TTL signal via the parallel port or other data ports data lee Experiment data source line again at a later time gt Pay Sond Plays a WAV awdio fle ooo Ry Pay Sound Control Stop pause or unpause a specified playsound action sound card Stop pause unpause or abort the current ASIO sound being Control recorded class Null Action A dummy action used primarily for the purpose of controlling experiment flow and clearing cached trigger data 6 4 Triggers A Trigger is some condition that must be met for the sequence to continue past that point Triggers are used by the Experiment Builder to control the transition from one Action to another or to end a sequence itself For example in a simple reaction time experiment following the onset of the stimulus display a speeded response from the keyboard or
231. in the experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the RESET NODE action is done Display PC Time when this action is done Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue If true all events from input queues are flushed SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 77 Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Reset Node 4 NR Ys The node whose data will be reset 7 9 13 Playing Sound SR Research Experiment Builder supports loading of WAYV audio files and playing the clips with the PLAY_SOUND action Dh Before using the PLAY_SOUND action make sure that target sound files are loaded into the experiment library manager This can be done by clicking Edit Library Manager from the application menu bar see Figure 7 17 A dialog box will show up to let the user load in image sound resources or int
232. ine whether a correct response has been made by checking whether the key pressed is the desired keyboard response Select the conditional trigger set a attribute to parent parent KEYPRESS value b comparator to EQUALS c value to parent parent TRIAL DataSource EXPECTED The conditional trigger yields true result when the key pressed is the same as the expected key response set in the Data source The user needs to set value for the RESPONSE variable and provide audio feedback for each branch of the conditional trigger separately 6 Before working on each branch of the conditional trigger the user should load feedback audio clips into the resource library Click Edit gt Library Manager from the Experiment Builder menu bar In the library manager dialog box see Figure 15 21 ef Library Manager x correct waw incorrect way a Click on the Sound tab Delete Rename M b Click Add to load in audlio files Preview WAVE PCM SIGNED 4 830 bytes Duration 00 00 00 Channels 1 mona Audio Sample Rate 22 kHz Figure 15 21 Loading Feedback Audio Clips a Select the Sound Tab b Click on the Add button and load in the desired audio clips correct wav and incorrect wav c Click on the close button at the top right corner of the dialog box SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 263 7 Add an UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action
233. ing SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 36 Figure 6 4 Nested Sequences in an Experiment 6 7 References and Equations The Experiment Builder uses references to link or bind an attribute of one experiment component to be equal to the value of another component attribute References see Chapter 10 are a critical part of the Experiment Builder providing much of the flexibility to the application As an example assume a sequence has two components X and Y and component X has attribute Ax and component Y has attribute Ay If attribute Ax was set to reference Ay then the value of Ax would always be equal to the value of Ay In this example it is said that Ax is the referencing attribute and Ay is the referenced attribute Even if Ay changes value during the experiment Ax will always reflect the current value of Ay A reference is represented by a string that starts and ends with a symbol in the attribute editor for an experiment component For example X Ax is a reference to the Ax attribute of component X Y Ay is a reference to the Ay attribute of component Y If the reference is to a component attribute that is not in the same sequence as the referencing component the reference will also contain the graph path to the referenced component The user can refer a variable or an attribute of a node to the attribute of another node trigger action or sequence a variable or data source The
234. ing Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt HASP HL Driver from your computer desktop or double clicking on HaspUserSetup exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder 3 Install network HASP License Manager You may install the tool by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Networked HASP License Manager from your computer desktop or double clicking on Imsetup exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder Failing to install this will report a NO HASP Key Found error in the SR License Manager dialog box e When installing the license manager set the Installation Type to Service nhsrvice exe e On the HASP License Manager dialog box check either Yes or No to continue 4 If this is the server computer you may install optional Aladin Monitor software by clicking Start gt All Programs gt SR Research gt Aladdin Monitor from your SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 10 computer desktop or double clicking on Aksmon32 exe in C Program Files SR Research Common folder 5 Test license status e Please make sure that the server and client computers are running and visible to each other in the same network group check this out from My Network Places gt View Network computers Contact your system administrator if the computers cannot see each other in the same network group e Please make sure that the network license dongle is plugged to s
235. ing on the display computer the clock starts with 0 when the EyeLink library is initialized Software To Hardware Blit time softwareToHardwareBlitTime Time required to perform a software based copying of resource from system memory to the display surface Hardware To Hardware Blit time hardwareToHardwareBlitTime Time required to blit resource from the video card memory to the display surface Video Memory Size hardwareMemorySize The total amount of memory found in a video card Video Memory Available hardwareMemoryAvailable The amount of memory in a video card available for graphics operation e g stores images as before they are sent to the display monitor Retrace Interval retraceInterval The duration of one refresh cycle of the monitor calculated as 1000 refresh rate SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 280 17 1 3 Audio Preferences x Elf Preferences Property value Experiment Audio Driver ASIO SE Devies oicekey QUEUE Size s0 aes EY ELINK oicekey Threshold 0 1 a DISPLAY H Nodes Screen Build Deploy GUI Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File save Into File Audio Driver driver The user has two audio drivers to choose from DirectX or ASIO If using the ASIO the user must have ASIO driver and an ASIO compatible sound card installed Output Interval outputI
236. ing region will be shown Clipping Height clippingHeight Float Intended height in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Clipping Area is clippingAreaAtG Boolea Whether the clipping region should be Gaze Contingent azeContingent contingent on the mouse or gaze position The default setting is False Play Count playCount Integer Total number of times the video clip will be frameList List played when the display screen is shown If 0 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 153 the clip will be played continuously looping XVID video clips The intended frames of the video clip to be played If set to 1 1 e from the first frame 1 to the last frame 1 the whole clip will be played Since XVID does not worse than when playing the video in the standard first to last frame order Changes from version 1 1 The End Frame property have been removed and replaced with the Frame List property The name of the video resource file Note that the video resource must be first loaded into the resource library Frame Rate frameRate Integer Intended number of frames default is 30 0 to be displayed each second typically set to 30 frames per second for NTSC or 25 frames per second for PAL formatted video The actual frame rate of the original video clip is displayed String Source File sourceFileName Name J support frame seeking the first value must be
237. intended position for the first vertex in the Screen Builder workspace and click the left mouse button Next click on the position for the second vertex and do the same for the rest To end drawing simply press the Enter key so that the last vertex can be connected back to the first one To create a curved polygon the user can simply drag the mouse cursor along the intended shape until the shape 1s closed To move a freeform resource on the screen as described in the previous sections the user should simply select the resource and drag it to a desired location To adjust the position of individual vertices select the resource and place the mouse cursor on top of the intended vertex until the shape of the mouse cursor changes to one of the resizing cursors e g A Then hold down the left mouse button and drag the vertex until it 1s placed at the desired location The appearance frame color interior color of the freeform resource can also be adjusted If the Filled attribute is set to true the interior of the freeform resource will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the resource will be drawn while the filling color will be ignored Reference String Label of the resource The default label is FREEFORM RESOURCE Type R The type of screen resource FreehandResource the current item belongs to Boolea Whether the resource should be visible It is n True by default n Position i
238. ion and data collection with Experiment Builder software This section can be used as a Getting Started guide You should also read the following sections of the document very carefully as they discuss the basic concepts of Experiment Builder software Chapter 2 Experiment Builder Life Cycle Chapter 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder Chapter 9 Data Source and Chapter 10 References Following this you can then take a look at other examples we provided see the html version of this document for detailed explanations on the examples and start reading other sections Chapter 16 Experiment Builder Project Checklist may be used to make sure that common problems can be avoided when creating your experiments SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 3 2 Experiment Builder Experiment Life Cycle To create an experiment with the Experiment Builder the user needs to go through the following steps Experiment Design Building and Test running Experiment Deploying Experiment Participant Data Set Randomization Data Collection Data Analysis 2 1 Experiment Design While the Experiment Builder simplifies many of the tasks required for creating an experiment a good understanding of experiment design e g blocking counterbalancing factorial design etc and experience with the EyeLink system makes initial use of Experiment Builder easier In the stage of experiment design the user nee
239. ion to start audio recording When the voicekey trigger fires a a ce cae action may be used to op the sound recording Label MOICE_KEY object Type NWoiceliey Message OICE_KEY_TRIGGER Tire past Checked Time Confidence Interval Threshold J5 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 134 a lt tart Time Clear Input Queues we File Mame test war Duration F Oo000 RECORD SOUND COM Message AUDIO STOP_RECORD at Clear Input Queues ca Figure 7 37 Using Voice Key Trigger 7 11 Other Building Components This section lists other components for experiment building variable result file and accumulator see Figure 7 38 PARSIN Other Figure 7 38 Other Components Implemented in Experiment Builder 7 11 1 Variable The user can create a variable H during run time to keep track of some important information e g the iteration status in a loop To create a new variable simply drag it from the component toolbox to the Work Space Note that the variable object should be used without connecting to other items in a graph The user can update the value of the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 135 variable by assigning a value directly referring to the attribute of another item or by equation Reference VARIABLE falls GI inal The type of Experiment Builder objects Variable the current node belongs to
240. is Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent t setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default value is 0 00 0 00 for a perfect alignment of the resource position with the current gaze or mouse position Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled and Draw to EyeLink Host of the prepare sequence action is set to PRIMITIVE Whether the location specified below refers to the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource If the Offset 1s non zero the actual screen position where the resource is displayed will be the coordinate set in the location field plus the offset adjustment Host Outline hostOutlineColo Color J R Screen Location Type i Width Float Width of the video stream in pixels Height Float Height of the video stream in pixels u Pattern J resource Surface ace n Location clipping region Clipping Width clippingWidth Float Intended width in pixels of the clipping region of the resource Only part of the video image within clipp
241. ition Contingent on Mouse Position The initial position of a mouse contingent resource can be reset by updating the X Position and Y Position of the mouse device to intended values 7 10 8 TTL Trigger The TTL trigger WL is used to check for TTL input to the parallel port or other data port of the display PC It fires when specified TTL data is received Please make sure that you have DriverLINX Port I O Driver installed Field Attribute Type Content PSS rreteence PP S TTL Type mooo The type of Experiment Builder objects TTL the current node belongs to Node Path absPath Strin The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the TTL trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering TTL pulse was received you should use triggeredData time i1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Last Checked lastCheckedTim Float Display PC time of previous check on the Time e trigger Confidence confidenceInterv Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time las
242. ixation update event Triggered Data triggeredData Data about the fixation trigger if fired see the following table When a fixation trigger fires the user can further get access to the triggered data The a attributes of the TriggeredData attribute are listed in the following table Attribute Type Content Start Time StartTime Integer Display PC time when the triggering fixation or fixation update event starts End Time endTime Integer Display PC time when the triggering fixation or fixation update event ends 32768 if eye event is set to STARTFIXATION SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 122 EDF Star Time EDFStartTime Integer EDF time time since the EyeLink program started on the host PC when the triggering fixation starts fixation update event ends Eyes Available eyesAvailable Integer This attribute is depreciated it will always return the same value as the Triggered Eye property To find out the eye s used in the recording check the Eye Used property eyeUsed of the EyeLink Device makes the current fixation trigger fire update event Average Gaze Y averageGazeY fixation or fixation update event X Y gaze position when the triggering fixation Start Gaze Y startGaze Y or fixation update event started Pupil size when the triggering fixation or fixation update event started Gaze Y endGazeY or fixation update event en
243. l coordinate of the top left corner of the Top Left boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width region Width Width 0 by default of the boundary region in SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 129 screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Integer Height 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area NR The display screen on which target interest area Screen regions are located Note that this property 1s only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA Interest Area NR Target interest areas used to define the Regions triggering region Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to INTEREST AREA n are in the target region String Decides which eye s data is used for online parsing The default value is EITHER It can also be LEFT or RIGHT Trigger Above triggerAboveThr Integer Decide
244. l not be saved to support Data Viewer overlay Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface f ace n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting 1s slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Screen Location ee Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences n filled The default setting is True Color in which the interior of the freeform is filled The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels points 8 2 Movement Patterns A screen resource does not need to be static when shown on the screen Instead it may move at a constant speed oscillate sinusoidally or jump discontinuously SR Research Experiment Builder supports the generation of various resource movement patterns This will be convenient for creating experiments showing moving targets on the screen e g pursuit SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 173 Two types of movement patterns can be created sinusoidal or custom To create a movement pattern click on the Insert Sine MovementPattern button NWA or Insert Custom Mo
245. l size otherwise the image may be stretched to the dimension set by Width and Height fields 8 1 1 1 Image Displaying Modes The image resource is flexible enough to accommodate various modes of displaying e g original image size vs stretched top left aligned or centered The following discusses the option of displaying images in original size or stretching it to a specific dimension 1 To display the image in original size after the image is added to the display the user should have Use Original Size field of the image checked Please note that enabling that field will also make several attributes read only Width Height Clipping Location Clipping Width Clipping Height and Clipping Area is Gaze Contingent 2 To stretch all images to a fixed width and height 1024 x 768 for example after the image is added to the display the user should first make sure that the Use Original Size field is unchecked Check the values of Width and Height fields of sample image added and adjust them if necessary In addition the user may need to check the values of Clipping Location Clipping Width and Clipping Height attributes which are used to control the part of the image to be shown By default the clipping width and height are the same as the image width and height Please note that the clipping location is always top left based and the location is r
246. label see Figure 9 2 o3 Add New Column x Column Harme Trial Column Type Murnker Append column at the end Insert column to the lett Insert column to the right OR Cancel Figure 9 2 Change the Type of Variables In this dialog fill in the Column Name field The column name must be a string starting with a letter between a and z or A and Z and consisting of alphanumerical characters A Z a z 0 9 or any space entered is converted to an underscore The new datasource column name shouldn t duplicate the name of any existing datasource columns variable labels or any of these reserved words EYELINK DISPLAY AUDIO TTL and CEDRUS In the dropdown list of Column Type choose the appropriate data type to be used Select the location where the column should be created at the end of the data source editor to the left of the currently selected column or to the right of the currently selected column and then click OK to finish This will create a new column heading with specified data type listed underneath Following this click on the Add Row button to create lines of empty cells for data input By default the empty data source lines will be created at the end of the table The user can also choose to insert the new row s above or below the currently selected data source row s To modify t
247. laying Boolea Whether the sound playing has begun and is in n progress The possible values are true and a a false If sound playing is done this returns False Note The following fields are specific to the ASIO driver only Balance firstPan Float Adjusts the balance of the sound buffer Balance ranges from 1 0 left channel only through 0 0 left and right channels have equal volume to 1 0 right channel only Balance works by attenuating one of the channels for example at a pan of 0 5 the right channel is at full volume while the left channel is at a volume of 0 5 Estimated estimatedPrepare Float If the sound is scheduled enough in advance it Prepare time Time will play on time The estimate time to prepare for clip playing for guaranteed performance will be ASIO minimum output latency 2 Play Start playStartSample Integer The position within the buffer of the start of Sample play samples from start of file loaded into buffer 0 start of buffer playEndSample Integer The position within the buffer for the end of play samples from start of file loaded into buffer 0 end of buffer is set to 0 when the clip playing is scheduled and reset to 0 after the clip finishes playing Buffer Max bufferMaxSampl Integer Gets the maximum number of samples the audio Samples es buffer allocated can hold Play Start Time playStartTime Float Reports the time at which the first sample
248. lf Fis Edit view Experiment Help Se Ree aan alien tar a Sh r Gli aaa AaB iF starr goles aa RECORDING U PREPARE SPQueNCE ant E O Q er D Cl pert_correct o j START cr Tiue Hoh TRAL START T Click this button A to make the property panel floating DISPLAy_SCREEN 3 Add a Display screen action 1 Edit label ee mer oy EL pUTTON z 4 Add a timer trigger 6 dy 5 Add an EyeLink button trigger R ager O y gg Recording Poune Tine 20 ee EveLink Record Statue gt 2 Enable both settings Eo Ph i firai Resul D j DISPLAY _ BLAME e Rest Time F zi 6 Add a display screen for end of _ trial display clearing hersien Court i l foot by 1 i Data Source Couns 0 iBoy 0 Firsece Oianay Unii Fe F Figure 14 11 Editing Recording Sequence 1 Select the newly added Sequence node Rename the label as RECORDING 2 Make sure that the Record and Is Real time checkboxes are checked Double click on the RECORDING node in the structure list until seeing a START node under it As we double click on the START node the content of the work area window is also updated 3 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 4 Click on the Triggers Tab of toolbox select the
249. libration problems to be corrected by pressing the Esc key during drift correction The default setting is true Draw Drift drawDefaultTarg Boolea By default the box is checked the drift Correction et n correction procedure clears screen draws the Target T fixation target and clears screen when done However sometimes it is better for the user to draw the target herself himself for example if the drift correction is part of the initial fixation in a saccadic task and the user wants the target to stay on the screen after drift correction To do this the user can pre draw the drift correction target using a DISPLAY SCREEN SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 57 action and check off this field Foreground foregroundColor Color Color Color r Use Animation useAnimationT Target f arget Boolea If checked an video clip can be used as the drift correction target The user should preload the intended video clip into the library manager Target t correction target Play Count Count played before the drift correction is done Target f et n custom target supplied by the user The name of the image file that is used for the drawing the drift correction target Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Custom Target customTarget String Target is checked Target Outer outerSize Integer Diameter of the outer disk in pixels Size
250. lick on the COLOR node in the node attributes window This will update the contents of Attribute editor dialog as parent parent parent TRIAL DataSource COLOR c Click on the OK button to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 259 cor Edit Attribute TEXT RESOURCE fontColor Attribute parent parent parent TRIAL_DataSource COLOR Mode selection S i Hode Attributes Jr Attribute Attributes ae Project COLOR His Stroop F START iF a BLOCK WORD EXPECTED COMPATIBLE DISPLAY _SCREEN TIMER KEYBOARD Ebel TRIAL Le DataSource if START TRIAL_INDEX KEYPRESS RESPONSE RT x UFDATE_ATTRIBUTE T PREPARE_SEQUENCE fe TRISL_EWENT LE RESULTS_FILE Devices Ce OK Cancel Figure 15 18 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source 3 Set the appearance of the Text by choosing the desired font name font style and font size 4 Similar to Step 2 set the reference of the Text to the WORD column of the Data Source 5 Select the newly added text resource click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and Vertical Center Alignment a buttons to place the text in the center of the screen 6 Select the text resource on the work area click the right mouse button and select the Lock Selection option so that the resource will not be moved accidentally 15 9
251. lick on the Sequence object to continue In each block we will first give an instruction and then run nine trials see Figure 15 5 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 246 1 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Display screen action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 2 Click on the Trigger Tab of the component toolbox select the Timer trigger hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area 3 Click on the Timer trigger and set the duration to 120000 msec 4 Adda Keyboard trigger to the work space 5 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox and add a Sequence node to the work space This will be our trial sequence 6 Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node Hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse on top of the DISPLAY SCREEN node This makes the connection from the start node to the DISPLAY SCREEN node 7 Similarly connect from DISPLAY SCREEN to KEYBOARD and TIMER triggers Note that a number is added to these connections indicating the evaluation order among the two trigger types 8 Make a connection from the two triggers to the SEQUENCE node Ez SA Research Experiment fisider y L4AD220 RC Stroop alj Fis Edt view Experia Help DEBS G 2x RARE A CARS caer Ale r QaQRas m XI experiment BLOCK aeh s Honeek
252. line is drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 Stroke Width strokeWidth Specifies the width 1 pixel by default of the pen x y coordinate of the starting point of the line x y coordinate of the ending point of the line 8 1 6 Rectangle Resource Rectangle resource creates a filled or framed rectangle on the screen Click on the Draw Rectangle Resource button LJ on the toolbar to select the resource type Place the mouse cursor on the location intended for the top left corner of the rectangle then click down the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the desired location for the bottom right corner of the rectangle resource and then release the mouse button The precise location of the resource can be edited in the property panel the Location Width and Height attributes The appearance frame color frame line width interior color of the rectangle resource can also be adjusted If Filled property is set to true the interior of the rectangle will be filled with the filling color otherwise only the frames of the rectangle will be drawn and the setting of filling color will be ignored Reference RECTANGLE RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource RectangleResource the current item belongs to n default setting is True n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent contingent on the ga
253. ll be available for experiment generation If this field is unchecked all of the abovementioned actions and triggers will be hidden Append Session Name If checked Experiment Builder will concatenate the current session name with the output files warning log messages txt etc in the results session name directory Enable Custom Class If this box is checked additional features Custom class instance Execute method Custom class library Callback attribute for Sequences etc will be available for programming an experiment using custom class Please note that custom class related features belong to adavanced Experiment Builder functionality that requires knowledge of the Python programming language If you wish to use this feature please contact SR Research eb sr research com for support SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 272 17 1 1 EyeLink cor Preferences E SS x Property value racker Address 000 1 1 1 5 Seni Preferences H Experiment I Devices OEY ELINK a DISPLAY racker Version yelink Il Dummy Mocde Aj MOLISE Pacing Interval i KEYBOARD Randomize Order Tr TTL Repeat First Point ee CEDRUS orce Manual Accept 4 Nodes ock Eye After Calibration tH Action Select Eye After Validation Trigger other MN Ink Fiter Level MOREL Screen SEL i cUl ye Event Data ATE Saccade Sensitivity NORMAL
254. ll be recorded in the EDF file Fixations If checked fixations will be recorded in the EDF file Saccades If checked saccades will be recorded in the EDF file Blinks If checked blinks will be recorded in the EDF file Buttons If checked press or release of the EyeLink button box will be recorded in the EDF file Inputs If checked input data will be recorded in the EDF file SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 276 Remote Warnings Note The following option is only available for EyeLink Remote eye tracker Giving out warning may not work on some computers running under the real time mode If possible please check the BIOS setting of the display computer so that hyperthreading or multithreading is enabled Enable Remote Warning enableRemoteWarning Whether a warning beep should be given when the eye or target 1s missing Minimum Eye Missing Duration eyeMissingThreshold Minimum amount of time in milliseconds the eye data 1s missing before a warning beep will be given Eye Missing Beep eyeMissingBeep The audio clip to be played when the eye 1s missing A different audio clip may be used 1f that clip has already been loaded into the library manager Edit gt Library Manager select the Sound tab Minimum Target Missing Duration targetMissingThreshold Minimum amount of time in milliseconds the target is missing before a warning beep will be given Target Missing Beep
255. ls Reference String Label of the voice key trigger The default value is VOICE KEY Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph the Experiment node checked when the trigger fires Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the input voice level exceeds the threshold you should use triggeredData time i1 e the time sub attribute of the triggeredData attribute instead Experiment Builder checks for the status of the trigger about every 1 msec This property can be used to retrieve the display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time ASIO Voicekey trigger maintains an event queue so that multiple voicekey events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the voicekey event s cached in event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the voicekey event queue LIST all voicekey events from event queue will be removed Value from 0 0 to 1 0 to set voicekey trigger level with 1 0 being the maximum audio level The threshold should be set high enough to reject noise and prevent f
256. lt value is a tuple of 3 items the property will be treated SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 215 as an EBColor The parameter of the setX method and the output type of the getX method is expected to be the same as the type of the attribute sreb EBColor 200 100 100 Example Line 011 1 abc self property6 Example Line 012 list List self my List list This creates an empty list Unknown Type self unknowType None 12 3 5 Class Methods Methods in a class are defined by a def statement The def statement is a single clause statement with the following syntax def function name self parameter list statement s All of the code within the function is indented Unlike other python functions a method defined in a class body always has a mandatory first parameter self In addition to the first mandatory parameter self the user can pass a variable comma separated list of parameters to the functions Zero or more mandatory parameters may be followed zero or more optional parameters whereas each optional parameter has the following syntax identifier expression The code segment below illustrates a function named doMyCalculations which takes three parameters x y and items The last parameter items is optional as it has a default value def doMyCalculations self x y items 2 RETURN 1 ABERA if items return x else return y By default the retu
257. lumn heading and then click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select Update Column menu option and choose the desired data type 9 4 Datasource Splitby A data source may contain several hundred of trials However under some circumstances the user may want to run a small portion of the trials For example the user may want to run the first ten trials of a data source containing two hundred trials for debugging purpose In this case the user may modify the Split by property of the sequence node to which the data source is attached This specifies the actual number of iterations to be executed within each block This feature can be used to design data source for experiments in which unequal number of trials are tested at different blocks For example the user may plan to run 80 trials in total but want to run 32 trials in the first block and 48 trials in the second block The user may enter 32 48 in the Split by field of the sequence Tae me o oS S S e CdS jsRedTme SSS a el ferton SC SOCSCSCSCSCS ferctin Cot SSS sw Pa Data Sowse e e 60 freezeDisplayUntilFirstDispl Figure 9 7 Using Split by Option to Customize the Number of Iterations to Run in a Sequence 9 5 Datasource Randomization In most experiments the user may need to randomize trial order so that the experiment materials are not presented in the same sequence across participants The user can perform data source randomization
258. mation for this copy of Experiment or Builder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 28 6 Designing an Experiment in Experiment Builder This chapter introduces the general concepts of experiment design in the Experiment Builder hierarchical organization of events in an experiment flow diagram and attribute referencing It also provides an overview of Experiment Builder components triggers actions sequences and other nodes and linking rules for the experiment graph 6 1 Hierarchical Organization of Experiments One of the important concepts in SR Research Experiment Builder is hierarchical organization of events in an experiment A typical experiment can be dissected into several levels along a hierarchy of Experiment gt Blocks gt Trials gt Trial Runtime Recording All of the events within each level of this hierarchy can be conveniently wrapped in a loop called sequence or sub graph in Experiment Builder This allows the whole sequence to be connected to other objects as a unit and be repeated several times in a row The following figure illustrates a common high level EyeLink experiment architecture To create an experiment the designer needs to create several nested sequences add a list of actions and triggers to each sequence and make necessary connections between components to form experiment flow In this example the top most level of the experiment Experiment Sequence contains
259. me gt lt offset gt lt V APLAYSTOP gt lt stop frame gt lt clip id gt lt audio file gt In the following example the FXXATION SCREEN is displayed at time 10400921 10400919 2 and the PLAY BEEP sound is emitted at time 10401021 10401007 14 So the delay between FIXATION SCREEN and PLAY BEEP is 100 ms MSG 10400919 2 FIXATION SCREEN MSG 10401000 2 IV DRAW LIST runtime dataviewer test graphics VC lvo MSG 10401007 14 V APLAYSTART 0 1 library audio innertrialbeep wav MSG 10401021 PLAY BEEP MSG 10401903 14 V APLAYSTOP 19755 1 library audio innertrialbeep wav The following figure illustrates the use of the PLAY SOUND action to provide feedback to participant s performance if the participant presses the correct button one sound 1s played if the participant presses the wrong button another sound 1s played For each PLAY SOUND action the user needs to specify the desired sound clip to be played from the sound library SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 83 Playsound Playsound START F START Za h SEQUENCE ie SEQUENCE aa BUTTON _CORRECT aa BUTTON_INCORRECT SOUND_CORRECT a BUTTON_CORRECT aa BUTTON_INCORRECT J SOUND INCORRECT TIMER Experiment Components Properties i Experiment Components Dewices oo Sette S A te erres ooo ian A B Figure 7 19 Using Play Sound Action 7 9 14 Play Sound Control Pla
260. ment sequences and display screens created in the experiment as well as the project output screen are listed as individual Editor Selection Tabs above the Component Toolbox for direct access SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 25 Editor Selection Tabs Graph Editor Window SOG Experiment BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING START Work Space ho a EL_LBUTTON X Navigation Nodes Simple BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING Figure 5 5 Components of the Graph Editor Window 5 3 Application Menu Bar and Toolbar The Experiment Builder application menu bar and toolbar contain a list of common operations If you are a menu oriented person you may access all of the operations from the menu bar Most of the operations can also be performed by keyboard shortcuts or by using buttons on the application toolbar 5 3 1 File Menu and Tool Buttons Commands that affect creating opening saving packaging or closing the Experiment Builder sessions are located here see Chapter 4 for details Short Cut Function LA New CTRL Creates a new experiment project CTRL Opens an existing experiment project O a Reopens a recent Experiment Builder project CTRL S Saves the current experiment project oo Saves the experiment project to a different directory amp F5 Used to compress the experiment project into a zip file for file SR Research Experime
261. ments in which the PLAY SOUND action is preceded by an action or by a node other than TIMER e Experiment Builder allows to synchronize the playing of the audio clip and displaying of visual stimuli when the display screen and play sound actions are intervened with a TIMER trigger only Experiment Builder also allows the users to set the audio clip information from the DISPLAY SCREEN action directly by enabling Audio Synchronization check box The user needs to specify the clip to be played and the time offset relative to the display onset a negative offset value means that the audio clip is played before visual onset whereas a positive offset means that the visual information is presented earlier Please note that in this case the user does not have to add a PLAY SOUND action immediately before or after the DISPLAY SCREEN action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 82 Audio played with ASIO driver will have messages logged in the EDF EyeLink experiment or message file non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages option enabled in the project node The start time of audio playing is logged as V APLAYSTART message and the end time is marked by V APLAYSTOP message Both messages have a negative time offset typically preceding this message e Playing Starts MSG lt EDF time gt lt offset gt lt V APLAYSTART gt lt start frame gt lt clip id gt lt audio file gt e Playing Ends MSG lt EDF ti
262. method name should be composed of set and get string and the attribute identifier with the first letter of the identifier capitalized e g getMyProperty instead of getmyProperty The getX and setX methods that do not follow this rule will be treated as regular class methods e The getX method shouldn t take extra parameter except for the mandatory parameter self e The setX method expects an extra parameter To support attribute referencing of that property in Experiment Builder do not give a default value for the parameter For example def setEBAttrib self value That is the attribute EBAttrib should be able to be set to a reference If a default value is assigned to the setX method this would tell the Experiment Builder that the attribute nonEBAttrib should not be able to be set to a reference For example def setNonEBAttrib self value 0 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 217 A class attribute that has a corresponding getX method is a readable attribute A class attribute that has a corresponding setX method is a writeable attribute An attribute is a readable and writeable property if it has corresponding getX and setX methods 12 4Instantiating Custom Class Once a custom class 1s defined users can instantiate the class by creating a concrete instance of that class To do that click on the other tab of the component tool box and add a Custom Class Instance node to the experiment
263. n Breas nn Indent Inserts a Inserts a tab space before the current code Inserts a tab space before the current code before the current code code amen Comment Creates comment This will add a comment symbol in front of the current line of code Go apenn o to a specified line L S tomspecifiedline Find Replace Search or replace a specified text string in the custom class code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 222 13 Creating Experiments Overview The easiest way to start developing EyeLink experiments is to study the supplied templates included with the Experiment Builder kit installed in a subdirectory of C Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Examples Each of these experiment templates illustrates a typical experimental paradigm The following table provides a brief description of the experiments Simple The basic experiment template displaying a single word in the center of the screen in each trial This example is used to introduce how to create an experiment with SR Research Experiment Builder step by step Stroop The basic template for creating non EyeLink experiments This template illustrates the use of result file RT calculation and audio feedback etc Illustrates various parameter settings for showing an image on the screen in original size versus stretched centered versus not centered Experiment to show a single line of
264. n and the indentation of the code itself Everything in a class is indented class ClassName BaseClasses statement s The class name of the above example 1s CustomClassTemplate Line 003 In Python the ancestor of a class is simply listed in parentheses immediately after the class name All custom classes in Experiment Builder must inherit sreb EBObject class Line 003 and import sreb module Line 001 If a class starts with _ then it is considered internal and will not be treated as a custom class 12 3 3 Class Initialization The body of the class is where you normally specify the attributes and methods of the class An Experiment Builder custom class always starts witha init self method Line 004 This method 1s used to initialize the CustomClassTemplate class The first argument of every class method including init __ is always a reference to the current instance of the class By convention this argument is always named self The custom class init method will only use the default constructor 1 e a constructor with only self parameter or any other parameter with default arguments If any default arguments passed in only the default arguments will be used SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 214 def init self sreb EBObject init self list of attributes self identifier value 12 3 4 Class Attributes Within the init method the constructor must call sreb EBObject s con
265. n See section 8 2 1 Sinusoidal Movement Pattern SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 287 17 2 12 Grid Segmentation eos Preferences x H Experiment Devices Nodes H Screen Resources Movement Patterns BuildDeploy GU Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Grid segmentation will divide the whole screen into evenly spaced Rows x Columns interest areas Rows Number of rows used to create grid segment Columns Number of columns used to create grid segment 17 2 13 Auto Segmentation eos Preferences e Preferences Value Experiment a Right Margin Z Nodes Top Margin 0 o Screen Bottom Margin f0 o SSE Saas x Resources Movement Patterns Buitt In Interest Area Preference HH GRID_SEGMENT noes UT SEGMENT WORD SEGMENT BuildDeploy cUl Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Auto segmentation will create a rectangular or elliptic interest area to contain each of the individual resources created on the display screen SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 288 Left Margin Right Margin Top Margin and Bottom Margin Number of pixels added to the left top right and bottom of the interest area that bounds the resource Shape Type The type of interest area to be created either
266. n Therefore if the timer is attached to a display screen it doesn t start until the display screen s retrace starts Similarly if it is attached to a EyeLink Message action the timer will start only after the message is sent If the timer is connected from a trigger the start time of the timer trigger will be the end of the previous action as well not the time when the previous trigger fires The user need to explicitly set the start time value of the TIMER trigger when the desired start time is the triggered time of the previous trigger or when the action from which the timer trigger is connected may be repeated see FAQ Using an EyeLink button trigger without ending the trial sequence in the html version of this document The TIMER trigger uses a pre release mechanism when it is connected to a DISPLAY SCREEN action or a PLAY SOUND action when set to ASIO driver to ensure that the upcoming audio visual event will be presented on the predicted time To make this SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 96 preleasing mechanism work please do not insert any intervening trigger actions between the TIMER trigger and the intended DISPLAY SCREEN or PLAY SOUND action Therefore a sequence like DISPLAY A gt TIMER gt DISPLAY B gt UPDATE ATTRIBUTE is recommended for accurate timing while DISPLAY A gt TIMER gt UPDATE ATTRIBUTE gt DISPLAY B is not The following illustrates the use of
267. n Coun E y ja Eita Tart Coume 2S Rpere 12 4 Fireene Cisnieey Ui E Figure 14 9 Creating Data Set 1 Click on the last SEQUENCE node on the structure list to start 2 In the property table click on the value field of LABEL Set it to TRIAL 3 Click on the Data Source property to bring up Data Source Editor 4 Click on the Add Column button In the following dialog box type Trial without quotation marks in the Column Name editor box and set Column type as Number Click OK button to finish Click on the Add Column button again Set the Column Name as Word and Column type as String Click OK button to finish 5 Click on the Add Row button Enter 12 in the Number of Rows edit box to generate 12 rows of empty cells 6 Click on the empty cells of the table just generated Set the values of the Trial column as 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 and 12 For the word column enter the following strings One Two Three Four and Twelve 7 Click on the Split by value field Enter a value 4 This makes sure that only 4 trials are run in each block 8 Double click on the TRIAL sequence node in the structure list Click on Start node under it to continue 14 1 7 Editing Trial Sequence Preparing Sequence and Drift Correction Each recording trial should begin with a prepare sequence action followed by a drift correcti
268. n a loop Therefore the Sequence experiment component can itself be considered a complex action To implement the hierarchical organization of events in an experiment the Experiment Builders allows one graph containing the triggers and actions to be nested under another graph to represent a sub sequence in the event chain In a typical experiment the user needs to add a couple of nested sequences so that the implementation of blocking trial and recording can be done efficiently see the following figure for an example Given the repetitive nature of the sequence component a data source can be attached to a sequence object to supply different parameters for each sequence iteration Like Microsoft Excel software each column of a data source contains a variable label and each row contains a value for the variables For a typical experiment created by Experiment Builder the user needs to create prototypical trials and to supply the actual parameters for individual trials from a data source attached to the trial sequence During experiment runtime individual lines can be read from the data source supplying the actual parameters for each trial the linkage between the two can be achieved by attribute referencing amp Sequence Sub A controller for experiment flow Used to chain together raph different Actions and Triggers and execute them in a loop or to grap 88 p simply modularize a set of experiment components Block Trial Record
269. n as you move the mouse to drag the selected item to the desired location in the work space and then release the left mouse button To find out the meaning of a component simply place the mouse cursor over the icon 6 2 2 Linking Experiment Components The flow of an experiment sequence moves from the default START node to one or several triggers or actions and then to other triggers or actions and so on This requires the designer to connect two experiment components with arrowed line to establish a directional or dependency relationship between a Source component and a Target component DISPLAY_SCREENM Source TIMER arget Figure 6 3 Connecting between Source and Target Components To make a connection from a Source component to a Target component place the mouse cursor on the Source component hold down the left mouse button without releasing the button as this constitutes a mouse click and will select the item instead move the cursor to the Target component and then release the left mouse button To cancel a connecting operation in progress press the ESC key To remove a connection between two experiment components click on the connecting line until it is highlighted in yellow and then press the Delete key on the keyboard or select the button on the application tool bar 6 2 3 Linking Rules The connection between a Source and Target component is governed by a set of rules 1 A node cannot be co
270. n be retrieved from the last eye sample Occurs EDF Time EDFTime EDF time of the triggering sample Eyes available in recording 0 for left eye 1 for right eye 2 for both eyes Triggered Eye triggeredEye Integer Eye 0 for left eye 1 for right eye whose data makes the current invisible boundary trigger fire PPD X PPD Y PPDX PPDY Float Angular resolution at the current gaze position in screen pixels per visual degree along the x or y axis Left Gaze X leftGazeX right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Right Gaze X GazeX average x axis for the left eye right eye and an average Average Gaze X GazeX between the two Right Gaze Y GazeY average y axis for the left eye right eye and an average Left Gaze Y leftGazeY right Float Gaze position of the triggering sample along the Average Gaze Y GazeY between the two the EyeLink device settings Left Pupil Size leftPupilSize ri Float Left eye right eye or average pupil size in Right Pupil Size ghtPupilSize arbitrary units area or diameter as selected in Average Pupil averagePupilSize Size 1 Left Velocity leftVelocity Float Left eye right eye or average sample velocity Right Velocity rightVelocity in degrees second Average Velocity averageVelocity 1 Left leftAcceleration Float Left eye right eye or average sample Acceleration rightAcceleratio acceleration in degrees second R
271. n location type can be set from Preferences Screen gt Location Type The following sections describe the usage and properties of each resource type in detail 8 1 1 Image Resource In order to add an image resource onto a display screen the user should first make sure that images are loaded into the Experiment Builder library To add images into the image library click on Edit Library Manager from the application menu bar This will bring up a Library Manager dialog box Select the Image tab and click on the Add button to load in the desired image s see Figure 8 3 The following image file formats is supported by the current version of Experiment Builder PNG TIF GIF JPG SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 146 BMP and PCX Please note that the BMP files with 32 bit depth may not be displayed properly 5 Library Manager ix Add Properties Type of file JPts Hoot gm pip minim ot a me h dee mma o IJIN be kiri ten Size 65 549 bytes E i ee ea eie sot apyl mimr d m Ss ote bk Width 1024 pixels Height 76G pixels ba Feet oboe rear Be ess rH ete r NT See fe Se be ee a Be ee s behr ur m Bit Depth 24 Figure 8 3 Loading Images into Image Library To add an image resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Image Resource button B on the Screen Builder toolbar and then click anywhere in the screen work
272. n the node selection list b Double click on the word node in the node attributes window This will update the contents of Attribute editor dialog as parent parent parent TRIAL DataSource Word c Click on the OK button to finish ess Edit Attribute TEXT_RESOURCE gt text Attribute parent parent parent TRIAL DataSource wordi Mode Selection A PMode Attributes SSS Attribute Attributes gt EH Project trial H Simple F START i BLOCK b Select Word attribute a EL_BUTTON TIMER EL_CAMERA_SETUP a Click TRIAL gt Datasource node Y PREPARE SEQUENCE DRIFT CORRECT io RECORDING c Click Ok button to finish D Cancel Figure 14 14 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source C Devices 5 Check the Use Runtime Word Segment box This will create interest area automatically for the text used 6 Select the newly added text resource click on both Horizontal Center Alignment and Vertical Center Alignment h buttons to place the text in the center of the screen 7 Select the text resource on the work area click the right mouse button and select the Lock Selection option so that the resource will not be moved accidentally SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 238 14 1 11 Writing Trial ID to EDF file A TRIALID message should be written to the EDF file so that the act
273. n the popup menu select Grouping gt Group To ungroup resources select Grouping Ungroup Alternatively tool buttons on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 21 can be used AE Figure 8 21 Resource Grouping Please note that after several resources are grouped together a COMPOSITE RESOURCE object is created while the individual component resources SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 186 are removed from the Structure panel see Figure 8 22 The content of the property panel is also updated to reflect this change DISPLAY SCREEN Interest Areas Movement_Patterns RECTANGLE RESOURCE A TEXT_RESOURCE G TIMER Experiment Components Devices Property Value abel RECTANGLE RESOURCE rr ee ovement Pattern Prebuild To Image one olor ill olor Stroke width DRIFT_CORRECT 2 SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY _SCREEN Interest_Areas Moverment_Patterns r COMPOSITE_RESOURCE G TIMER Experiment Components Dewices C Figure 8 22 Creating a Composite Resource 8 4 5 Resource Order If several resources are created close to each other spatially it is possible that some resources created earlier may be partially or entirely occluded by some resources created later see Figure 8 23 panel A Therefore the surface layout of individual resources may be rearranged Om nam Figure 8 23 Two Resources with
274. nd camera setup actions cannot be used in a recording sequence To maximize real time performance in data collection the user should have the Is Real Time box checked and include a prepare sequence action before executing the sequence The following figure illustrates the use of sequences in one experiment In this example a RECORDING sequence that performs the actual eye tracker recording is nested within a TRIAL sequence which is contained within a BLOCK sequence The Record field is checked in the RECORDING sequence but not in the BLOCK or TRIAL sequences The RECORDING sequence also allows the user to send a message EyeLink Record Status Message to the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the progress of the experiment Sequence YE START De O Om omj 1 OL YF START T EL_CAMERA_SETUP D DRIFT_CORRECT a RECORDING Experiment Components Devices Value ine CO Record C sRealTime T E e teration Count sy SOC CY olumns Of Rows 0 A B SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 50 Sequence E START i BLOCK Sequence B START ia BLOCK START EL_CAMERA_SETUP SE fF START PREPARE_SEQUENCE DRIFT_CORRECT a RECORDING START T EL_CAMERA_SETUP Experi ment Components Dewices Experi ment Components Dewices Lae REORG m S iSSS S Tm Record COQ Record Cd OSCSC jeRealTime ooo o Recording Pause Time
275. nd ends on time 6000 moving smoothly from position 100 384 to 800 384 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 177 aa RESOURCE oirdt JF START DRIFT_CORRECT Fh SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY SCREEN Interest _Areas 4 Movement_Patterns ELAM CUSTOM_PATTERN Resource Position resource Position 1 Resource Postion 2 ELLIPSE RESOURCE TIMER H ResourcePoirt F START DRIFT_CORRECT Fb SEQUENCE F START DISPLAY SCREEM Interest _Areas 4 Movement_Patterns EKA CUSTOM_PATTERN Resource Position E Resource Postion Resource Postion 2 ELLIPSE RESOURCE TIMER label SR esource Posttion 2 Properties type creen Location Type Figure 8 13 Creating a Custom Movement Pattern e Alternatively the user can create a movement pattern file a tab delimited text file see the following example to specift the landmark points in a movement this is particularly useful when a large number of movement points have to be specified The movement pattern file should contain time integer x integer and y integer fields followed by an optional message field string Neighboring fields should be separated by a tab Start of Movement Left End Right End 0 512 384 1000 100 384 6000 800 384 Add this file to the Movement Pattern tab of the library manager Select the desired custom pattern in the Structure panel and check the Use Points From File box Select the m
276. nd text color 5 Click on the Close button at the top right corner of the dialog to finish Please note that instead of using multi line text resource the user can also create the instruction screen by using an image resource see Section 8 1 1 14 1 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source Next we will work on the sequence which will contain all necessary triggers and actions in each trial We will also need to create a data source to be used for setting parameters in individual trials see Figure 14 9 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 232 Raa DBE TADS th gt amp wowed Siring Dina Tap Three 2B Simpi Fou if START Five gt BLOCK Sh GF start Seven HL ceeLay _ScREEN Eight g rEvOOARD EE rs ental sa fio Ten eo caneracene h 6 Enter value press rere Enter key to register START i change Click here to start 264ea8 EG lt add few tolumn Sea column xj W Append coua af the ered irse column to The befi naer column fo the rg So Click Start to cu Cancel Properties En continue ea ta mar O e Lave Ti a Edit label 4 Click here to add columns f 5 Click here to add rows Record z 3 Click here to start datas ou ce editor 7 e splitby value ACam Adanow ieotota omien I Enab Pun Time adosi f Fem Ta fern kersti
277. nformation on a sample by sample basis Sample Velocity Trigger fires when the sample velocity and acceleration values exceed their respective thresholds Conditional Fires when one or two conditional evaluations are met This is useful to implement conditional branching in a graph when _ several conditions are possible 2 Voice Key Triggers when ASIO input exceeds a pre specified threshold Trigger This only works with an ASIO compatible sound card 6 5 Other Node Types SR Research Experiment Builder also supports other components Variable Result File and Accumulator These components mainly function as a temporary storage for experiment data Note that these objects are never connected to other components in an experiment in the graph editor Instead they are used within the experiment by attribute referencing see section 6 7 Accumulator Used to keep numeric values and do statistical analysis on the accumulated data The Accumulator is a circular list so the last n items added to the list are kept Result File Provides a columnar output of selected variables i Used to store data during run time Custom Class Used to create a new instance of a custom class Instance SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 35 6 6 Sequence Sub graph As the experiment looping controller a sequence 1 e sub graph is used to chain together different actions and triggers and execute them i
278. ng Experiment with Internal Randomizer After the experiment is fully tested you can now create a deployed version of the experiment Experiment gt Deploy Click on the experiment name exe in the deployed directory to run your experiment If you use the randomized versions of the same data source file across subjects you may uncheck the Prompt for Dataset file box of the sequence to which the data source 1s attached before deploying so that you do not have to choose the data source file at the beginning of the experiment In addition if you have specified a variable for splitting the data source a dialog box will be displayed at the beginning of the experiment prompting to choose the level of the splitting variable Select Condition alue To Available Values for Column SET a Tho Ed At the end of the experiment an actually executed version of the data source will be saved in the results directory 9 5 2 External Randomization For experiments created with Experiment Builder you may rely on the Experiment Builder GUI to Build and Test Run the experiment to make sure everything is fine Don t use Experiment gt Test Run to collect experiment data Once you are happy with the experiment you can now Deploy the experiment to a new directory by clicking Experiment gt Deploy This will create a new experiment name exe file in the intended deploy directory There you will also find a datasets directory Do
279. ng the shortcut keys CTRL S If there is any change to the experiment session the previous experiment graph is saved as graph ebd bak in the experiment directory 4 3 Saving an Existing Session to a Different Directory To save an experiment session with a different session name and or in a different directory 1 From the application menu bar choose File Save AS 2 Inthe Save As dialog box click on the button to the right of Project Location to browse to the directory where the session should be saved 3 Enter the new session name in the Project Name edit box 4 Click OK button Tip The session can also be saved by clicking the Save As button IA on the application tool bar SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 16 4 4 Opening a Session To open an existing experiment session from the Experiment Builder application 1 From the application menu bar choose File Open 2 In the Open dialog box browse to the directory of experiment and select the sraph ebd file see Figure 4 4 Look ir Simple E biy Documents r My Computer My Network File nare lgraph ebd Open Files of type lEyeLink Experiment Builder files Cancel Figure 4 4 Open an Experiment Builder Session 3 Click on the Open button Note If an experiment is already open in the current session the Open operation will first bring u
280. nnected to itself 2 You cannot connect two components in the same direction twice 3 The START node cannot be a Target 1 e it cannot receive a connection from other components The Source START node can target to an action trigger or sequence SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 32 4 A Source node cannot have more than one Target Action unless it is a Conditional Trigger in which case each conditional branch cannot Target more than one Action component 5 A Source component can target many Trigger nodes 6 A Source node cannot target a Trigger and an Action component at the same time 7 A Sequence action cannot target a Trigger node 8 A Target trigger node cannot receive connections from multiple source trigger nodes 9 A Source node cannot target multiple Sequence nodes That is the current version of Experiment Builder does not support parallel processing 10 A Drift Correct Action or Camera Setup Action cannot target any Trigger 11 Storage space elements Accumulator Variable and Result File cannot be Source or Target Nodes 1 e never directly connected to other components 12 Certain node types such as Fixation Saccade Invisible Boundary and Sample Velocity Triggers can only be added to a sequence that has the Record checkbox enabled 13 Drift Correct and Camera Setup Actions cannot be added to a sequence that has the Record checkbox enabled 14 A Trigger can n
281. node in the structure list to start SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 239 2 In the property panel click on the far right end of the value field of the EyeLink Record Status Message property 3 In the attribute editor enter an equation as Trial str TRIAL DataSource Trial 12 str TRIAL DataSource Word 4 Click on the OK button to finish SF tesa iepertncnd Dahber v Laer RC Simple mee L alj x Dense PxR eB wrausi garal Ae QBAe 20 expenmert ELock cePLay sereen TRIAL Teil DataSource RECORDING eSeLay sereen 4 CD fe E ise a Tri er TRIAL Daae bi AD ee TRIAL Deis Sarte word 4 Create recording status message Gf start a G PLAY SCREEN gji sa irs i j ri oe AA KEYBOARD iF START 2 Click right end S BLOCK 2 L CAMERA SETUP eatin Court of this value held Seow Daray _soneen Spi TAL p by o _ ah REVBOARD i start os Douei Coker G Ro PREPARE SEQUENCE 2 oRIFT_CORRECT Bes Ht START H OSPLAY SCREEN _ iemest Areas j Movement_Patterna Freeze Dispis Urti First Dispi E 2 5 CAMERA SETIP O TRIAL E iF START 2 PREPARE SROUIENCE Elpa correc Hie RECORDING P Denices 1 Select this node 3 Go to Datasource Ay TENT RESOURCE G THER ate EL
282. nt Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 26 Package sharing ete S Unpack Used to extract the experiment project from a compressed zip E Exit L Closes the Experiment Builder application 5 3 2 Edit Menu and Tool Buttons This menu contains commands such as copy paste cut delete and undo The menu also contains tools for resource library management node group organization and preference settings see Chapter 17 CTRL Z Undoes the last action performed sd the last action Undoes the last action performed sd FS Cut Removes a selection from the project and place it into the clipboard V current position Paste CTRL Inserts the previously copied item from the clipboard to the 7 Delete Removes the selection from the current location Shows a list of preference settings for Experiment Builder N i LE Refresh a a Refreshes the Custom Class files 1 e reparses the contents of Custom the files This tool is useful to users a use an external Class editor to edit the content of custom classes Hi Library CTRL L Used to load in image audio resources or interest area set manager files CTRL R Tabulate the source property and value of each reference ae used in the experiment graph see section 10 5 Manager Node CTRL Allows the user to rearrange the layout of the components in Groups G the component toolbox and structure list Select All CTRL A Selects the entire co
283. ntents of the active window 5 3 3 View Menu This menu contains commands that display or hide panels in the project explorer window Overview Ifenabled a tick to the left displays the Overview panel Structure Displays the Structure panel Properties i Displays the Attributes and Note section of the Properties Panel Connections Displays the To Connections and From Connections section of the Connections Panel Navigator Displays the Navigation Nodes in the Graph Editor Window SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 27 5 3 4 Experiment Menu and Tool Buttons Commands used to compile and run the experiment clean up the experiment project and to create a deployment version of the experiment are located here see Chapter 4 for details Used to clean up the experiment project W Build Used to compile the experiment b Test F11 Used to test run the experiment from the Experiment Builder Run application S Deploy F12 Used to generate deploy code for running experiment without replying on the Experiment Builder software 5 3 5 Help Menu This menu contains commands that display licensing and product release information see Chapter 3 for details Short Cut F Fl Displays the online help this document of the Experiment Contents Builder application About ae C Abot Displays the Experiment Builder release information Displays license infor
284. nterval The interval in milliseconds between ASIO buffer swaps which determines how often new sounds can be output ASIO Audio driver driverName The name of the ASIO driver Minimum Output Latency minimumOutputLatency The minimum output latency of the ASIO driver delay from buffer switch to first sample output Voicekey Queue size voicekeyQueueSize Sets the maximum number of voicekey events that can be cached in the voicekey event queue Voicekey Event Count voicekeyEventCount Returns total number of voicekey events cached in the event queue Voicekey Threshold voicekeyThreshold Value from 0 0 to 1 0 to set voicekey trigger level with 1 0 being the maximum audio level The threshold should be set high enough to reject noise and prevent false triggering but low enough to trigger quickly on speech A threshold of 0 05 to 0 10 is typical SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 281 17 1 4 TTL f Preferences X Ef Preferences Property Valle ri Experiment Base Address 0x375 7H Devices ITTL Base Input Queue Size so Ee EYELINK a DISPLAY TL Status Input Queue Size 50 TL Control Input Sueue Size 50 H Nodes HH Screen E Build Deploy E Restore Factory Default Save Properties as Default Import From File Save Into File 8 cUl Base Address baseAddress The address of data port or data register for outputting data on the parall
285. nto a Display Screen In the following Multiline Text Resource Editor 1 Click the Margins button box to set the text margins Enter 100 in all fields Click the OK button on the dialog box 2 Enter the instruction text 3 Press CTRL A to select all text entered 4 Make sure that the text is still selected Click the buttons on the toolbar to set the desired text appearance font name font size font style alignment style line spacing and text color 5 Select the target word Green and set its color to blue and text size to 50 6 Click on the Close button at the top right corner of the dialog to finish SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 248 Please note that instead of using multi line text resource the user can also create the instruction screen by using an image resource see Section 8 1 1 tlt ine Test Areouree ditor Tinea Sees Rona 4 Set the appearance of the text 1 Click on the margins O O button to edit text margins te m i Bai In the following displays you will see a single word show Please make a speeded response to the COLOR of the woj if the word 1s in red color b if it 1s in blue color and g color For example if you see x a 2 Enter instruction text 3 Press CTRL Ato select all text Green 4 Select the word and adjust its appearance You should respond by pressing b for the blue color If you have finishe
286. o and attempts to present the frame at a desired time The desired display time for a frame 1s calculated as desired frame time video start time frameNumber 1000 0 frameRate where video start_time is the millisecond time that the first frame of the video was presented frameNumber is the number of the frame to be presented and frameRate is the number of frames to display per second For example assume the first frame of a video was presented at time T and the frame rate of the video is 30 frames per second The desired display time for frame 100 would therefore be T 3333 33 msec However the video frame will likely not be able to be presented at the exact time that is desired and will instead have an actual display time that is slightly different than the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 155 desired frame time Two main factors can influence the offset between the desired and actual display time for a video frame Interaction between the display s retrace rate and the video s frame rate Video frames can only be presented at intervals that are a multiple of the monitors retrace rate If the display retrace rate and video frame rate are not evenly divisible then the desired and actual frame display times can be offset by up to one display retrace rate Duration of decoding and displaying the video frame If the computer hardware that you are running the video presentation on 1s not able to
287. of a clip was last played in Display PC time This Sample Count sampleCount Integer Retrieves the actual sample count stored in buffer Determines if buffer contains mono or stereo n data Sample Rate sampleRate Integer Retrieves the sample rate in samples per second of the buffer All of the audio buffers have a sample rate of either 48 000 or 24 000 samples per second chosen to be compatible with most ASIO drivers When a WAV file is loaded that has a different sample rate it is converted to one of these sample rates using SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 81 ee sophisticated digital signal processing algorithms which do not degrade sound quality Gets the current play position time in Position milliseconds from the start of the clip playing The synchronization of audio and visual presentations is critical in some experiments When the DirectX is used for playing an audio clip the play sound action is done as quickly as possible however no timing certainty should be expected when using this audio driver If your experiment requires accurate audio timing the ASIO driver should be used The ASIO driver creates two audio buffers for each input or output channel When producing sounds one buffer is being played by the audio card while the other buffer is being filled with sound data by the Experiment Builder When the ASIO driver finishes playing its buffer the application
288. of all saccades The following figure illustrates the experiment START ACCUMULATOR UIPDATE_ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY _SCREEN ADD_ACCUMULATOR SACCADE Figure 7 44 Using Accumulator The user needs first to add one accumulator object into a graph and set the maximum data size for the accumulator see Panel A of Figure 7 45 At the beginning of the sequence execution the user may need to clear the data in the accumulator if 1t has been used previously This is done by adding an UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action and resetting the maximum data size for the accumulator see Panel B of Figure 7 45 Note that the user can also reset the data points in an accumulator with the RESET NODE action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 141 ue Recording ACCUMULATOR ADD ACCUMULATOR SEND EL MSG X Y UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE Experiment Components Dewices Maximum Size SCO C T a T Nexium Sid Minimum id a a SianderdDevidion SSS BianderdEror sd S A u P Recording ACCUMULATOR Te ADD_ACCUMULATOR SEND_EL_MSG PO UPOATE ATTRIBUTE Experiment Components Devices Property POATE_ATTREUTE yelik esse rat Adlon Te e Attribute ACCUMULATOR maxit vae hooo B Figure 7 45 Setting the Properties of Accumulator An Add to Accumulator action is added to the sequence to store saccade duration data The user needs to specify the accumulator in which the data is stored and the
289. ommon operations used in editing a graph in Experiment Builder Most of the operations can be performed by keyboard shortcuts by using buttons on the application toolbar or by entries in the Edit menu e Inserting a new node Click on the Action Trigger Other Tab of component toolbox in the Graph Editor Window Place the mouse cursor on the icon of the desired component press the left mouse button hold 1t down as you move the mouse to drag the selected item to the desired location in the work space and then release the left mouse button e Cutting nodes Select the nodes to be cut press CTRL X keys together or click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu Select cut to remove a selection from the project and place it into the clipboard e Deleting nodes Select the nodes to be removed press Delete key or select Delete from the popup menu to remove the selection from the current location Note Delete will not place the selection into the clipboard Therefore 1f you want to move one node from one sequence to another you may first cut the selected nodes and then paste the selection to the intended location e Copying a selection Select the nodes to be copied press CTRL C or select Copy from the popup menu to put a copy of a selection to the clipboard e Pasting a selection Press CTRL V or click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu and select Paste to insert the previously copied cut items from
290. on action and then by the actual trial recording see Figure 14 10 The prepare SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 233 sequence action allows the user to preload the image files or audio clips for real time image drawing or sound playing to draw feedback graphics on the host PC to evaluate participants performance and to reinitialize trigger settings The user should typically call this action before performing a drift correction a SE Research Experiment Mahler y LA0220 RC Simple 3 alj Fis Edt view Experiment Help Cease SxRaeetT Oa wcANsicaral QQQBaE a Wes YA GO em 2 0 bey pe 1 Add Prepare sequence action D E5 KEYBOARD da EL BUTTON Sy TER 1 cavena_setp SRE SEQUENCE BRIFT_CORRECT 3 Add Drift_Correct action 4 Add Sequence 6 Click at blank area to change layout T Double click on the sequence to continue J Cisa ipul Quisuar 2 Set Draw to EyeLink Host to IMAGE i Lond Screen Resources ie Lond Audio z To Eyeling Host fH Fesiaare Triggers Fania ALCO Fedinize view Reap PF SEQUENCE Plush Logs Figure 14 10 Editing Trial Sequence 1 Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox select the Prepare Sequence action hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work space 2 Click on the added PREPARE SEQUENCE action and review
291. on seed If set to Session Label the string you input in the Session Name dialog box when running the experiment is used as the randomization seed Any two runs of randomization with the same seed will generate identical randomization outputs Seed value Current Time Current Time Session Label SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 196 9 5 1 2 Blocking The randomizer supports blocking by up to two variables You may leave Block Level 1 and Block Level 2 fields empty if a blocking manipulation is not required in your experiment design If blocking is used all trials with the same value of the blocking variable will appear in a group The order of the blocking groups 1 e different values of the blocking variable to appear in the randomization output can be controlled with one of the two following methods no randomization complete randomization Blocking Level 4 Column var_abed Randomization Type Ione Blocking Level 2 Column Randomization Type e None If the randomization type of the blocking variable is set to None the order of the blocking groups will be the same as in the original data file For example the four levels of the var_abcd variable appear in the order of ABCD in the original file The var_abcd variable in the randomization output also appear in the order of ABCD e Random If this is the case levels of the blocking vari
292. onents The user will need to change the default settings for the actions triggers and sequences so that the experiment can be run in the intended way For example if a timer trigger is used the user may change the maximum duration set in the trigger If an invisible boundary trigger is used the desired triggering location needs to be specified Similarly the user needs to supply data for all actions For example 1f a display screen action 1s used the user needs to add different resources into the screen builder and adjust the layout of the resource in the screen To change the default settings for triggers actions and subsequences and make the new values available for future uses the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 4 user may make the modification through the preference settings of the Experiment Builder application see Chapter 17 5 Creating a Data Source The Experiment Builder allows the user to create prototypical trials for the experiment and to supply actual parameters for individual trials from a data source A data source can be created within the Experiment Builder or by loading a text file The use of data source makes the creation of experiment more efficient and less error prone It also makes the randomization of trial order across participants easier see Chapter 9 Data Source for details 6 Saving the Experiment Session After the experiment is generated don t forget to
293. ording drift correction as well as reset triggers actions and resources Have the experiment trial variables been added to the EyeLink DV Variables of the Experiment node FAQ The automatic TRIALID creator doesn t work Has the Message field of the triggers and actions been filled Messages will be sent to EDF file to mark important events For example you may write a SYNCTIME message for the DISPLAY SCREEN action that shows the target screen Has Prebuild to Image button of the screen resources been enabled This ensures image files will be created in the runtime images directory for Data Viewer overlay FAQ How to show the images in Data Viewer FAQ No image is overlaid under the fixations in Data Viewer Has the target screen been transferred to the host PC as feedback graphics FAQ How can we see the text on the host computer FAQ Warning 2015 No display screen is selected for PrepareSequence TRIAL gt PREPARE SEQUENCE FAQ Tracker screen flashes many times very quickly prior to each trial on the host PC Has a Recording Status Message been written to the tracker screen to report progress of experiment testing Has a PREPARE SEQUENCE action been added before a trial recording SEQUENCE Is this action called before the trial run time for EVERY iteration of the trial recording SEQUENCE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 268 9 Has an optimal screen refr
294. ossibilities as to why a frames may be dropped however they all converge on the higher level reason of the display PC s hardware not being able to keep up with the requested frame rate for the video resource in question If a display PC is used that meets the specifications we suggest for video presentation dropped frames should not occur for normal video playback scenarios The Experiment Builder decides to drop a frame if the actual frame display time for that frame is estimated to be equal to or greater than the desired display time of the next upcoming frame If the video playback performance is very poor this may result in several frames being dropped in a row If a frame is dropped the Dropped Frame Count is increased in the video resource object Furthermore a warning message is printed to the console and to the warnings log file indicating a frame was dropped and what the index of that frame was You can also detect dropped frames by looking at the display screen messages that are saved as a video is being played If a frame is dropped no frame display message will be written to the data file so a discontinuity will be present in the message stream 8 1 2 5 Frame Caching To help ensure smooth video presentation Experiment Builder caches a certain number of video frames in memory By decoding n frames in advance the application does not have to wait for the decoding of the next frame before it can be displayed on screen By decodin
295. ot be the target of an action and a trigger at the same time 6 3 Actions Action components instruct the computer to do something like displaying a screen or playing a sound One or multiple actions can be added to a sequence depending on the complexity of the experiment For example a recording sequence showing a static page of text may just require a single display screen action whereas an experiment studying change detection necessitates several display screen actions to present alternating screens at a fixed interval SR Research Experiment Builder supports the set of actions listed in the following table Display Screen Used to show a set of 2D graphics on the computer screen Please follow Chapter 8 Screen Builder to modify the content of the screen Camera Setup Displays the EyeLink camera setup screen for the experimenter to perform camera setup calibration and validation Drift Correction Performs an EyeLink drift correction by using a fixation point at a known position to correct for small drifts in the calculation of gaze position that can build up over time This is particularly useful when using the pupil only mode of EyeLink Command Ethernet link for on line tracker configuration and control EyeLink Writes a text message to the EyeLink eye tracker The text Message is msec time stamped and is inserted into the EyeLink EDF file 1B Add to Log File Allows the user to add text to a log file for exper
296. ovement pattern file from dropdown list or specify the file with the attribute editor SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 178 Picture im START do RECORDING Ype Custo creen Location Type Lise Positions From File File Nare Figure 8 14 Creating a File based Custom Movement Pattern The following is a list of properties for a custom movement pattern Field Attribute Type Content Reference Label label String Label of the custom movement pattern The default label is CUSTOM PATTERN Type The type of Experiment Builder objects CustomPattern the current item belongs to Screen Location Whether the locations specified refer to the Type top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen ees Sete Time a a Start Time of the movement Typically set to 0 so that the movement pattern is aligned to the display screen action Whether the movement pattern point list is SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 179 From File omFile n specified in a text file If enabled a text file must be added into the Movement Pattern tab of the library manager and selected either from dropdown list or from the attribute editor If this box is unchecked the user must added a list of resource positions to the movement pattern see the following table File Name fileName String Name of a text file that is used to sp
297. ow for a direct connection between a sequence and triggers A null action can be used as a dummy action in between instead of using SEND EL MESSAGE action or ADD_TO_ LOG action The null action can also be attached to the unused branch of conditional trigger so that the experiment flow can continue b Clearing cached trigger data Field Attribute Type Content Reference String Label of the NULL ACTION action The SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 94 Po default value is NULL ACTION Type NRO The type of Experiment Builder objects NullAction the current node belongs to ere eee Bes a experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Time Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events al
298. p DEF AULT A B Figure 7 10 Using Drift Correction Action 7 9 3 Performing Camera Setup and Calibration The Camera Setup action Sh will bring up a camera setup screen for the experimenter to perform camera setup calibration and validation Scheduling this at the start of each block gives the experimenter a chance to fix any setup problems Simply pressing the Esc key immediately can skip calibration This also allows the participant an opportunity for a break as the headband can be removed and the entire setup repeated when the participant is reseated The user can set up the calibration type in this action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 60 All other calibration configurations can be found at the preference settings Experiment Devices gt EyeLink Reference Label of the Camera setup action The default value is EL CAMERA SETUP Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects EyeLinkCameraSetup the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when camera setup action is done Time time Float Display PC Time when the camera setup action is done started Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t
299. p a Save Confirmation dialog box so that the user can either save the current session YES abandon the current session NO or stay in the current session CANCEL see Figure 4 5 ea Save Confirmation 2 Do you want to save changes to Ci ExperimnentBuilder test ab Figure 4 5 Save Confirmation When Opening a New Session SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 17 Tip A saved experiment session can also be opened by clicking on the Open button on the application toolbar or pressing the shortcut keys Ctrl O Note The user can also open an existing experiment project with Window Explorer by going to the directory where the experiment project is contained and double clicking on the graph ebd file 4 5 Reopening a Recent Experiment Session Experiment Builder keeps a history of five recently opened experiment projects If the user needs to reopen a recent experiment project try 1 from the application menu bar choose File Reopen 2 from the list of recent experiment projects choose the project to open see Figure 4 6 ess EyeLink Experiment Builder File Edit wiew Experiment Help A New Ctrl M 9 T lt a pb 2 Open ctri a D Program FilesiSR ResearchiExperiment Builder Examples Saccade fe Reopen ane Ane C Program FilesiSR ResearchiExperiment Builder Examplesi Simple D Program Files5R ResearchiExperiment B
300. parameters can be passed to the program The parameter can be retrieved as cmdargs of the topmost experiment node Use this preference to set parameters for test run purpose Include Packed Project in Deploy Directory If checked a copy of the packed experiment project will be included in the source folder of the deployed directory otherwise only the graph ebd and preferences properties files will be included for reconstructing the original project if necessary Verbose If checked a detailed printout will be shown in the EB output tab when deploying a project 17 4 GUI Ej value f Preferences z a E ee Experiment Property le Code Text Devices Nodes Screen Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy E _ GRAPH _LAYOLIT e WINDOWS LAYOUT Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Defaut SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 291 Property is Code Text Sets the format of labels in the property table If disabled the label of the properties will be formatted and or translated for internationalization so that it is understood easily If enabled an internal label will be displayed for ease of references and no internationalization or formatting will be done Show Tooltip If enabled a description text will appear beside the item on which the mouse cursor 1s placed 17 4 1 Graph_Layout x e Preferences Property
301. perform the operations listed in the table the user should first click on a blank area in the work space click the right mouse button to bring up the menu and then make a selection of the operation to be performed oe Sub apy fy Faste B Faste Multiple fi Delete a zoom selected oe oom In w oom ue ME Fit Content Layout Options Arrange Layout i Export Wage ES Import Mode Figure 7 4 Choosing Layout of Components in Work Space 7 5 Editing Properties of a Node After a component is added into the workspace some of its default property values can be modified according to the requirements of the experiment For example the maximum duration set in a TIMER trigger is set to 4000 milliseconds by default This may not be the desired value in an actual experiment and therefore the experiment designer needs to set a different value for it To edit the properties of an item click on the item until it 1s highlighted 1 e a gray border encircles it Double clicking on a sequence or a display screen action will also unfold the content of the sequence or display screen and make the current selection take up the whole work space for editing When one experiment component is selected its properties and corresponding values are displayed in the property panel for review and modification Depending on the nature of the property field different operations are required to change the value SR Research Experiment Bu
302. ph indicates that this experiment has three blocks which contains two five and five trials respectively Each trial will perform one eye tracker recording 7 8 Start Node For each sequence in an experiment graph the flow always begins with the default START node Each sequence requires at least one connection made from the START SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 51 node to one or several triggers or actions The START node cannot receive a connection from other nodes Reference Label of the Display Screen action The default value is DISPLAY SCREEN Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Start the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Starts 7 9 Actions SR Research Experiment Builder supports a list of actions such as displaying a screen performing drift correction performing camera setup and calibration sending a message to an EDF file or to a log file preparing sequence sending a command sending a TTL signal updating variable value adding to result file adding data to an accumulator outputting data to a result file playing sound recording sound data source line recycling or terminating the experiment Actions can be accessed by clicking on the Action Tab of the Component Toolbox The following sections describe the usage and properties of each action type in detail BOS BR
303. pilSize Size Left Velocity leftVelocity Float rightVelocity average Velocity 1 Right Velocity leftAcceleration Float rightAcceleratio n averageAccelerat ion leftGazeY right GazeY average GazeY leftPupilSize ri Average Velocity Left Acceleration Right Acceleration Average Acceleration x axis for the left eye right eye and an average between the two Gaze position of the triggering sample along the y axis for the left eye right eye and an average between the two Left eye right eye or average pupil size in arbitrary units area or diameter as selected in the EyeLink device settings Left eye right eye or average sample velocity in degrees second Left eye right eye or average sample acceleration in degrees second angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires Target Distance targetDistance Target Flags targetFlags Note Target X Target Y targetX targetY Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker X Y position of the target in camera coordinate This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if
304. positions in a sinusoidal movement pormo eon Moving Howat 9 S erate e feee Novag erat oe ston Som For a horizontal movement Start Phase Y should be set to 0 A Start Phase X of 0 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement and moves right a Start Phase X of 90 creates a movement which starts at the right end of the movement and moves left a Start Phase X of 180 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement and moves left and a Start Phase X of 270 creates a movement which starts at the left end of the movement and moves right For a vertical movement Start Phase X should be set to 0 A Start Phase Y of 0 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement and moves down a Start Phase Y of 90 creates a movement which starts at the lower end of the movement and moves up a Start Phase Y of 180 creates a movement which starts at the center of the movement SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 175 and moves up and a Start Phase Y of 270 creates a movement which starts at the upper end of the movement and moves down The sinusoidal movement can be two dimensional if both Start Phase X and Start Phase Y are non zero To create a circular or elliptic movement pattern make sure that Start Phase X Start Phase Y 90 for a clockwise movement and Start Phase Y Start Phase X 90 for a counterclockwise movement The circular or
305. pported by your video card and monitor To make the text presentation look better the user may enable the anti aliasing function see Anti aliasing and Transparency Set the transparency color value of the Display Device to something similar but not identical to the background used in the display screen In the current example the user may set the RGB value of the transparency color to 251 250 251 3 Click on Preferences gt Screen to enable the Antialising Drawing setting To complete preference settings press the close button on the dialog box 4 Select the topmost experiment node Stroop In the property table enable the Save Messages box so that a message can be written to the messages txt file at the results Session Name folder when an action is performed or a trigger fires SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 244 Chinese Japanese and Korean Users Please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 setting in Preferences gt Build Deploy settingis always enabled otherwise you may see the following error ERROR error 2070 Internal Error Could not create script Please contact SR Research Sorry MemoryError This may have caused by an invalid encoding Try using UTF8 encoding 15 3 Creating Experiment Block Sequence In this example we are going to run two blocks of nine trials The first step is to add a block sequence for repeating blocks see Figure 15 3 In
306. processed control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are Queues f S n flushed when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Filename wav for the audio clip Maximum duration for the sound recording Status status Integer Current status of the playsound action 1 recording yet to be started 1 recording in progress 1000 recording finished Position position Integer Position into recording in milliseconds since the recording starts Returns 0 before or after recording Time e starts Returns 0 before or after recording SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 87 A possible trial recording sequence involving audio recording would be 1 2 Add a Record Sound action to open the recording file for the trial Present visual events with DISPLAY SCREEN action Add a Voice key trigger to the DISPLAY SCREEN in addition to other trigger types 3 4 their utterance has been detected 5 Wait until timeout or a voiceke
307. property Note the writeableness self propertyo sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color property Noi except the writeableness self propertyyv 1 abc self propertyo read write eblist property self property hello read write string property self mylnternalattribute Ny Internal Attribute string property howe Property propertyl Figure 12 1 Creating a New Custom Class SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 211 There are some restrictions in the file naming 1 The file name cannot use any of the following reserved words name of a package that already exists in the python library path ctypes numarray py2exe pyasio pygame pylink pypsy pythonwin serial sreb win32 and wxPython 2 The file name cannot have spaces or non ANSI characters 3 The file name cannot contain other than for the use of extension py 12 3 Syntax of Custom Class Custom Classes are written using the Python programming language As such an understanding of the Python programming language is necessary before creating a Custom Class in Experiment Builder Please refer to the Python documentation if you are not familiar with Python While a custom class is written in Python a set of rules is used by the Experiment Builder GUI to parse the custom class and display the properties of the class in the Experiment Builder GUI It is critical that these rules described later in this
308. r 3 Click on Preferences gt Screen to check Screen Builder settings Set the Location Type as Center Position 4 To make the text looks better the user may enable the anti aliasing function see Section 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency If this is the case please click on Preferences gt Screen to enable Antialising Drawing In addition click on Preferences Experiment gt Devices gt Display to set the transparency color value to something similar but not identical to the background used in the display screen In the current example the user may set the RGB value of the transparency color to 251 250 251 Anti aliasing may be enabled in experiments using Text or primitive drawings shown on a uniform background 5 If any of the above settings have been changed and if you want to keep the new settings as defaults for all of your future experiments click on the button save properties as default EyeLink I and 1000 users The default tracker version is set to EyeLink II EyeLink I and 1000 users should also make sure that the Tracker Version setting in the Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt EyeLink preferences is set to EyeLink I or EyeLink 1000 f Preferences Property Walle x Experiment Tracker Address oo444 ne Pacing Interval 00 Eyelink 1000 Randomize Order ra Repeat First Point m E orce Manual Accept ock Eye
309. r A bit field enumeration for one or multiple modifier keys Shift CTRL and ALT pressed Is eee Pressed ll Boolea Whether one of the SHIFT keys 1s pressed n Is CTRL Pressed isCtrlPressed Whether one of the CTRL keys is pressed n Is ALT Pressed sAltPressed Whether one of the ALT keys 1s pressed n EDF Time EDFTime EDF time of the triggering key press Time time Integer Display PC time when the triggering key is pressed It is pretty ease to use a keyboard trigger For example if the user wants to press the ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the trial the properties of the keyboard trigger can be set as shown in the following figure keyboard START DISPLAY _ SCREEN Experiment Components Dewices value pas ELRO a C e ragered Data SS SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 113 Figure 7 30 Using Keyboard Trigger To set the key s used for response click on the value field of the Keys property and select the desired keys By holding down the CTRL key the user can select or de select multiple target keys from the dropdown list 7 10 7 Mouse Trigger on fy The mouse trigger CDA fires when a prespecified mouse button is pressed As in the invisible boundary trigger the user may also specify a particular region for mouse trigger to fire Using mouse as a response device is not recommended for timing critical experiments because th
310. race rate 3 which would be the actual time that the frame is displayed Refresh 85 hz Video 30 fps Refresh 60 hz This implies that the best case is one in which the vertical refresh rate is an integer multiple of the frame rate For practical purposes that would mean a refresh rate of either SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 156 60 hz see the red bars 90hz 120 hz or 150 hz for a video clip playing at 30 frames per second Moreover it implies that refresh rates intermediate between integer multiples of the frame rate 75hz for example will cause increased variability in the offset between actual and desired video frame display times In reality the retrace rate of a 60 hz or 120 hz monitor may be slightly off for example it could be 60 01 hz This means that even when you use a retrace rate that is a multiple of the frame rate some small drift between actual and desired frame display times can occur during the course of the video presentation This is handled by the video display engine by displaying a video frame for a duration less than the full frame duration whenever this small drift between the actual and desired frame display times approaches one display retrace in duration correcting or resetting the drift 8 1 2 4 Dropping Frames The term dropping frames refers to the situation where a frame or a set of frames were not displayed on the screen There are several detailed p
311. rawings can be added see Figure 8 1 Once added the exact properties of the resources can be further edited from the property panel For example for text presentation the user can specify the position font name size or style color and alignment style of the text For a dynamic display with moving object on the screen the user can further specify the movement pattern of the graphic resources Finally auxiliary utilities e g interest area drawing grid are provided for the ease of editing and data analysis eS EyeLink Experiment Builder v 1 1 0 105 Beta Track J x File Edit view Experiment Help l BASeBBeldixRatl varel x Q QQBE Experiment BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING DISPLAY_SCREEN AaPiARNOOCAY OOV My a alma mh Buck did not read the newspapers or he would have known that trouble was brewing not alone for himself but for every tide water 1 start dog strong of muscle and with warm long hair from Puget Sound to iat San Diego Because men groping in the Arctic darkness had found Eae RECORDING i 3 F start a yellow metal and because steamship and transportation companies FHE DISPLAY _SCREEN ae Interest_Areas were booming the find thousands of men were rushing into the O Movement_Patterns Northland These men wanted dogs and the dogs they wanted were a ELLIPSE_RESOURCE Be lysine heavy dogs with strong muscles by which to toil and furry coats to
312. rd Vie OG i uai E N 114 Foure 723 lUs MOUS M118 SOR arer n a T 117 Figure 7 32 Making a Resource Position Contingent on Mouse Position 00 118 igure 7233 Usma TII Vii Ger eaaa ETOT 120 Picure 7 34 Usin Fraton MOO 2 Ge citcset eect oes acca ate ea eo ae 124 Figure 7 35 WS Sac Cade TOO Or a cgi cso onsen E E EA 128 Figure 7 36 Using Sample Velocity Trigger eeeeeeeeeerereereseereeerereereresssrssreesressssssssesse 132 Pioure 7 37 Using Voice Key Tre ger esnruicniisonionnoton e E O 135 Figure 7 38 Other Components Implemented in Experiment Buildet 008 135 Prue 5 Os Usmo VATA DIG asus sits talbt E tease de sued antectiawtanied st 136 Figure 7 40 Property Settings for Variables agerri arse e a EE ETON 137 Figure 7 41 Dynamic Data Type Casting ccccccccseeseesesseseeessssssseesesesssesseseeseeeeeeegs 138 Figure 7242 Usm Result Elenen E ei atone iaeaeeaunces 139 Figure 7 43 Setting Properties of the Result File Node ecccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 140 igure 7244 sine ACCOMUNA 141 Figure 7 45 Setting the Properties of Accumulator cee eeeeccccececccceeeeceeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeees 142 Figure 7 46 Adding Data to and Retrieving Data from the Accumulator 143 Figure 8 1 Sample View of the Screen Builder Interface eeeeeseessseeeseeeeeeeees 145 Figure 8 2 Resources Implemented in Screen Builder cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 146 Figure 8 3 Loading
313. ready in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action 7 10 Triggers Triggers are used to control the flow of actions within a sequence such as the transition from one action to the other or ending the sequence SR Research Experiment Builder supports several kinds of triggers including timer control those from a device input keyboard mouse TTL Cedrus voice key and EyeLink button box those involving online eye data invisible boundary fixation saccade and sample velocity and conditional evaluations The following sections list the use of each trigger type Triggers can be selected from the trigger tab of the component toolbox Figure 7 24 A BOWMOO OsE Figure 7 24 Triggers Implemented in Experiment Builder 7 10 1 Timer Trigger a Timer Trigger D fires when a pre specified amount of time has elapsed since the trigger started It can be used to introduce a delay between actions and or triggers and to control the maximum amount of time a sequence can last The following table lists the properties of a timer trigger Field Attribute Type Content Reference SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 95 Label label String Label of the Timer trigger The default value is TIMER Type The type of Experiment Builder objects Timer the current node belongs to Node Path absPath String The absolute path of the node in the experiment grap
314. rectangular or elliptic type 17 2 14 Word Segmentation Fle Preferences Property value Experiment Segmentation Spacing Threshold fa Devices etmen oo Modes Right Margin cs Screen Top Margin ooo Ooo 2 Resources Bottom Margin fO o o E T Dene a il Gaps Between 9 Built In Interest Area Preference HH GRID_SEGMENT Me AUTO_SEGMENT neEVORD_SEGMENT BuildDeploy Gul Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Word segmentation will create a rectangular interest area to contain each of the word in a text or multiline text resource Segmentation Spacing Threshold Number of consecutive pixels below threshold before segment end is identified Left Margin Right Margin Top Margin and Bottom Margin Number of pixels added to the left top right and bottom of the interest area Note that the Top Margin and Bottom Margin fields will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Left Margin Number of pixels added to the left of the interest area Right Margin Number of pixels added to the right of the interest area Top Margin Number of pixels added to the top of the interest area Note that this field will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Bottom Margin Number of pixels added to the bottom of the interest area Note that this field will not have an effect if Fill Gaps Between is checked Fill Gaps Between If checked gaps between conse
315. rectory to which the project should be unpacked Note that the packed project may be opened by common zipping unzipping utilities such as Winzip version 8 0 or later and WinRAR However the project may not be opened properly by these zipping utilities if the project name contains non ASCII characters Tip A packed project can also be unpacked by pressing F3 4 8 Building an Experiment After creating the experiment the user needs to compile the experiment to make sure that there is no error in the experiment graph To do that from the application menu bar choose see Figure 4 7 Experiment Build Tip Building an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Build button on the application tool bar or pressing F9 ees EyeLink Experiment Builder 1 1 0 100 File Edit View Experiment Help os Clean FY D Bas Bi Build Fa Test Run Fil ff Deploy Fiz Figure 4 7 Experiment Menu 4 9 Cleaning an Experiment Sometimes the user may want to clean up the experiment projects This is especially important when the user has changed the images or other screen resources used for the experiment To do that from the application menu bar choose Experiment gt Clean Tip Cleaning an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Clean button on the application tool bar or by pressing shortcut key F7 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd
316. reen so that the participants gaze accuracy during recording can be evaluated i GA Research beperineeit Buber y LAILFARE Simpe jjj Fin Edt wew Experiment Help IB eBBelPxXRaGet Otc AOsiear Asx Qe QBs Lx igoe Ta a ee RECORDING eseLay_screnen ZO D pow W abel i isP a START a a li fi i j a MEN berg EYNCTME 2 Enter SYNCTIME i Sanole ae stant in the message field gi See BLOCK mena ji G start Bar hpt Queues F 1 Select the Display sereen 2 DEPLAY _SCREEN on fy KEY BOARD By EL_BUTTION eu 2 E THER Bociground Cola s LA l i By camees SETUP Der I i THER Y ELBUTON T PREPARE SEQUENCE Lord Fics f ORIFT_CORRECT at Ta D Genes Syri M Ir if h i 5 iit START aaa T 3 3 9 RECORDING mA Fe Y l T apars Mex CepiayS I A a ra TES Il Esimmed Prepare Tene iseh delai semah l ga EL BUTTON an Estinated 1 6 ose ay BLANK olipiste Screen F i Bend Evoke Dv mess FF 3 These two fields should be checked n a Fo Host Dispis RF i i F f Pterestares Set Name EEE xj huinn E Snee p aoo pp mm o _recorone z Figure 14 12 Modifying the Properties of DISPLAY SCREEN Action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 236 1 Click on the DISPLAY SCREEN node In the property window of the action double click on the value field of Message property Type in SYNCTIME and then press ENTER key to
317. reloaded and timing may be affected If an image or audio file has not been preloaded when it 1s used in the Display Screen or Play Sound action that references it a warning message will be written to the warnings log file for the experiment session Reference Label of the PREPARE SEQUENCE action The default value is PREPARE SEQUENCE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects PrepareSequence the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 74 po experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the PREPARE SEQUENCE action is done PREPARE_SEQUENCE action is processed Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Lo
318. riggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea Fixation trigger maintains an event queue so Queue n that multiple fixation events start of a fixation fixation updates and end of a fixation can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the fixation event s cached in the event option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region Location regionLocation Point Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the Top Left boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width regionWidth Integer Width 0 by default of the boundary region in screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Height regionHeight Height 0 by default of the boundary region in SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 121 screen pixels Note that this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Interest Area The display s
319. riment These applications are listed in the taskbar at the bottom of the screen e Shut down any programs Norton Antivirus volume controller Windows Messenger etc running in the notification area of the taskbar where you usually see the current time displayed lower right corner of the screen e Make sure no scheduled tasks e g data backup virus checking are active e Remove unnecessary devices e g DV converter flash disk external hard drive connected through the USB or firewire ports e Shut down screen saver management Click the right mouse button at a blank space on the display PC desktop to open a dialog box for display properties settings On the Screen Saver tab set the screen saver to None e Shut down power management Select the Screen Saver tab of the Display Properties dialog box and click on the Power button In the Power Options Properties dialog box turn off all features related to power management hibernation advanced power management support turning off monitors or hard drives e For acomputer with multiple Ethernet cards installed use the Windows Control Panel to temporarily disable all network connections except for the one dedicated for EyeLink connection The user should disable the firewall for the EyeLink Ethernet connection as well 3 1 3 Host PC and Display PC Software Requirements SR Research Experiment Builder works with EyeLink I EyeLink II and EyeLink 1000 e
320. riment Block Sequence cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 227 Figure 14 5 Ediune Block S QuenGe siaicercrs acai ti lesen es 228 Figure 14 6 Adding Instruction to Block Sequence cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 Figure 14 7 Adding Multiline Text Resource onto a Display Screen cccceeees 231 Figure 14 8 Create Instruction SCreen 4 i tiiiws neers 232 Fig re 14 9 Creatine Data Set secretele si aa i a 233 Fioure 14 10 Edino Trial Sequences fessnteteh ict aeasaeie E 234 Figure 14 11 Editing Recording Sequence i s0ssssssisteesaceceahssseseneseioincceseauaseea seeecerontehenes 235 Figure 14 12 Modifying the Properties of DISPLAY SCREEN Action 236 Figure 14 13 Adding Text to Display Screen eraser i E aie eee aes 237 Figure 14 14 Referring Text to Be Shown to Data Source ceeeeeeesesseseseseeeeeeeteees 238 Proure 14 15 Creatine Trial ID Message aciy scsi oot cestind ced a a a aa 239 Figure 14 16 Creating Trial Recording Status Message ccccccssseeseseeeeeeeeeseeeeeens 240 Figure 14 17 Error in Initializing Graphics ccc ccccccessesessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaseeeeeseeeees 242 Picure lAos Enorin Tracker VerSlOi cunnen E caveguess E E E 242 Figure 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session ccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 243 Picure 15 2 Paine Project Preterenc es sincushsnchinecivdsdutoacuasdaiaynainietycdieesawhelubeieoerdeiagaesee 244 Figure
321. riment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 161 Figure 8 7 Aliased and Anti aliased Texts To apply anti aliasing the user should first check for the Experiment Builder preference settings Click Edit gt Preferences Click on Screen node and make sure that the Anti aliasing Drawing box is checked see Figure 8 8 eo5 Preferences x Value opLett Position InterestArea Color Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default e Preferences H Experiment antialiasDrawing o Devices Nodes Resources Movement Patterns __ Built In Interest Area Preference BuilldDeploy Gul Figure 8 8 Antialiasing Drawing Preference Setting In addition anti aliasing works well in a uniform background The user should set the Transparency color of the Experiment close to but not identical to the background color in the display For example see Figure 8 9 to show black 0 0 0 text over white 255 255 255 background the user may set the transparency color to something close to white for example 251 250 251 Important Never set the transparency color the same as the display background color this will cause the display drawn improperly SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 162 008 Preferences E g Preferences Property TO Experiment 024 Devices eight 66 ee E YELIME EVIO
322. ring in Equations Equations are a combination of values and or references Equations can be used to calculate data at runtime based on static or dynamic values or both All equations start with a sign followed by references and or values that are concatenated with operators While all of these operators support numerical operations the only operator that supports string concatenation is the sign Functions like str int and float can be used to do data type conversion Note Actually any valid Python equation is a valid equation in the Experiment Builder For details on Python the run time programming environment used by the Experiment Builder visit http www python org Although equations will be evaluated during build time to check for obvious problems the user should always check for the completeness and validity of the equations herselt himself In particular the user should make sure that the type of the equation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 203 created matches the data type required in the attribute field In the following Example 1 see Figure 10 2 the EyeLink Record Status Message field of a recording sequence expects a string value Therefore the equation created in the Example 1 is also a string type please note that the str function is used in the equation to do data type casting In Example 2 the equation created is
323. ring the Project Location field please make sure that the intended directory already exists Note The experiment session name must start with a letter between a and z or A and Z and may contain letters digits and the underscore character If there is any space in the filename this will be replaced by an underscore An Invalid Value error dialog box will be displayed if the format of session label is invalid SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 14 eof New Project i x Project Hame Test Project Location E EB _Frojects P J EyeLink Experiment OK Cancel Figure 4 2 Dialog for Creating a New Project After the experiment is generated the following files and folders are created Experiment datasets Liprary audio customClass images interestAreaSet video myfiles runtime dataviewer images GQrapn ebd Preferences properties e graph ebd This file contains the experiment graph Double clicking on this file will open the experiment session e Preferences properties This file contains the preference settings for the current experiment session e datasets This is the directory where the data source file is located e library This is the folder where the image audio interest area set and video files are contained e runtime This folder contains all of the runtime image and
324. rn type of a method is string unless a doc string with the following constraint is available e The doc string is a multi line string flanked by a triple quotes Everything between the start and end quotes is part of a single string which documents what the function does A doc string 1f it exists must be the first thing defined in a function that is the first thing after the colon You don t technically need to give your function a doc string but you always should SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 216 e The doc string should start with a RETURN text case sensitive e Following the RETURN text provide a default value of the type or the __repr__ value of the class e g str for string 12 3 6 setX and getX Methods Method name starting with set and get are assumed to operate on the class attributes and are handled differently from regular custom class methods def init self sreb EBObject init self self myProperty 1 Property myProperty A read and write integer type property def setMyProperty self c self MyProperty c def getMyProperty self return self myProperty To allow the getX and setX methods to operate directly on a class attribute x the following syntax rules must be followed e The class attribute identifier must be an alphanumeric string and start with a lowercase letter e g use self myProperty instead of self MyProperty e The getX and setX
325. rogress bar is popped up default 1f ui CONSOLE progress updates are printed to the console if ui NONE no progress messages are brought to the user For example for an experiment named simple deployed you can pass the u1i NONE to disable the files transfer progress bar simple deployed session myTest uI NONE e The acutal paramters passed along the command line can be retrieved through the Command Line Arguments property of the Experiment node If the experiment needs to be run on a different machine with similar or better computer specifications the user should first copy the entire directory of the deployed version of the experiment to that computer The user should also pay attention to the following details Important See section 3 1 2 regarding experiment runtime performance and steps that should be taken to maximize the real time performance of the deployment computer SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 21 5 Experiment Builder Graphical User Interface The SR Research Experiment Builder uses a desktop framework that contains all windows of the application The following figure shows a typical graphical user interface GUI the experiment designer will see in an experiment generation session Besides the standard windows application menu bars and tool bars the experiment builder desktop can be divided into two major parts the Project Explorer Window on the left and the Graph Editor
326. roject should be saved If you are manually entering the Project Location field please make sure that the intended directory already exists SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 243 4 Make sure that EyeLink Experiment box 1s unchecked for a non EyeLink experiment 15 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings After a new experiment session 1s created the user needs to check whether the default display and screen preference settings are fine for the experiment to be created i SF Researth Geperiment Batters LiLee Bt f e Fis Edt view Ep rme Help 2 undo cut Chl z i ho are i ecGer s fhAHsie anr ali rv aaam B EE 1 Click Edit gt Preferences fy KE YBOART y TTL FH ameus i L e pin saec To Heri Reina 3 Loar E Buldiepiy 8 i hideo Frame Cache Sore Lea Shee Dena Tio eee 3 Enable Antialias drawing 2 Edit Transparency color 4 Select the experiment node Stroop and enable Save Messages property Figure 15 2 Editing Project Preferences 1 Select Edit gt Preferences from the application menu bar or press shortcut key Ra 2 Click on Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt Display to check display settings Make sure that the settings Width Height Bits per Pixel and Refresh Rate used in the current example are su
327. rty Wot selft property l abc gelf propertye read write eblist property self property hello read write string property self wylnternalAttribute My Internal Attribute string property howey Property propertyl 4 read and write integer type property def setFropertyliself ci selft propertyl c det getPropertyl selfi return self propertyl Property propertye 4 read only property The type will be treated as a point EBPoint def getPropertyeiself return gelf propertye def getPropertys self return self propertys Callable method using Execute action Note the default arquments and the doc string to let eb know what is the expected Y t Adaf mrMarhard bos leo onsen narm F lon 1 1 11 raram 1100n 100A eri maram A i CN TO wars Figure 12 5 Custom Class Code Editor Custom Class Editor Toolbar Short Cut E Save Code CTRL S Save the custom class code SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 221 Undo CTRL Z Undo the last change made to the custom class editor Redo Redo the last change made to the custom class editor FS Cut CTRL X Removes a selection from the project and place it into the clipboard D Copy CTRL C C Puts a copy of a selection to Puts a copy of a selection to the clipboard Puts a copy of a selection to the clipboard A Paste a Ty Inserts the previously copied item from the clipboard to the current positio
328. rty can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time window of uncertainty as the trigger could actually occur between the last checked time and the actual firing time Region Type regionType String The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region regionDirection A range of eye angles from a multiple selection Direction list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the invisible boundary trigger fires For each angle range the first value 1s inclusive and the second value is not inclusive regionLocation Point Pixel coordinate of the top left corner of the boundary region in x y tuple The default value is 0 00 0 00 Note that the x y coordinate of the region location can be further referred as regionLocation x and regionLocation y respectively Note that Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a Region Location Top Left this property is only available when the Region Type property is set to either RECTANGLE or ELLIPSE Region Width regionWidth Integer Width 0 by d
329. s Each experiment creation session generates a binary file graph ebd which contains the graphic layout of the experiment and a set of supporting files and directories for preference settings image loading etc With these files the experiment creation session can be reopened later for review or modification After the experiment is built the user can deploy the experiment to a new directory This will generate a set of files so that the experiment can be run on a different computer without relying on the Experiment Builder application 4 1 Creating a New Session To create a new experiment session from the application menu bar choose see Figure 4 1 File gt New Tip A new experiment session can also be created by clicking on the New Experiment button on the application toolbar or by pressing shortcut keys Ctrl N eof EyeLink Experiment E File Edit view Experir Ctrl M Open Ctr o Reopen b gt Reop E Save Ctrl s Sil Save os eal Package FS ca Unpack F3 Exit Figure 4 1 File Menu This will bring up a New Project dialog see Figure 4 2 prompting for the experiment project name and a directory under which the experiment project should be saved Enter the name for the session in the Project Name edit box Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment files should be saved Ifyou are manually ente
330. s Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent t ontingent contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent T setting 1s False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to aa the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Color J hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 172 resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled the resource Width Width of the resource in pixels Height Height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be saved in an Image T image file when the experiment is built instead of having it created during run time This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor In addition images wil
331. s first created Last Dianai lastModifiedD String Time and Date when the experiment was last Date ate modified Session Name sessionName String Name of the experiment session This is the S ee string you input in the Session Name dialogbox when running the experiment a Gn License ID of the dongle key Demo if the Experiment Builder software is unlicensed Save Messages T saveMessages Boolea Whether the messages associated with any n triggers or action should be logged This attribute is available in Non EyeLink Experiments only If enabled a message property will be available in most of the triggers and actions Read Only T NR Boolea Check this box if you do not want to save any n changes made to the experiment project SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 46 F START Na BLOCK T PREPARE SEQUENCE i l eruct eo a a aai Experiment Components Properties yeLink DV Variables Created Date ion Feb 21 14 5253 EST 2005 Last Modified Date Sat Aug 26 15 24 35 EDT 2006 Figure 7 6 Properties of the Experiment Node The EyeLink DV Variables property is used to send trial condition messages to the EDF file so that the user knows exactly under which condition each trial recording 1s performed After clicking on the value field of the property a dialog box will be displayed to allow the user to choose variables to be recorded The list of possible vari
332. saccade trigger fires i Last Check lastCheckTime Time Boolea n confidencelInterv al Confidence Interval Clear Input clearInputQueue Queue Region Type regionT ype Region regionDirection Direction regionLocation Region Location Top Left SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the start and end time of the triggering saccade you should use triggeredData startTime and triggeredData endTime i e the startTime and endTime sub attributes of the triggeredData attribute This property can be used to retrieve the display PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Time difference between the trigger time and last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time EyeLink saccade trigger maintains an event queue so that multiple saccade events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the saccade event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the saccade event queue LIST all saccade events from event queue will be removed The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only
333. save the experiment session so that it can be re opened later on 2 2 Building and Test running Experiment After the experiment is created the next step is to see whether there is any error in the experiment graph for example failing to make a connection between items incomplete data source wrong data type used etc The user can compile the experiment by clicking on Experiment gt Build menu to build the experiment Build time errors in red or warnings in orange will be displayed in the Output tab of the Graph Editor Window In most of cases clicking on the error or warning message will select the experiment component at issue and thus enable the user to identify and fix up the problem quickly Please note that the above build process just checks whether there are obvious mistakes in the experiment graph but does not check for the content and validity of the experiment per se Therefore the user should test run the experiment on a couple of participants to see whether the experiment does exactly what was intended by the experiment designer By clicking on Experiment gt Test Run the experiment will be executed from the Experiment Builder application For an EyeLink experiment a connection to the tracker PC will be made and the user may record some data using mouse simulation The EDF data file should be carefully examined to see whether all of the trial condition variables are properly recorded whether interest areas and images
334. search Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 220 In addition a value can be returned from the custom class to the Experiment GUI through the return value of a class method Please note that the return type of a method is string by default unless a doc string is used to specify the data type of the return value 12 6 Using Custom Class Editor To edit the content of a custom class users may use the simple text editor in the custom class tab of the library manager Alternatively users can edit the custom class code directly by double clicking on a custom class instance and opening a custom class editor tab The custom class editor provides much more functionality than the simple text editor in the library manager The following table summarizes the tools available for code editing using the built in custom class editor Experiment TestClass py RECORDING BLOCK Al2exBa heB aA inport sreb a Flass CustomClassTemplate areb EB0bject Ger anit WSerE Sreb EROb ject init self self propertyl 1 property of Integer type This is also a read wrl self propertye 1 2 read only point property Note the setter missing self propertys 1 2 3 read only color property Note the getter missing selt property4 1 0 read and write property of double type also will self propertyS sreb EBPoint l00 200 read write point property Note th self property6 sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color prope
335. section are understood as you define your custom class so that access to class attributes and methods is possible from within the rest of the experiment The following explains the basics of creating a custom class in Experiment Builder with an example 12 3 1 Line 001 Line 002 Line 003 Line 004 Line 005 Line 006 Line 007 Line 008 Line 009 Line 010 Line O11 Line 012 Line 013 Line 014 Line 015 Line 016 Line 017 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual Example import sreb class CustomClassTemplate sreb EBObyject def init self sreb EBObject init self self property1 1 property of Integer type This is also a read write property see the getter and setter self property2 1 2 read only point property Note the setter missing for this property self property3 1 2 3 read only color property Note the setter missing for this property self property4 1 0 read and write property of double type also will not accept references or equation self property5 sreb EBPoint 100 200 read write point property Note this property is similar to proprty2 except the writeableness self property6 sreb EBColor 200 100 100 read write color property Note this property is similar to proprty3 except the writeableness self property7 1 abc self property6 read write eblist property self property8 hello read write string property self myInternalAttribute My Internal Attrib
336. select the Keyboard trigger hold down the left mouse button and drag the action into the work area Add an EyeLink Button trigger to the work space Add a Timer trigger to the work space Click on the Timer trigger and set the duration to 20000 msec Click on the Action Tab of the component toolbox and add a Camera Setup action to the work space Click on the action and set the Background Color to white 255 255 255 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox and add a Sequence node to the work space This will be our trial sequence Place the mouse cursor on top of the START node Hold down the left mouse button while moving the mouse on top of the DISPLAY SCREEN node This makes the connection from the start node to the DISPLAY SCREEN node Similarly connect from DISPLAY SCREEN to KEYBOARD EL BUTTON TIMER triggers Note that a number is added to these connections indicating the evaluation order among the three trigger types 10 Make the connection from the latter three triggers to the EL CAMERA SETUP node and from EL CAMERA SETUP to the SEQUENCE node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 229 ehen Buhler y Laws RC Sample Fia Edt View Experiment Help EEJ E M M E EMEA ETEA E ve ie Expennert sie aS E Strmbure 1 Click on the Action tab to 2 Select Trigger tab and adda displ
337. setting see Figure 14 18 If this is the case please set the tracker version in the device settings to EyeLink I see Figure 14 3 Error Tracker version is not 2 x 6 File pn7676434222565155408_exp py line 47 in Figure 14 18 Error in Tracker Version SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 242 15 Creating Non EyeLink Experiments Stroop Effect The current chapter illustrates the use of SR Research Experiment Builder in creating a non eye tracking experiment This sample experiment demonstrates the Stroop Effect with keyboard response the subject is asked to respond to the colors of the words as fast and as accurately as possible For example for the word BLUE the subject should respond as RED instead of BLUE 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Session Click on the Experiment Builder to start a new session When the application starts art Fe ee ee Fis Edt view Experamernt Help 2 Enter the session name 3 Click here to save the project to the intended location 4 Uncheck this box for a non EyeLink experiment Figure 15 1 Creating a New Experiment Builder Session 1 Click on File gt New on the application menu bar 2 In the following New Project dialog box enter Stroop in the Project Name edit box 3 Click on the button on the right end of the Project Location to browse to the directory where the experiment p
338. sition in a clip 1 e a number between 1 and last frame of the video clip Next Frame nextFrameNumb Integer The index number of next frame to be flipped Number er shown SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 154 Number er shown on the screen Time actually shown Desired Time dTime the screen Reports the number of frames displayed non Count Count dropped frames se Hf es frames duration played in msec 1000 Duration a So Duration into clip playing When the play ends the duration may report as displayedFRameCount 1 self frameRate 8 1 2 1 Reading Frame Time Experiment Builder can record the time of each frame in the EDF file For example 1f the user adds the following message to the message field of the display screen Display a Steleselr VIDEO RESOURCE Last rrameNumoe mG Sa ECRITS F str self VIDEO RESOURCE currentFrameNumber The EDF will contain output like MSG 8046616 8 Display 30 CRT 31 This shows that at the message time 8046616 the visible frame should be 30 last frame number Frame 31 appears at 8046616 8 8046624 this flip event also updates frame count and index number and associated frame time After that flip Experiment Builder processes frame number 32 and next frame to be flipped is frame 32 with the last flipped frame now set to 31 8 1 2 2 Video Frame Timing Experiment Builder decodes each frame of the vide
339. sition is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent t setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Host Outline Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Color J Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Width of the resource in screen pixels Height of the resource in screen pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T n image when the experiment is built ins
340. so that time critical or important events can be marked in the data file for the ease of future analyses The Experiment Builder also contains a built in Screen Builder utility that makes the creation of 2D visual displays easier The Screen Builder is a what you see is what you get WYSIWYG tool allowing experiment designers to create and view 2D visual stimuli right within the Experiment Builder application The Screen Builder allows various types of graphic resources images text or simple line drawings to be added to a Display Screen action The exact properties of the resources can be further modified from a property panel In addition the Screen Builder supports creation of both static and dynamic displays In a dynamic display the user can have some resources on the screen move along a pre specified movement pattern The SR Research Experiment Builder is highly configurable Nearly all of the properties of experiment components can be modified This can be done either by directly entering the parameter values or more flexibly by attribute reference and equations 1 e setting the value of one variable to the value of another variable With this dynamic reference capability a typical experiment requires the users to create a prototype of experiment conditions while leaving all parameter settings e g experiment trial condition labeling images to be used text to be shown positions of the resources to be handled by a data source
341. sound file to play on failure or interruption Good Beep goodBeep String Sets sound DEFAULT OFF or sound file to play on successful operation Result Always returns None Please note that the Camera setup action is only available in EyeLink experiments and must be placed outside of a recording sequence As a linking rule the camera setup action cannot be connected to another drift correct action camera setup action or any trigger Figure 7 11 illustrates the use of camera setup in an experiment SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 62 Sequence est Jif START ie BLOCK JF START 2 EL_CAMERA SETUP Le a TRIAL FE START Experi ment Components EL_CAMERA_SETUP Properties laix Property value L CAMERA SETUP lear Input Queues I alibration Type WO oregroaund Color Background Color Ise Custom Target E Taret Oversize Target Inner Size 4 Marget Beep DEF AULT Error Beep DEFAULT ood Beep DEF AULT Result Figure 7 11 Using Camera Setup Action 7 9 4 Sending EyeLink Message The SEND EL MESSAGE action E writes a text message to the EyeLink eye tracker which timestamps it and writes to the EDF data file Messages are useful for recording trial conditions responses from the participant or marking time critical events for debugging and analysis The EDF message text can be created with the attribute editor by double clicking at the ri
342. space When a Select Image dialog shows up choose the desired image file The image will now be displayed on the screen To adjust the position of the image resource select the image by clicking left mouse button and keep holding down the mouse button while dragging the resource to the desired location Release the mouse button when the image resource is at the desired location The resource position can also be set from the value field of the Location property in the property panel Tip The x y coordinate of the current mouse cursor position will be displayed below the cursor if the mouse is left static for a couple of seconds in the Screen Builder workspace Reference IMAGE RESOURCE Type NR The type of screen resource ImageResource the current item belongs to Visible T visible Boolea Whether the resource should be visible The n default setting is True box checked SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 147 Index of the resource in screen resource list 0 n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Contingent T ontingent n contingent on the gaze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The d
343. splayed allowing the user to choose the appropriate data source file In an EyeLink Experiment the user will also be asked to enter the experiment session name At the End of experiment an EDF file will be generated for EyeLink recording session and saved in the experiment directory Optional result file s will be created if the user has specified them in EyeLink and non EyeLink experiments 2 6 Data Analysis EyeLink recording file can be conveniently analyzed with EyeLink Data Viewer as the experiments created with Experiment Builder are fully integrated with this analysis tool Experiment Builder sends messages to the data file so that images or simple drawing can be added as overlay background The user can also specify trial variables create interest areas and send messages for the ease of data analysis The result file s from a non EyeLink recording session contains columnar outputs for selected variables in the experiment This file can be easily loaded by common statistics packages SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 6 3 Installation The current section covers system requirements for computers used to create and run experiments with Experiment Builder as well as installation and licensing issues 3 1 System Requirements The computer recommendations for SR Research Experiment Builder are in a large part dependant on the experimental paradigm being run For example an experiment t
344. ssseseesseseseeeees 260 Figure 15 19 Editing Recording Seguente esisiini a 261 Figure 15 20 Accessing the Subattribute of the TriggeredData Attrbiute 000 262 Figure 15 21 Loading Feedback Audio CIDS cccccccesessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 263 Figure 15 22 Send Results to a Result Fereste dese en awa essce 265 Figure 15 23 Adding Variables to Results File cc eeeeeessesssssessseessesseesesseseeeeeens 266 Figure 17 1 Accessing the Experiment Builder Preference SettingS ceeeeeeee 271 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd x 1 Introduction The SR Research Experiment Builder SREB is a visual experiment creation tool for use by Psychologists and Neuroscientists The SREB is designed to be easy to use while maintaining a high degree of flexibility This unique design combination allows for a wide range of experimental paradigms to be created by someone with little or no programming or scripting expertise When used in combination with the SR Research EyeLink eye tracking system the SREB provides seamless integration into the EyeLink hardware and software platform 1 1 Features The SR Research Experiment Builder provides a comprehensive graphical experiment creation environment for Psychologists The features in the Experiment Builder have been designed to address many of the research needs SR Research has encountered when working with Ey
345. st areas Spending a couple of minutes on these small details may save hours in data analysis later It s always a good idea to test at least one participant after creating the experiment and collect the recording data to examine timing accuracy and to check whether any critical information is missing Record TCP IP Link Open Stop Recording Drift Corr Duration sec s 6 Track ing Binocular SHH Hz Pupil SIMULAT ING HEAD SIMULATING Data to ee fuk eaedt Nall se and Events SING TRACKING USING INK L oaMnples and LCVeENCE MOUSE OFF MOUSE aar Title Trial 1712 One DISABLED P 66 Figure 11 1 Sending the Recording Status Message to the Tracker In a similar vein the user may also try to send a message to the tracker screen see Figure 11 1 This can be used to show the progress of the experiment so that the experimenter can arrange a break in the middle of the experiment for example This message may also contain trial condition information so that the experimenter knows immediately which condition is being tested and therefore may be able to evaluate the performance of the participant For some experiments especially those involving a location trigger SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 207 invisible boundary fixation saccade or fast velocity it might be helpful to draw some simple graphics on the tracker screen for feedback information with EL_COMMA
346. structor Line 005 Following this all of the possible attributes and methods used in the class should be listed Attributes of the class are specified by binding a value 1 for Line 006 to an identifier self property1 for Line 006 All of the attributes used in the class must start with self The attribute identifier must be an alphanumeric string and start with a lowercase letter 1f the property starts with an underscore or an upper case letter then the property is treated as internal For example self thislsAnExmaple and self example2 are valid custom class attributes whereas self 2Example and self badString are not valid The data type of the class attribute is determined by the initial value assigned to the attribute Known supported data types are int float str EBPoint EBColor tuple and list For example Line 006 self property1 attribute has an initial value of 1 As a result this class attribute is an integer The following table lists typical data types used in a custom class Attribute Value Data Type Usage Example Line 013 self myString This is another string Boolean 100 100 Point Example Line 007 If an attribute s default value is of tuple type and only has two items the property will be treated as an EBPoint The parameter of the setX method and the return type of the getX method is expected to be the same as the attribute type 1 2 3 Color Example Line 008 If an attribute s defau
347. t clearInputQueue Queues t S Boolea Auto Generate autoGenerateSyn Boolea Sync Messages f cMessages 5 specified number 2 by default of rows If the toggle grid visibility button in the Screen Builder toolbar is on several vertical lines will be drawn to divide the screen into the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 53 SSS and te efit values are true and false default value Estimated estimatedPrepare Integer Time in milliseconds required to prepare for Prepare Time Time the display screen This is typically set to the value of Default Estimated Prepare Time The preparation time is influenced by screen resolution computer video hardware and whether the screen resources have been preloaded or not Default defaultEstimated Integer Default time in milliseconds set for display Estimated PrepareTime screen preparation Typically this is set to 1 5 Prepare Time times of a display refresh cycle Note that the Estimated Prepare time is useful only when a timer trigger is used before a display screen This allows the timer to pre release for the preparation of the following display screen action Auto Update autoUpdateScree Boolea If true default the display screen will be Screen n n updated automatically without re entering the display screen action again This applies to anything that modifies the currently visible screen e g
348. t 1s used for the drawing the drift correction target Note that this target supplied by the user property is only available if Use Custom Target is checked Target Outer outerSize Integer The standard calibration and drift correction Size target is a filled circle for peripheral delectability with a central hole target for accurate fixation The disk is drawn in the calibration foreground color and the hole is drawn in the calibration background color The Target Outer Size property specifies the diameter of the outer disk of the default calibration target in pixels Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target is not checked Target Inner nnerSize Integer Diameter of the inner disk of the default Size calibration target in pixels If holesize is 0 no central feature will be drawn Note that this property is only available if Use Custom Target is not checked Target Beep targetBeep String Experiment Builder plays alerting sounds during calibration These sounds have been found to improve the speed and stability of calibrations by cueing the subject and make the experimenter s task easier The Target Beep property specifies the sound to play when target moves If set to DEFAULT the default sounds are played if set to OFF no sound will be played for that event otherwise a sound file from the audio library can be played Error Beep errBeep String Sound DEFAULT OFF or
349. tCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue TTL trigger maintains event queues so that Queue multiple TTL events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the TTL event s cached in the event queues should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the TTL event queue LIST all TTL events from event queue will be removed Usually set as STATUS register Mode mode String Either Word mode the decimal or hexadecimal value of the TTL input value or SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 118 Sr ee ee Pin mode status of each individual pins Data data Integer The byte value of the current input TTL signal This could be a decimal or hexadecimal number This field is only available if the Mode property is set to Word The desired status for the corresponding pins The pin value can be either ON high OFF low or EITHER the status of that pin is ignored Triggered Data triggeredData If the TTL trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table When the TTL trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Display PC time when the voicekey trigger fires EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the voicekey trigger fires
350. target tracking is ok otherwise error code This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if running a non Remote eye tracker Returns MISSING DATA 32768 for the untracked eye For EyeLink I and II the velocity and acceleration of the 2nd sample before the triggering sample are reported For EyeLink 1000 the reported velocity and acceleration values belong to the nth sample n 2 4 or 8 respectively if a 5 9 or 17 sample velocity acceleration model is used before the trigging sample The Invisible Boundary Trigger can be used to check whether the participant s gaze position crosses a specified region and therefore is useful for experiments involving the boundary paradigm To make this trigger useful the user needs to specify a triggering location For example if the user wants to change a display when the participant s left SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 101 eye gaze position has been in a rectangular region 100 384 250 818 the recording sequence can be programmed as the following see Figure 7 26 EHEH InvisibleBoundaryTest START T PREPARE_SEQUENCE Hp RECORDING i START DISPLAY INITIAL AIN ISIBLE BOUNDARY aa EL_BUTTON TIMER ra DISPLAY SECOND FHL DISPLAY BLANK L TIMER SECOND NYISIBLE_BOUNDAR Experiment Components Dewices Properties xI Label INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY
351. targetMissingBeep The audio clip to be played when the target is missing A different audio clip may be used 1f that clip has already been loaded into the library manager Edit gt Library Manager select the Sound tab Event Queue Size Experiment Builder maintains separate event queues for the eye based triggers The following sets the size of the event queue and reports the current event count in each queue Fixation Queue Size fixationQueueSize Sets the maximum number of fixation events FIXUPDATE STARTFIX or ENDFIX that can be cached in the fixation event queue Saccade Queue Size saccadeQueueSize Sets the maximum number of saccade events that can be cached in the saccade event queue Button Queue Size buttonQueueSiz Sets the maximum number of button events that can be cached in the button event queue Sample Queue Size sampleQueueSize Sets the maximum number of samples that can be cached 1n the link sample queue Fixation Event Count fixationEventCount The number of fixation events FIXUPDATE STARTFIX or ENDFIX cached in the fixation event queue SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 277 Saccade Event Count saccadeEventCount The number of saccade events cached in the saccade event queue Button Event Count buttonEventCount The number of button press released events cached in the button event queue The following table lists possible data that ca
352. te A zoom selected PE E zoom In co oom Out al Fit Content Layout EN Export Mode TIMER f Import Node Figure 7 3 Importing Node 7 4 Layout of Nodes in Work Space The Work Space in the Graph Editor Window functions like a flow diagram editor in which components are dragged onto and connected If a large number of items are added the work space may get cluttered The graphic interface of Experiment Builder allows for automatic node arrangement zoom in or zoom out operations to create high quality drawings of a graph so that it can be understood easily To rearrange the layout of items in a hierarchical manner place the mouse cursor to a blank area in the Work Space click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu and choose Layout and then click OK see Figure 7 4 From the menu the users can also zoom in or out the current graph or to make the current graph fit the screen The following table lists of the options available from the popup menu Zoom Make a selection of components in one region and use this operation to selected portion of area can be viewed Space the Work Space SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 43 Layout Click to bring up a configuration dialog box so that the layout of Option components in a graph can be configured Arrange Rearrange the layout of components in the graph in a hierarchical Layout manner Note To
353. te name That is a reference starts and ends with a sign A reference can be manually entered in the property value field or more preferably from an attribute editor To bring up the attribute value editor place the mouse cursor at the very far right end of the property value field that should be edited see Figure 10 1 Ifthe field supports attribute referencing a button with three dots on it will be displayed on the right hand side of the attributes value cell Double clicking on that button will bring up an Edit Attribute dialog with editable area on the top and a node selection tree on the bottom left In the editable area the user may enter in a value a reference or an equation SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 201 oEyeLink Experiment Builder 0 01 Demoline File Edit Experiment Help AS BB Se xR Aw iB gt B Experiment Trial Recording DISPLAY _SCREEN lala Niololal yl olo elal alala e alala t E Demoline YF start EL_CAMERA_SETUP iP Trial START DRIFT_CORRECT tp Recording start EHE isPLay_SCREEN Interest_Areas Movement_Patterns as Edit Attribute TEXT_RESOURCE gt text Attribute parent parent parent Trial_DataSource Text Attribute Editor Reference Selection Node Selection EHT Demoline ST
354. te path of the node in the experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment when the sample velocity trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the triggering sample occurs you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Region Type regionType String The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE 0 ELLIPSE 1 or INTEREST AREA 2 Note that the INTEREST AREA option is only available when interest areas are defined in one of the display screens in the same recording sequence Region regionDirection Listof A range of eye angles from a multiple selection Direction String list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the sample velocity trigger fires For each angle range the first value is inclusive and the second value is not inclusive Region Location regionLocation Point Pixe
355. tead of having it created during the actual execution of the trial This field is always true when the screen 1s contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attribute is False the run time drawing may not look exactly as it does in the screen editor Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Surface T n is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory 1s used to hold the resource blitting 1s slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface Color color Color Color in which the outline is drawn The default color is medium gray 128 128 128 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 169 Filled T filled Boolea Whether the interior of the resource should be n filled If not this just draws a framed ellipse This is True by default Fill Color fillColor Color Color in which the interior of the ellipse is filled The default color 1s medium gray 128 128 128 Specifies the width 1 by default of the pen in pixels 8 1 8 Triangle Resource The triangle resource can be used to create an isosceles triangle to create other types of triangle use the freeform resource instead To create a triangle resource on the screen click on the Draw Triangle Resource button on the toolbar Place the mouse cursor in the screen builder
356. ter Replacement option and set the Delimiter Replacement Character as a single space SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 183 P Cut Copy fy Paste m Delete ik Snap To Grid Lock selection Unlock selection Grouping Order Vertical Alignment Horizontal Alignment d d d d d Create Interest Area Set HH Grid Segment Save Screen 45 Image ig Auto Segment Aa Word Segment Figure 8 17 Creating Interest Area with Grid Segmentation 8 3 3 Using Interest Area File For some experiments it is hard to define interest areas within Experiment Builder For example if the experiment presents different images across trials it is hard to manually create built in interest areas or to create runtime interest areas automatically If this is the case you may consider the interest area file option In this approach you will need to create one interest area file for each of the Display Screen actions Add the interest area files into the library manager Select the display screen to which the interest areas are associated and set Interest Area File Name field to a desired interest area set file Please make sure that the interest area file name does not contain space or non ASCII characters Note Interest areas contained in an interest area file will not be listed under the Interest Areas folder of the Display Screen action nor will be displayed in the Screen Editor 8 4 Resourc
357. ter of a resource Interest Area Color Color used to draw the border of interest areas Anti aliasing Drawing Anti aliasing is the process of blurring sharp edges in text or line drawings to get rid of the jagged edges on lines If this preference is set to true anti aliasing 1s applied to resources to make screen drawings appear smoother To achieve best anti aliasing result make sure that the transparency color Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt Display gt Transparency Color is set to close but not SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 286 identical to the background color of the display Preferences gt Experiment gt Nodes gt Action gt Display Screen gt Background Color 17 2 2 Image Resource See section 8 1 1 Image Resource 17 2 3 Video Resource See section 8 1 2 Video Resource 17 2 4 Text Resource See section 8 1 3 Text Resource 17 2 5 Multiline Text Resource See section 8 1 4 Multiline Text Resource 17 2 6 Line Resource See section 8 1 5 Line Resource 17 2 7 Rectangle Resource See section 8 1 6 Rectangle Resource 17 2 8 Ellipse Resource See section 8 1 7 Ellipse Resource 17 2 9 Triangle Resource See section 8 1 8 Triangle Resource 17 2 10 Freeform Resource See section 8 1 9 Freeform Resource 17 2 11 Sine Patter
358. th HL EPLAY SOREN l ex E Cut E KEYBOARD j ga EL BUTTON f I copr E Thi ogation aia 719 Ps f _canena_SeTuP T Greer a gt TROL eaen a it FEART Movement Pattert fiore Tr H ca eee ebuid To magt ba ik snap To Grid E pAn o se Sofbrare Surface E Gf Start rocks oerLay SCREEN iere Daya gt J rierest Arsa Fom hime Ang 2 Set text font Order Mownment Patterns ont She flor tread Wortical Alignment A ont Sine ag 3 Set font size Horzontal Alignment G re nerina E Create Interest Area Sot pean paret pmet pret i4 Get text reference A Save Sareari As image L CSL BLANK ine Runtime Vig Segment aE ES Check this box Enpa mart Components Devices Sme r mo op ma p recone Figure 14 13 Adding Text to Display Screen 1 Click on the Insert Text Resource button on the Screen Builder tool bar and click at any position in the work area SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 237 2 Double click on the current value of Font Name New Times Roman This will bring up a dropdown list Set the new font name as Arial 3 Double click on the current value of Font Size 20 Enter the desired text size 40 in the text editor 4 Double click on the far right end of the value field of the Text property This will bring up an attribute editor dialog see Figure 14 14 a Click on DataSource node under TRIAL sequence o
359. that multiple mouse press release events can be accessed over time The current option checks 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 114 whether the mouse event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the mouse press release event queue LIST all mouse events from event queue will be removed Buttons List of List of Integers 1 2 3 by default indicating Integer the buttons may be pressed for trigger firing S Press Events T pressEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n press event occurs This is set to True box checked by default n Release Events T releaseEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button release event occurs This is set to True by default Position positionTriggere Boolea Whether the mouse trigger should fire when the Triggered t d n mouse is placed over a specific region without any press release events Region regionDirection List of Direction String A range of eye angles from a multiple selection list 0 45 45 90 90 135 135 180 180 135 135 90 90 45 45 0 used to restrict the direction in which the mouse trigger fires For each angle range the first value is inclusive and the second value is not inclusive Region Type regionType String The type of triggering Region used RECTANGLE
360. that can be created by the SR Research Experiment Builder including video presentation saccade contingent display changes accurately timed audio presentation audio recording and ASIO based voice key support e Pentium 4 2 4 GHz or higher with Hyperthreading enabled or with multiple cores e Windows XP 32 bit version Service pack 2 Note Windows Vista and 64 bit versions of Windows 2000 XP are not supported SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 7 DirectX 9 0 or later 1 GB of memory Primary 80 GB or larger 10 000 RPM hard drive Secondary 80 GB or larger 7 200 RPM hard drive 256 MB AGP amp x or PCI Express video card High refresh rate CRT Monitor 120 Hz or higher Creative SoundBlaster Audigy 2 ZS or other tested ASIO sound card Keyboard and Mouse Free USB ports for Experiment Builder key If using EyeLink Ethernet connection to the EyeLink tracker To check the version of DirectX installed in the PC type dxdiag in the DOS command line prompt or search for the dxdiag exe file in the windows system32 directory and click on it This will bring up a DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box Ifa version older than DirectX 9 0 is installed on your computer an updated version of DirectX should be downloaded and installed from http www microsoft com windows directx For the most accurate display timing it is strongly suggested that a CRT monitor is used as LCD monitors can a
361. the clipboard to the current position e Pasting a selection Multiple times Press CTRL M or select Paste Multiple from the popup menu This will bring up a dialog to let you specify the number of copies of the previously copied item from the clipboard to the current position SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 39 e Undoing Pressing CTRL Z undoes the last action performed 7 2 Node Connection The flow of an experiment sequence moves from the default START node to one or several triggers or actions and then to other triggers or actions and so on This requires the designer to connect two experiment components with arrowed line to establish a directional or dependency relationship between a Source component and a Target component Click here for a list of linking rules 7 2 1 Connection Create Cancel and Delete To make a connection from a Source component to a Target component place the mouse cursor on the Source component hold down the left mouse button without releasing the button as this constitutes a mouse click and will select the item instead move the cursor to the Target component and then release the left mouse button To cancel a connecting operation in progress press the ESC key To remove a connection between two experiment components click on the connecting line until it is highlighted in yellow and then press the Delete key on the keyboard or select the Delete b
362. the key was pressed you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retrieve the display Time PC Time when the trigger was checked for the last time Confidence confidenceInterv Float Time difference between the trigger time and Interval al last check time of the trigger This indicates a window of uncertainty as the true trigger time could be between the last check time lastCheckTime and the reported the trigger time time Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea Keyboard trigger maintains an event queue so Queue n that multiple key press events can be accessed over time The current option checks whether the keyboard event s cached in the event queue should be cleared when the trigger fires NO no event clearing Event removes the current triggering event from the keyboard event queue LIST all key press events from event queue will be removed keys Listof Keys allowed for the trigger firing Use the drop Strings down list to select target keys In the attribute editor the user should specify a list of keycode the internal numeric identifier for a key on a keyboard PC or Either used for response Triggered Data triggeredData If the keyboard trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed see the following table t The supported named keys in attribute editor are Any Backspace Tab Clear Enter Pause Escape Space
363. the user may keep the default region settings and uncheck the Within button 7 10 11 Sample Velocity Trigger fe The sample velocity trigger 6S available only in an EyeLink experiment implements a fast saccade detection algorithm by checking the velocity and acceleration information on a sample by sample basis This trigger will fire much quicker than the Saccade trigger so the Sample Velocity Trigger should be used for saccade contingent paradigms The Sample velocity trigger fires when both the sample velocity and acceleration values exceed their respective criteria Occasionally there will be misses and false alarms in saccade detection compared to the slower saccade trigger The sample velocity trigger is location based and fires only when the eyes are within or outside of a specified region To make the trigger fire regardless of current eye position the user can keep the default location settings but uncheck the within check box Alternatively the user may set the triggering region as the whole display area As all SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 128 other eye based trigger types a sample velocity trigger must be used in a recording sequence Reference Label label String Label of the sample velocity trigger The default far itis SAMPLE VELOCITY The type of Experiment Builder objects SampleVelocity the current node belongs to The absolu
364. tiatine Custom lasseren a ao anessGeteat ace 218 Sy MSN C USOE SS aati astesowsee arte a a eine Meee atvoman ies 219 17 6 Using Custom Class dor ten ci echt wet carnedades cea ehtiet lh cabatede des avea yt 221 13 Creatine Experiments OVervicw nereo aee ane ESA NOES 223 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 1v 14 Creating EyeLink Experiments The First Example ccccccccessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 IA Creatine tHe EXPEr imei asc hipse ccs anata a a a 224 14 1 1 Creating a New Experiment SeSSI00 cccccccsssseeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaas 224 14 1 2 Configuring Experiment Preference Settings 0 0 0 0 cceessssssseesseeeeeeeees 225 1413 Creaune Experiment Block Sequence scenerna n a 221 ATA Editing Block Seguen e comm e ETTE 228 141 5 Creating Instruction SCEN enregar an E ERTA 230 14 1 6 Editing Trial Sequence Data Source nsesnsnsiiiiiiisnirnincsii se 232 14 1 7 Editing Trial Sequence Preparing Sequence and Drift Correction 233 t416 Editing Recording SCQuene nvs nr a A a 235 14 1 9 Modifying Properties of Display Screen c cc ccessssssessseeeeeeeeeeseeees 236 14 1 10 Creatine Display SCPCCM sesnccsntscsiveseuedvovdsduveoutetetecwisociweuiowedtevdeduveouteies 237 14 1 11 Wrin TAa IDO EDET neesan tins batoliewohi dlettleematiastesens 239 14 1 12 Showing Experiment Progress Message on Tracker Screen 239 a2 Boudin The Xperience tek acsiads tig hs tat isis toa
365. tion _Y allows the user to send one log message per call Reference Label of the ADD_TO LOG action The default value is ADD_TO LOG Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects AddToExperimentLog the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 69 po experiment graph Display PC Time when the action is processed Display PC Time when the action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Log File logMessage String Message to be written to the log file Message Log File N String File to which the log message is written The default file name is Logfile If this field is left empty the message will be printed to command line or the output tab of Experiment Builder if test running the project In the following example Figure 7 14 the user adds a sample velocity trigger in the experiment and w
366. tion rightAcceleratio degrees second Right n Acceleration averageAccelerat Average ion Acceleration Angle angle Float The angle of the eye movements when the trigger fires Target Distance targetDistance Integer Distance between the target and camera 10 times the measurement in millimeters This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target X Target targetX targetY Integer X Y position of the target in camera coordinate Y This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only Returns MISSING DATA 32768 if target is missing or if running a non Remote eye tracker Target Flags targetFlags Flags used to indicate target tracking status 0 if target tracking is ok otherwise error code This option is for EyeLink Remote eye tracker only SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 131 Tipton Ronieyetmcten running a non Remote eye tracker Note Returns MISSING DATA 32768 for the untracked eye The sample velocity trigger can be used when a saccade needs to be detected as quickly as possible so that a display change can be implemented To detect a saccade instantaneous velocity and acceleration values are for calculated for each sample and compared to the threshold values For cognitive experiments the velocity threshold is typically set to 30 degrees
367. tly different images for a certain number of cycles and then stop the presentation after that To do that the user may create a new variable to keep track of the current iteration status behaving as a counter and use the UPDATE_ATTRIBUTE action to update the counters value on each cycle of the graph Reference Label of the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action The default value is UPDATE ATTRIBUTE Type NR The type of Experiment Builder objects UpdateAttribute the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is executed Time Float Display PC Time when the UPDATE ATTRIBUTE action is done Display PC Time when the action started Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 71 L l Triggers following the action Atttribute Us
368. to check out whether the experiment runs as designed Note that test run is not intended for real data collection and should be only used when you are testing your experiment To run the experiment for data collection the user should first deploy the experiment to a different directory and run the experiment without relying on the Experiment Builder GUI and for better timing performance Simply double click on the executable file Stroop exe in the deployed directory and then follow the instructions on the screen The experiment result file should be saved in the results session name subdirectory of the experiment directory SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 267 16 Experiment Builder Project Check List The following checklist was created to summarize some common problems in creating and running an Experiment Builder project See the html version of this document for a list of frequently asked questions If this is an EyeLink experiment 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Is there a recording sequence in the project FAQ How to convert a non EyeLink experiment to an EyeLink experiment Does it implement the hierarchical organization concept of experiment design Is the data source attached to the trial sequence instead of the recording sequence If the datasource is attached the recording sequence you will not be able to do image drawing to the host computer perform a pre rec
369. to track during recording For a binocular eye tracker EyeLink I and II the default is BINOCULAR For monocular EyeLink 1000 tracker the default is EITHER Pupil Size pupilSize Record the participants eye area or diameter in pixels Fixation Update Interval fixationUpdateInterval During fixation send updates every m msec integrated over n msec max m min 4 msec These can be used for gaze controlled software or for pursuit tracking Intervals of 50 or 100 msec are suggested Interval of 0 disables Fixation Update Accumulate fixationUpdateAccumulate During fixation send updates every m msec integrated over n msec max m min 4 msec Normally set to 0 to disable fixation update events Set to 50 or 100 msec to produce updates for gaze controlled interface applications Set to 4 to collect single sample rather than average position Auto Calibration Message autoCalibrationMessage Should the calibration messages be printed in the EDF file Velocity Acceleration Model velocityAccelerationModel EyeLink 1000 only This allows to choose the model 5 sample 9 sample and 17 sample used to calculate velocity and acceleration data Current Time currentTime Returns the current tracker time in milliseconds The tracker clock starts with 0 when the EyeLink host program was started SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 275 Sample Rate sampleRate Returns
370. top left screen coordinate and center of screen in the center position coordinate type Width Float Width of the resource screen width Height Float Height of the resource screen height Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Always True Image f n Use Software useSoftwareSurf Boolea If false unchecked memory on the video card Screen Location NR Type Surface T ace is used to hold the resource blitting from the video card memory to the display surface is fast If true checked the system memory is used to hold the resource blitting is slow as it is done by copying from RAM to display surface If enabled an Interest Area set file will be created during runtime to contain segment information for individual words in the text Use Runtime useRuntimelAS Word Segment InterestArea f If the user intends to use a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 box of the General Preference settings is checked 8 1 5 Line Resource Line resource creates a line drawing on the screen Click on the Draw Line Resource button on the toolbar to select the line resource type Place the mouse cursor at the desired line start location in the work space click down the left mouse button keep dragging the mouse cursor until it reaches the desired end location and then release the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 20
371. trial for gaze accuracy monitoring and add a PREPARE SEQUENCE action before the recording sequence with its Draw to EyeLink Host field enabled SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 55 START Movement_Patterns AY TEXT RESOURCE DISPLAY _BLANK DISPLAY SCREEN Experiment Components Dewices Properties Ay leplay Screen EL BUTTON Hode Path BLOCK TRIAL RECORDING DISP ime a Gearmatoueus E OOOO C sA DISPLA4_ BLANK mm o a Background Color Bits Per Pixel 2 uta Generate Sync bessa aros o a Graco prepare nea ossa E o ba W adin b m al Ms mn mam Tinna Mm Cere E E T E re Figure 7 9 Using Display Screen 7 9 2 Performing Drift Correction At the start of each trial a fixation point should be displayed so that the participant s gaze is at a known position The EyeLink tracker is able to use this fixation point to correct for small drifts in the calculation of gaze position that can build up over time Even when using the EyeLink II tracker s corneal reflection mode a fixation target should be presented and a drift correction allows the experimenter the opportunity to recalibrate if needed Performing a drift correction 1s optional for EyeLink 1000 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 56 The Drift Correction action GB implements this operation The display coordinates where the tar
372. ts f releaseEvents Boolea Whether the trigger should fire when a button n release event occurs This is set to False box unchecked by default To specify a list of button s used for response click on the value field of the Buttons property and select the desired buttons Multiple buttons can be selected or unselected by holding down the CTRL key The buttons can also be set via attribute reference by double clicking on the right end of the Buttons value field When the button trigger fires the triggered data can be further accessed The sub attributes of the TriggeredData field are listed in the following table Display PC time when the button is pressed EDF Time EDFTime EDF time when the button is pressed State State Boolea Whether button is pressed True or released n False when the trigger fires The ID of the pressed button that fires the trigger For example if the user wants to end the trial by pressing button and 4 the properties of the button trigger can be set as see Figure 7 28 Hj xX ButtonTest Jif START EHe RECORDING LFE START H E DISPLAY _SCREEN as EES e TIMER r Experiment Components Properties Property abel YHE hessage Time ast Checked Time Confidence Interval Triggered Data Buttons f1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ress Events a elease Everts rj Figure 7 28 Using EyeLink Button Trigger SR Research Exp
373. ts three types of interest areas rectangular elliptic or freeform The following sections illustrate the use of each type of interest areas o o Figure 8 16 Creating an Interest Area To create a rectangular interest area click on the Insert Rectangle Interest Area Region button LQ Place the mouse cursor in the workspace at the location intended for the top left corner of the interest area press the left mouse button drag the mouse cursor to the desired location intended for the bottom right corner of the interest area and then release the mouse button The precise location of the rectangular interest area can be edited in the property panel An elliptic interest area can be created in a similar fashion A freeform interest area 5A can be created in the same way as a freeform resource is created see Section 8 1 9 8 3 1 1 Rectangular Elliptic Interest Area The following table lists the properties of a rectangular or elliptic interest area Please note that the precise location of an interest area can be edited with the Location Width and Height attributes in property table Reference Type NR The type of Experiment Builder object RectangleInterestArea the current item belongs to Label label String Label of the Rectangle or Ellipse interest area The default label is REACTANGE INTERESTAREA or Ordinal ID of the interest area Name Viewer screen editor Screen Location
374. ts together can be found in Section 6 2 Experiment Graph Flow Diagram As a convenient tool for creating eye tracking experiments the Experiment Builder is fully integrated with the EyeLink eye tracker Performing camera set up calibration validation and drift correction can be achieved by simply inserting the appropriate action in the experiment A single check box setting can be enabled to record eye movements for a period of time Online eye data can be used as triggers to drive display changes e g displays can be made contingent on fixation saccade or instantaneous sample data so that gaze contingent or gaze control applications can be developed In addition users can set eye tracker preferences and send commands and messages to the EyeLink tracker SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 1 With these capabilities the Experiment Builder allows the users to focus on stimulus presentation and data analysis Recording data collected from experiments created by Experiment Builder is fully integrated with EyeLink Data Viewer For example Experiment Builder automatically sends messages to the EDF file when a screen 1s displayed so that images and or simple drawings can be used as overlay background in Data Viewer Experiment Builder also allows the users to specify condition variables for a trial and to add interest areas for a display screen Finally the users can send custom messages to the EDF file
375. ttings in the property table Make sure to check the Flush SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 255 Log box so that the data output for the previous trial is done before starting a new trial 7 Click on the Action Tab of toolbox select the Sequence node hold down the left mouse button and drag it into the work space 8 Make a connection from the START node to UPDATE ATTRIBUTE from UPDATE ATTRIBUTE to PREPARE SEQUENCE from PREPARE SEQUENCE to the SEQUENCE node Please note that the four variables RT KEYPRESS RESPONSE and TRIAL INDEX should not be connected to other nodes 9 Click at any blank area in the Work Space Click the right mouse button and select Arrange Layout in the popup menu Click ok in the following dialog box to re arrange the nodes in an orderly fashion 10 Double click on the newly created sequence to fill in the actual events in the recording 15 8 Editing Trial Event Sequence Part 1 The next step is to work out the actual display presentation in a trial In this example we first show a fixation mark in the center of the screen for one second followed by the presentation of the Stroop word Wait for a keyboard response by the subject or the trial times out in eight seconds and the display is cleared 68 Beseanch fiperimnen fuijer yy L420 0 Sirain allaj Fie Edt Aew Erperimet Help SobGe eR
376. ttribute I INVISIBLE_BOUNDARY EATER_THAN L J ae F vas wooo and Or Selec Attribute 3 On VISIBLE BOUNDARY REATER_THAN A B Figure 7 27 Using Conditional Trigger ae hal When performing a conditional evaluation the user must make sure that the data type of the value field must match that of the attribute field ditto for Value 2 and SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 105 Attribute 2 The data types supported in current implementation of conditional triggers are string integer double and Boolean e When comparing strings please make sure that the strings are case sensitive without quotes see the Saccade template for the implementation of conditional evaluations with strings e Incase of evaluating a Boolean comparison for example checking whether the Force Full Redraw field of a DISPLAY SCREEN action is checked or not the user needs to set the Attribute field of the conditional trigger by referring to the target attribute e g DISPLAY A forceFullRedraw choose either EQUALS or NOT EQUALS as the comparator and type in true or false lower case without quotes in the value field of the conditional trigger e Sometimes the user may attempt to evaluate attributes against missing values For example the user may want to check whether a trigger has fired or whether a valid data has been retrieved from one
377. ual experiment condition under which the trial was conducted can be identified during analysis see Figure 14 15 SH Research ixperineet Bidibery iL RC Single Fis Edt wew Esperimenti Help IA BBe Pax Bat TAD ear al QROAHBE x Experiment puoc nsPLav scree TAAL TAAL DataSource RECORDING DeSPLAy screen START d BLOCK Gf start pO DELAY SCREEN fy KEYBOARD aa EL BUTTON i TIMER E L CAMERA SETIP EyeLink D wnriabies 4 2 Click here to bring up EyeLink DV Variable dialogbox ave Dui D i Figure 14 15 Creating Trial ID Message 1 Click on the Experiment the topmost node in the structure list to start 2 In the property table click on the value field of the EyeLink DV Variables property 3 In the following dialog box for each of the variables to be added to the trial ID message select the variable and click the ADD button The order of the selected variables can be modified with the Move up and Move down buttons 4 Click on OK to finish 14 1 12 Showing Experiment Progress Message on Tracker Screen During trial recording a text message can be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the experiment progress see Figure 14 16 For example in this experiment we wanted to show a text message like Trial 1 12 One on the tracker screen 1 Click on the Recording sequence
378. uilder Examples change Save Os a Package F5 Ea Unpack F3 Exit C Program Files SR ResearchiExperiment Builder ExamplesiTextLine Clear History Figure 4 6 Reopening Recent Experiment Sessions A File Not Found error will be displayed if the intended experiment project has been moved renamed or deleted To clear the list of recent projects click on the Clear History menu 4 6 Packaging an Experiment The user can pack up the current experiment project by clicking File Package from the application File menu This will zip up the experiment directory and save the zip file at a location selected by the user The created zip file contains only the files necessary to rebuild and run the experiment graph ebd Preferences properties and library directory The packed project can be unpacked by Experiment Builder SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 18 Tip The experiment can also be packaged up by clicking the Package button on the application tool bar or pressing F5 Experiment packaging is very useful if you want to send another Experiment Builder user an experiment you have created so they can modify the experiment in the Experiment Builder 4 7 Unpacking an Experiment The packed experiment project can be unpacked by clicking File Unpack from the application File menu In the following dialog the user should select the packed project source and specify a di
379. unction may add an extra g delay to sequence polling and there should be used with caution avoiding running any callback function that takes a significant amount of time to finish __ Result of the execution method aa Type of the data returned by the execute Type method A recording sequence should be included in an EyeLink experiment Failing to do this will result in a build time error error 2028 No Recording sequence found To specify one sequence as a recording sequence check the Record checkbox Note that this checkbox will not be available if the current project is a non EyeLink experiment or if the sequence is already contained within a recording sequence If the Record button is checked the user will see additional properties EyeLink Record Status Message field allows the user to send a text message to be displayed at the bottom of the tracker screen so that the experimenter can be informed of the progress of experiment testing Recording Pause Time controls the delay in the execution of sequence following the start of the tracker recording Some nodes can only be used in a recording sequence For example all eye based triggers such as invisible boundary trigger fixation trigger saccade trigger and sample SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 49 velocity trigger should be only used in a recording sequence However some other node types such as drift correction a
380. users can also use a more complex form of references equations which are a combination of values and or references In most cases the data type of the referring attribute must match that of the referenced attribute As amore concrete example of using references imagine that the user needs to show a text on the screen In the property table of the text resource the user can enter the text to be displayed directly in the Text property field see left panel of the figure below This static approach will be problematic when the user needs to display different text across trials Another more flexible approach is to have the Text attribute of the text resource refer to a column e g Word of a data source that contains a different text value in each iteration of the sequence see the right panel Obviously using references 1s more advantageous when the user needs to set a value dynamically In addition references can also be used to access the value of attributes of an action or a trigger In the above example the width and height of the text shown on the screen will change dynamically across trials To know the exact text dimension in one trial the user can refer to the Width and Height property of the text resource SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 37 value AT RESOURCE abel ost Outline Color Screen Location Type enter 2 384 e Prebuild To mage I Font Name Aa onal Fort
381. usoidal movement pattern SINE PATTERN by default The type of Experiment Builder object SinePattern the current item belongs to Screen NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Location Type left corner or center of the resource This setting it can be changed at Screen Preferences Start Time startTime Float Start Time of the movement Typically set to 0 so that the movement pattern is aligned to the display screen action 341 0 by default 256 0 by default The horizontal center of the movement in pixels Typically this is the center of the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 174 aay screen Frequency X frequency x Float The speed of horizontal movement in number of cycles per second Hz The vertical center of the movement in pixels Frequency Y frequency_y The speed of vertical movement Start Phase X start_ phase x Float The start phase position of horizontal movement This number should be between 0 and 360 Start Phase Y The start phase position of vertical movement Note Amplitude X should be set to 0 for a vertical sine movement and Amplitude Y should be 0 for a horizontal movement X and Y amplitudes must be the same for a circular movement otherwise this will result into an elliptic movement The start point of the movement is specified by the Start Phase X and Start Phase Y The following table lists the most important landmark
382. ut of analog or link sample data so please use it carefully The use of this prefix should be limited to the write _ ioport command Typical command execution is 1 20 ms after the action is pressed With l prefix this is reduced to less than 1 ms 99 of the time In the worst case it may still about 10 ms but rarely higher than 2 ms The default setting is False This setting has no effect on EyeLink I Log Time t logTime Boolea If enabled logs the command and its delay in n execution to the EDF file and link if message events are enabled The default setting is False The message time is when the command completed execution The message SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 66 syntax is pf CMD lt execution delay gt lt text of command gt This setting has no effect on EyeLink I T n from the tracker Result Time Out resultTimeOut Integer Sets the maximum amount of time to wait for a response from the tracker If no result is returned then the error code NO_REPLY is returned Exit On Fail t exitOnFail Boolen Whether the experiment should be terminated if there is an error in the command Important please leave this field unchecked unless it is absolutely necessary that you should terminate the experiment if the EyeLink send command action fails Result result Integer Result code for the command 0 Command successfully sent 1 Unknown
383. ute String property however this is hidden from the interface if Property property 1 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 212 Line 018 Line 019 Line 020 Line 021 Line 022 Line 023 Line 024 Line 025 Line 026 Line 027 Line 028 Line 029 Line 030 Line 031 Line 032 Line 033 Line 034 Line 035 Line 036 Line 037 Line 038 Line 039 Line 040 Line 041 Line 042 Line 043 Line 044 Line 045 Line 046 Line 047 Line 048 Line 049 Line 050 Line 051 Line 052 Line 053 Line 054 Line 055 Line 056 Line 057 Line 058 Line 059 Line 060 Line 061 Line 062 Line 063 Line 064 Line 065 Line 066 Line 067 Line 068 Line 069 Line 070 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual A read and write integer type property def setProperty 1 self c self property l c def getProperty 1 self return self property1 u Property property2 A read only property The type will be treated as a point EBPoint def getProperty2 self return self property2 def getProperty3 self return self property3 Callable method using Execute action Note the default arguments and the doc string to let eb know what is the expected return type def myMethod self parm1 parm2 100 1 1 1 param3 100 100 50 param4 50 75 param5 hi RETURN 1000 2000 3000 The first line of the doc of method is used to get the return type of the method return 1000 2000 3000
384. uted a result file is generated in the experiment directory with one column for each of the output variables The result file is tab delimited and can be easily imported by most statistical software 686 0 VARIABLE TIME VARIABLE BUTTON 603 0 530 0 n 532 0 7 11 3 Accumulator The accumulator is used to keep numeric values and do statistical analysis on the accumulated data Field Attribute Type Content Reference String Label of the accumulator Maximum Size maximumSize Integer Maximum number of data points can be added into the accumulator If the number added exceeds the limit the initial few data points will be overwritten Integer Integer Number Number SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 140 Minimum value on all added values Mean value across all added values Median value across all added values Standard Stddev Number Standard Deviation for all added values Deviation Standard Error Standard error value for all added values The accumulator can be used as a handy tool for presenting a summary of participant s performance RT calculation at the end of the experiment Suppose that we have a saccade trigger Whenever the saccade trigger is fired the triggered data is collected and the duration of each saccade can be added to the accumulator At the end of the trial or at the end of the experiment we can easily calculate the max min mean etc of the duration
385. utton on the application tool bar 7 2 2 Connection Order START DISPLAY SCREEN EL_BUTTON Figure 7 1 Connectin Order When several triggers are connected to a common node a small number is drawn by each edge in the graph This number represents the order that triggers will be evaluated from a source node that has multiple trigger targets In the above example Panel A the keyboard trigger will be evaluated first then followed by the EyeLink button trigger and then by the timer trigger To change the connection order the user can first delete the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 40 connection edges between the source and target nodes and then reconnect the nodes For example if the user deletes the connection between DISPLAY SCREEN and KEYBOARD and then re connects between them the connection order of the triggers will be changed see Panel B 7 3 Experiment Node Exporting and Importing The Experiment Builder allows the user to share data between several experiment creation sessions with newly added importing exporting features You may select the nodes to be shared export it to a file In the target experiment builder session you can then import the graph at the intended location This topic explains in detail how to share data between Experiment Builder sessions by exporting and importing 7 3 1 Exporting 1 Select the node sequence to be exported Please make sure that onl
386. vementPattern button af on the Screen Builder toolbar see Figure 8 11 Following this the user can assign the created movement pattern to a resource by setting the Movement Pattern attribute of the resource m a Figure 8 11 Creating a Movement Pattern To have Data Viewer automatically integrate the target position information users may write out a V TARGET POS message to the DISPLAY SCREEN action which is used to present the moving screen resource see EyeLink Data Viewer User Manual section Protocol for EyeLink Data to Viewer Integration gt Target Position Commands or the Pursuit example Target position can be derived from the TARGET X and TARGET Y variables of a Sample Report 8 2 1 Sinusoidal Movement Pattern Smooth sinusoidal movement pattern is a widely used diagnostic test due to its wide range of velocities and lack of abrupt changes in speed and direction To review its properties click on the movement pattern node in the structure panel of the project explorer window The defining parameters of a sinusoidal movement are the frequency cycles per second amplitude of the movement start phase and the center X and Y coordinates see the following table for details of each property The target will move in a full cycle from Xcenter Xamplitude Ycenter Yamplitude to Xcenter Xamplitude Ycenter Yamplitude and the movement will be centered at Xcenter Ycenter Reference Label of the sin
387. vidual words in the text 8 1 3 1 Non ASCII characters If the user intends to use a character that does not fit in the ASCII encoding range 1 127 please make sure that the Encode Files as UTF8 box of the Build Deploy Preference settings is checked see Figure 8 6 In another word that field should be enabled if the user is using characters that are non English eg a u or even special curved quotes and obviously any non European language characters e g Chinese characters In addition please make sure that the right font for the text is chosen before entering any text Ele Preferences Property H Experiment ncode Files as UTF Devices Disable Warnings for D Nodes Encode Files as UTFS Screen Resources Movement Patterns Built In Interest Area Preference Build Deploy Restore Factory Detautt Save Properties as Default Figure 8 6 Setting UTF 8 Encoding 8 1 3 2 Anti aliasing and Transparency Anti aliasing is one of the most important techniques in making graphics and text easy to read and pleasing to the eye on screen Take the texts in Figure 8 7 for example Panel A shows an aliased letter in which all of the curves and line drawing appear coarse whereas Panel C shows an anti aliased letter which looks smooth Anti aliasing is done by substituting shades of grey Panel D around the lines which would otherwise be broken across a pixel Panel B SR Research Expe
388. wed to connect from a conditional trigger to an action and a trigger at the same time IMPORTANT If a Conditional trigger does not have a connection from its TRUE or FALSE port then the port that does not have a connection is NOT evaluated For example if a Conditional trigger has a connection from its TRUE port and no connection from its FALSE port then the trigger will only fire if the conditional evaluates to TRUE and nothing will be done if the conditional evaluates to FALSE SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 106 7 10 4 EyeLink Button Trigger oN The EyeLink button trigger ED available only in an EyeLink experiment fires when one of the pre specified EyeLink button box buttons is pressed To set up this trigger type the user needs to specify a list of candidate buttons Reference Label Label of the EyeLink button trigger The default value is EL BUTTON Type The type of Experiment Builder objects EyeLinkButton the current node belongs to Node Path The absolute path of the node in the experiment graph Message Message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink ae experiment when the EyeLink button trigger fires Time time Float Display PC Time when the trigger fires Note To check the time when the button was pressed released you should use triggeredData time instead Last Check lastCheckTime Float This property can be used to retr
389. well synchronized audio and video playback If exact audio video synchronization is not critical to your experiment or you do not have an ASIO sound card on your display PC you can also always use a separate Play Sound action right before the Display Screen action that displays the video and have the PlaySound action play the associated wav file for the video clip This method will work with any audio card when the Audio device is in DirectX driver mode but will not give you exact synchronization between the audio and video 8 1 3 Text Resource To add a text resource onto a display screen click on the Insert Text Resource button A on the Screen Builder toolbar and click at the desired position in the workspace where the text resource will be placed To edit the text double click on the resource A text editing caret will appear and the user can type in text from there Text editing can also be done from the value field of the Text property in the property panel Users can either enter the text in the text editor or click the button on the right end of the value field to bring up an attribute editor dialog box Various aspects of text appearance can be modified including color font name style and size Reference Label of the resource TEXT RESOURCE by default em The type of screen resource TextResource the current item belongs to n default n Position is Gaze positionAtGazeC Boolea Whether the
390. wer screen editor Screen Location NR Whether the locations specified refer to the top Type left corner or center of the interest area This global setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The top left or center of the interest area am eee depending on the preference setting of screen location type List of points 2 tuple of x y coordinates for Points the vertices of the interest area 8 3 2 Automatic Segmentation Interest areas can be automatically created for some screen resources Click the right mouse button in the workspace to bring up a popup menu Select Create Interest Area Set gt Grid Segment This will create a set of rectangular interest areas partitioning the SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 182 whole workspace into grids The number of columns and rows created is set in Rows and Columns of the GRID SEGMENT preference settings from Edit gt Preferences menu select Preferences gt Screen gt Built in Interest Area Preference gt GRID SEGMENT The Auto Segment option will create a rectangular or elliptic interest area to contain each of the individual resources created on the screen The margins and shape of the interest areas can be set in the AUTO SEGMENT preference settings An interest area created by Auto Segment option will be associated with the resource and its location width and height cannot be modified
391. when TTL signal is sent begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S n when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are Message message String Message to be written to EDF file when sending the TTL signal This attribute is only available in an EyeLink experiment collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Usually set as DATA Mode mode String Either Word mode the decimal or hexadecimal value of the TTL signal output or Pin mode status of each individual pins Data data Integer The byte value of the current TTL signal output It could be a decimal or hexadecimal value This field is only available if the Mode property 1s set to Word String The desired status for the corresponding pins The pin value can be either ON high or OFF low These fields are only available if the Mode property 7 9 7 Adding to Experiment Log For the ease of experiment debugging messages can be written to a log file so that errors in the experiment programming can be detected early The ADD_TO_LOG ac
392. whether the trigger should fire if the Threshold T eshold current velocity and acceleration values exceed the threshold values Velocity velocityThreshol Integer Sets velocity threshold of saccade detector Threshold d usually 30 sec for cognitive research 22 sec for pursuit and neurological work The default is 30 degrees This will override the saccade sensitivity settings in Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt EyeLink Use useAcceleration Boolea Whether the acceleration value should be Acceleration n considered Given the dynamics of acceleration deceleration during a saccade this field may be checked whether determining a saccade with no region location constrain e g when the location is set to full screen If the trigger should fire when entering or leaving a particular region the user may leave this box unchecked 1 e ignore the acceleration data Acceleration accelerationThre Integer Sets acceleration threshold of saccade detector Threshold shold usually 8000 sec sec for cognitive research 3800 sec sec for pursuit and neurological work The default value is 8000 This will override the saccade sensitivity settings in Preferences gt Experiment gt Devices gt EyeLink Triggered Data triggeredData Data about the saccade trigger if fired see the following table SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research
393. xperiment Builder objects RecycleDataLine the current node belongs to experiment graph Message message String Message to be sent to EDF file in an EyeLink nal experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 91 the Experiment node checked when the action is done Time Float Display PC Time when the action is done Start Time Float Display PC Time when this action starts Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action data line will be repeated Recycling Mode recyclingMode String Method of data source line recycling If set to IMMEDIATE 1 the same data source line will be repeated in the next trial if set to RANDOM 0 the data source line will be repeated at a random point later if set to END 2 the data source line will be repeated at the end of the experiment Recycle Dataline action
394. y Sound Control action R stops pauses or plays a specified playsound action Please note that the pause and play continue playing of a paused audio actions are only applicable when DirectX driver is used Reference Label of the Play Sound Control action The default label is PLAY SOUND CONTROL NR The type of Experiment Builder objects PlaySoundControl the current node belongs to experiment graph Message Message to be sent to EDF file in an SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 84 EyeLink experiment or messages txt in a non EyeLink experiment with Save Messages attribute of the Experiment node checked when the action is done Float Display PC Time when the action 1s done Start Time StartTime Float Display PC Time when play sound control action begins Clear Input clearInputQueue Boolea If true all events from input queues are flushed Queues t S when the action is started This includes all Experiment Builder triggers such as keyboard mouse TTL and EyeLink inputs button saccade fixation This results in upcoming Triggers only firing based on events that are collected following the start of the Action If false the input queues are not cleared when the action is performed meaning that any events already in the queues will be evaluated by Triggers following the action Target Play NR The intended play sound action to be controlled Sound Action
395. y one node or sequence is selected 2 Click the right mouse button to bring up a popup menu see Figure 7 2 Select Export Node If the Export Node option 1s grayed out please make sure that you have one and only one node sequence selected START PE Cut FBS Copy ta Paste t Paste Multiple Delete i Zoom Selected RH 2oo0m In Q Foon Cue ep it content Layout i Import Wade Figure 7 2 Exporting Node SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 41 3 In the following Export dialog box go to the directory where the node should be exported set the intended export file name and then click on the OK button e If the node to be exported contains references to other nodes data source that are not part of the selection a Reference Maintenance dialog see the figure below will be displayed to enumerate all of the stripped references You may click on the Save button to save the information to a text file before pressing the OK button cor Reference Maintanence 7 z x The following list tems have been removed because they refer to experiment nodes outside the component being exported RECORDING EyeLink Record Status Message Trial stro BLOck TRISL TRISL DataSource triakgi stri BLOCK TRISL TRIAL DataSource typet str BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL DataSource foreground BACKGROUND IMAGE Source File Name m iparent parent parent BLOCK TRIAL TRIAL DataSour
396. y process by pressing the Cancel button Please note that non ASCII characters are not allowed in a deployment path e g deploying a project to a folder that contains Chinese characters will fail Tip Deploying an experiment can also be performed by clicking on the Deploy button on the application tool bar or pressing shortcut key F12 4 12 Running an Experiment for Data Collection To run the experiment for data collection simply double click on the executable file in the deployed directory or from your computer desktop click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt Go to the deployed experiment directory by typing cd experiment path on the command prompt and type the experiment exe file name to start the experiment Running the experiment from the command line prompt also allows the user to pass additional parameters to the program Some of the useful command line options are e session lt your edf or session name gt SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 20 If the session option is used the software will not prompt for a session name via a dialog box at the beginning of the experiment The session name pass along the session option must be within eight characters consisting of letters or numbers e ui GUI CONSOLE NONE The ui option allows to disable the file transferring dialog box at the end of the session If ui GUI the graphical p
397. y trigger event Blank the display immediately or after a very short delay to let the subject know Add a timer trigger so that recording can be continued for a short period 1000 ms to ensure the entire word has been recorded If a long response is expected you may want to continue checking the voicekey and end only after 1000 ms or so of silence 6 Close the recording WAV file with the RECORD SOUND CONTROL action The following graph illustrates the above event sequence _ START RECORD_SOUND LISPLAY_SCREEH RECORD SOUND CONTROL ote Properties Property abel RECORD SOUND od essage RECORD SOUND inie Start Tire F nf aoparent parent TRIAL DataSource R x BOO lear Input Gueues le Mame Duration Lats Postion record Start Time 4al x Value RECORD SOUND CONTROL Properties Property abel Ype Recordaudialantral essage RECORD SOUND CONTROL Ime start Time Z Operation STOF Figure 7 21 Using Record Sound Action SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 88 7 9 16 Record Sound Control Record Sound control action Ar stops pauses records or aborts the current ASIO sound being recorded This action is only supported when an ASIO compatible sound card is installed on the display PC and the Audio Device is set to ASIO Reference a of the Record Sound Control action The default label is RECORD SOUND CONTRO
398. ye trackers EyeLink I users should make sure that version 2 11 of eyelink exe file is installed on the host PC whereas EyeLink II users should use a recent version 2 0 or later of eyelink2 exe If the EyeLink Data Viewer is used for data analysis the user should get the most recent version of the software The DriverLinx parallel port driver Port95NT exe should also be installed if the user is using a TTL action or trigger This driver can be found at C Program Files SR Research Eyelink bin directory of the display PC if Windows Display Software Package is installed All of the above mentioned software can be downloaded from the EyeLink Support Site at http www sr support com 3 2 Installing Software The latest version of Experiment Builder installer can be downloaded from https www sr support com forums showthread php t 9 If you have a previous version of Experiment Builder installed on the computer please uninstall it with the Experiment Builder installer or with Windows Control Panel tool Add or Remove Programs before installing the new version By default the Experiment Builder software will be SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 9 installed at Windows Drive Program Files SR Research Experiment Builder Click on ExperimentBuilderW exe to run the software 3 2 1 For Standard Installation applicable to most users The following installation instruction is applicable to users who use
399. ze position The default setting is False This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position The default Contingent t setting is False Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 167 Host Outline Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to Color f hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type me the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences the resource R Width of the resource in pixels Height of the resource in pixels Movement N Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image T image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during run time This field is always true when the screen is contained in a recording sequence IMPORTANT If this attr
400. ze position This is False by default This setting can only be modified when the display screen is contained in a recording sequence Position 1s positionAtMouse Boolea Whether the position of the resource is Mouse Contingent n contingent on the mouse position This is False Contingent t by default SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual 2004 2007 SR Research Ltd 170 Offset offset Point Adjustment of the resource position relative to the position of the current gaze or mouse position The default offset is 0 00 0 00 Host Outline Color J Use for Host Display option of the containing display screen action is enabled l Color The color of the box drawn on the host screen to hostOutlineColor show the position and dimension of the current resource This property is available only if the Screen Location NR Whether the location specified below refers to Type the top left corner or center of the resource This setting can be changed at Screen Preferences Location location Point The coordinate of the top left corner or center of the resource Width Width of the resource in pixels Height Height of the resource in pixels Movement NR Movement pattern sinusoidal or custom of the Pattern J resource Prebuild to prebuildToImage Boolea Whether the resource should be built into an Image n image when the experiment is built instead of having it created during the actual exe

SR Research Experiment Builder User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents